xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp (revision 0e8011faf58b743cc652e3b2ad0f7671227610df)
1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/Randstruct.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/HLSLRuntime.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
37 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
38 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
40 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/SemaCUDA.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/SemaHLSL.h"
50 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
51 #include "clang/Sema/SemaObjC.h"
52 #include "clang/Sema/SemaOpenMP.h"
53 #include "clang/Sema/SemaPPC.h"
54 #include "clang/Sema/SemaRISCV.h"
55 #include "clang/Sema/SemaSwift.h"
56 #include "clang/Sema/SemaWasm.h"
57 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
58 #include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
59 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
60 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
61 #include "llvm/TargetParser/Triple.h"
62 #include <algorithm>
63 #include <cstring>
64 #include <functional>
65 #include <optional>
66 #include <unordered_map>
67 
68 using namespace clang;
69 using namespace sema;
70 
71 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
72   if (OwnedType) {
73     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
74     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
75   }
76 
77   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
78 }
79 
80 namespace {
81 
82 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
83  public:
84    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
85                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
86                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
87        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
88          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
89      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
90      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
91      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
92   }
93 
94   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
95     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
96       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
97         return false;
98 
99       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
100         return AllowTemplates;
101 
102       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
103       if (!IsType)
104         return false;
105 
106       if (AllowNonTemplates)
107         return true;
108 
109       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
110       // as a template or as a non-template.
111       if (AllowTemplates) {
112         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
113         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
114           return false;
115         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
116         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
117                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
118       }
119 
120       return false;
121     }
122 
123     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
124   }
125 
126   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
127     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
128   }
129 
130  private:
131   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
132   bool WantClassName;
133   bool AllowTemplates;
134   bool AllowNonTemplates;
135 };
136 
137 } // end anonymous namespace
138 
139 namespace {
140 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
141   NotFound,
142   FoundNonType,
143   FoundType
144 };
145 } // end anonymous namespace
146 
147 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
148 /// dependent class.
149 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
150 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
151 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
152 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
153                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
154                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
155   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
156     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
157   // Look for type decls in base classes.
158   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
159       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
160   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
161     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
162     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
163       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
164     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
165       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
166       // templates.
167       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
168         continue;
169       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
170       if (!TD)
171         continue;
172       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
173           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
174         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
175           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
176         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
177           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
178                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
179             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
180               BaseRD = PS;
181         }
182       }
183     }
184     if (BaseRD) {
185       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
186         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
187           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
188         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
189       }
190       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
191         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
192         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
193           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
194         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
195           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
196           break;
197         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
198           break;
199         }
200       }
201     }
202   }
203 
204   return FoundTypeDecl;
205 }
206 
207 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
208                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
209                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
210   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
211   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
212   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
213       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
214   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
215        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
216        DC = DC->getParent()) {
217     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
218     // templates.
219     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
220     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
221       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
222   }
223   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
224     return nullptr;
225 
226   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
227   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
228   // lookup during template instantiation.
229   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II;
230 
231   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
232   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
233                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
234   QualType T =
235       Context.getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword::Typename, NNS, &II);
236 
237   CXXScopeSpec SS;
238   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
239 
240   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
241   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
242   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
243   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
244   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
245   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
246 }
247 
248 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
249 static ParsedType buildNamedType(Sema &S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS, QualType T,
250                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
251                                  bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = true) {
252   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
253   case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
254   case Type::Enum:
255   case Type::InjectedClassName:
256   case Type::Record:
257   case Type::Typedef:
258   case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
259   case Type::Using:
260     break;
261   // These can never be qualified so an ElaboratedType node
262   // would carry no additional meaning.
263   case Type::ObjCInterface:
264   case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
265   case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
266     return ParsedType::make(T);
267   default:
268     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Type Class");
269   }
270 
271   if (!SS || SS->isEmpty())
272     return ParsedType::make(S.Context.getElaboratedType(
273         ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None, nullptr, T, nullptr));
274 
275   QualType ElTy = S.getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None, *SS, T);
276   if (!WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
277     return ParsedType::make(ElTy);
278 
279   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
280   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
281   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ElTy);
282   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
283   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
284   return S.CreateParsedType(ElTy, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(S.Context, ElTy));
285 }
286 
287 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
288                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, bool isClassName,
289                              bool HasTrailingDot, ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
290                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
291                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
292                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
293                              ImplicitTypenameContext AllowImplicitTypename,
294                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
295   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
296   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
297                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
298                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
299 
300   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
301   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
302   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
303     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
304     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
305       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
306   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
307     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
308 
309     if (!LookupCtx) {
310       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
311         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
312         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
313         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
314         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
315         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
316         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
317         //
318         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
319         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
320         // In C++2a, in several contexts a 'typename' is not required. Also
321         // allow this as an extension.
322         if (AllowImplicitTypename == ImplicitTypenameContext::No &&
323             !isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
324           return nullptr;
325         bool IsImplicitTypename = !isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName;
326         if (IsImplicitTypename) {
327           SourceLocation QualifiedLoc = SS->getRange().getBegin();
328           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
329             Diag(QualifiedLoc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_implicit_typename);
330           else
331             Diag(QualifiedLoc, diag::ext_implicit_typename)
332                 << SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
333                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(QualifiedLoc, "typename ");
334         }
335 
336         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
337         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
338         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
339           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc,
340                                    (ImplicitTypenameContext)IsImplicitTypename)
341               .get();
342 
343         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
344         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(
345             IsImplicitTypename ? ElaboratedTypeKeyword::Typename
346                                : ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None,
347             SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, II, NameLoc);
348         return ParsedType::make(T);
349       }
350 
351       return nullptr;
352     }
353 
354     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
355         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
356       return nullptr;
357   }
358 
359   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
360   // lookup for class-names.
361   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
362                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
363   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
364   if (LookupCtx) {
365     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
366     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
367     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
368     // nested-name-specifier.
369     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
370 
371     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
372       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
373       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
374       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
375       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
376       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
377       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
378       LookupName(Result, S);
379     }
380   } else {
381     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
382     LookupName(Result, S);
383 
384     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
385     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
386     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
387       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
388               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
389         return TypeInBase;
390     }
391   }
392 
393   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
394   UsingShadowDecl *FoundUsingShadow = nullptr;
395   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
396   case LookupResult::NotFound:
397     if (CorrectedII) {
398       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
399                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
400       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
401                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
402       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
403       TemplateTy Template;
404       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
405       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
406       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
407       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
408       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
409       if (SS && NNS) {
410         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
412       }
413       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
414           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
415           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
416           // is handled elsewhere).
417           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
418             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
419                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
420         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
421                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
422                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
423                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
424                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
425         if (Ty) {
426           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
427                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
428                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
429           if (SS && NNS)
430             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
431           *CorrectedII = NewII;
432           return Ty;
433         }
434       }
435     }
436     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
437     return nullptr;
438   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
439     if (AllowImplicitTypename == ImplicitTypenameContext::Yes) {
440       QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None,
441                                                 SS->getScopeRep(), &II);
442       TypeLocBuilder TLB;
443       DependentNameTypeLoc TL = TLB.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
444       TL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
445       TL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
446       TL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
447       return CreateParsedType(T, TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
448     }
449     [[fallthrough]];
450   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
451   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
452     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
453     return nullptr;
454 
455   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
456     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
457     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
458     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
459     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
460     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
461     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
462       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
463       return nullptr;
464     }
465 
466     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
467     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
468          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
469       NamedDecl *RealRes = (*Res)->getUnderlyingDecl();
470       if (isa<TypeDecl, ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(
471               RealRes) ||
472           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(RealRes))) {
473         if (!IIDecl ||
474             // Make the selection of the recovery decl deterministic.
475             RealRes->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation()) {
476           IIDecl = RealRes;
477           FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Res);
478         }
479       }
480     }
481 
482     if (!IIDecl) {
483       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
484       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
485       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
486       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
487       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
488       // a type name.
489       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
490       return nullptr;
491     }
492 
493     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
494     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
495     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
496     // perform the name lookup again.
497     break;
498 
499   case LookupResult::Found:
500     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
501     FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Result.begin());
502     break;
503   }
504 
505   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
506 
507   QualType T;
508   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
509     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
510     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
511     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
512     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
513     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
514     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
515         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
516         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
517       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
518           << &II << /*Type*/1;
519 
520     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
521 
522     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
523     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
524   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
525     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
526     if (!HasTrailingDot)
527       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
528     FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; // FIXME: Target must be a TypeDecl.
529   } else if (auto *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) {
530     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(UD, NameLoc);
531     // Recover with 'int'
532     return ParsedType::make(Context.IntTy);
533   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
534     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) {
535       assert(!FoundUsingShadow || FoundUsingShadow->getTargetDecl() == TD);
536       TemplateName Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(
537           SS ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr, /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
538           FoundUsingShadow ? TemplateName(FoundUsingShadow) : TemplateName(TD));
539       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(Template, QualType(),
540                                                        false);
541       // Don't wrap in a further UsingType.
542       FoundUsingShadow = nullptr;
543     }
544   }
545 
546   if (T.isNull()) {
547     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
548     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
549     return nullptr;
550   }
551 
552   if (FoundUsingShadow)
553     T = Context.getUsingType(FoundUsingShadow, T);
554 
555   return buildNamedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc, WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
556 }
557 
558 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
559 static NestedNameSpecifier *
560 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
561   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
562     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
563     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
564     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
565       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
566     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
567       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
568                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
569     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
570       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
571   }
572   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
573 }
574 
575 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
576 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
577 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
578 /// correctly rejects.
579 static const CXXRecordDecl *
580 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
581   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
582     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
583     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
584       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
585         return MD->getParent();
586   }
587   return nullptr;
588 }
589 
590 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
591                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
592                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
593   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
594 
595   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
596   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
597     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
598     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
599     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
600     // lookup is retried.
601     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
602     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
603     // name specifiers.
604     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
605     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
606   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
607                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
608     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
609     // instantiation time.
610     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
611                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
612 
613     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
614     // template instantiation.
615     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
616                                                                       << RD;
617   } else {
618     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
619     return ParsedType();
620   }
621 
622   QualType T =
623       Context.getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None, NNS, &II);
624 
625   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
626   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
627   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
628   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
629   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
630 
631   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
632   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
633   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
634   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
635   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
636   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
637 }
638 
639 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
640   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
641   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
642   LookupName(R, S, false);
643   R.suppressDiagnostics();
644   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
645     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
646       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
647       case TagTypeKind::Struct:
648         return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
649       case TagTypeKind::Interface:
650         return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
651       case TagTypeKind::Union:
652         return DeclSpec::TST_union;
653       case TagTypeKind::Class:
654         return DeclSpec::TST_class;
655       case TagTypeKind::Enum:
656         return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
657       }
658     }
659 
660   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
661 }
662 
663 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
664   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
665     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
666       return true;
667 
668     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
669 
670     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
671     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
672       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
673         return true;
674     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
675   }
676   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
677 }
678 
679 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
680                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
681                                    Scope *S,
682                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
683                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
684                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
685   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
686   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
687     return;
688   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
689   SuggestedType = nullptr;
690 
691   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
692   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
693   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
694                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
695                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
696   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
697           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
698                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
699     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
700     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
701     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
702       // We corrected to a keyword.
703       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
704                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
705                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
706                        << II);
707       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
708     } else {
709       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
710       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
711         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
712                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
713                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
714                          << II, CanRecover);
715       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
716         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
717         bool DroppedSpecifier =
718             Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && II->getName() == CorrectedStr;
719         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
720                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
721                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
722                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
723                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
724                      CanRecover);
725       } else {
726         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
727       }
728 
729       if (!CanRecover)
730         return;
731 
732       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
733       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
734         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
735                           SourceRange(IILoc));
736       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
737       SuggestedType =
738           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
739                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
740                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
741                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
742     }
743     return;
744   }
745 
746   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
747     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
748     UnqualifiedId Name;
749     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
750     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
751     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
752     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
753     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
754                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
755                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
756       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
757       return;
758     }
759   }
760 
761   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
762   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
763 
764   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
765     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
766                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
767         << II;
768   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
769     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
770                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
771         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
772   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
773     SuggestedType =
774         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
775   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
776     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
777     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
778       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
779 
780     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
781       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
782       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
783       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
784     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
785                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
786   } else {
787     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
788            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
789   }
790 }
791 
792 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
793 /// or
794 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
795   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
796                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
797 
798   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
799     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
800       return true;
801 
802     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
803       return true;
804   }
805 
806   return false;
807 }
808 
809 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
810                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
811                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
812                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
813   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
814   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, /*ObjectType=*/QualType());
815   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
816     StringRef FixItTagName;
817     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
818     case TagTypeKind::Class:
819       FixItTagName = "class ";
820       break;
821 
822     case TagTypeKind::Enum:
823       FixItTagName = "enum ";
824       break;
825 
826     case TagTypeKind::Struct:
827       FixItTagName = "struct ";
828       break;
829 
830     case TagTypeKind::Interface:
831       FixItTagName = "__interface ";
832       break;
833 
834     case TagTypeKind::Union:
835       FixItTagName = "union ";
836       break;
837     }
838 
839     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
840     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
841       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
842       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
843 
844     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
845          I != IEnd; ++I)
846       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
847         << Name << TagName;
848 
849     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
850     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
851     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, /*ObjectType=*/QualType());
852     return true;
853   }
854 
855   return false;
856 }
857 
858 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
859                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
860                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
861                                             const Token &NextToken,
862                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
863   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
864   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
865 
866   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
867          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
868   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
869       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
870     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
871     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
872     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
873     // will reject it later.
874     return NameClassification::Unknown();
875   }
876 
877   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
878   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, /*ObjectType=*/QualType(),
879                    /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/!CurMethod);
880 
881   if (SS.isInvalid())
882     return NameClassification::Error();
883 
884   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
885   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
886   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
887     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
888             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
889       return TypeInBase;
890   }
891 
892   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
893   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
894   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
895   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
896   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
897     DeclResult Ivar = ObjC().LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
898     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
899       return NameClassification::Error();
900     if (Ivar.isUsable())
901       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
902 
903     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
904     if (Result.empty())
905       LookupBuiltin(Result);
906   }
907 
908   bool SecondTry = false;
909   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
910 
911 Corrected:
912   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
913   case LookupResult::NotFound:
914     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
915     // call.
916     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
917       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
918       // FIXME: Reference?
919       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
920         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
921 
922       // C90 6.3.2.2:
923       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
924       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
925       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
926       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
927       //   the function call, the declaration
928       //
929       //     extern int identifier ();
930       //
931       //   appeared.
932       //
933       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. However, this is not
934       // allowed in all language modes as functions without prototypes may not
935       // be supported.
936       if (getLangOpts().implicitFunctionsAllowed()) {
937         if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
938           return NameClassification::NonType(D);
939       }
940     }
941 
942     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
943       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
944       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
945       //
946       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
947       TemplateName Template =
948           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
949       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
950     }
951 
952     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
953     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
954     // "struct", or "union".
955     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
956         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
957       break;
958     }
959 
960     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
961     // close to this name.
962     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
963       SecondTry = true;
964       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
965               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
966                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
967         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
968         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
969 
970         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
971         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
972         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
973             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
974           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
975           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
976         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
977                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
978                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
979                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
980           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
981           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
982         }
983 
984         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
985           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
986         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
987           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
988           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
989                                   Name->getName() == CorrectedStr;
990           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
991                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
992                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
993         }
994 
995         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
996         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
997 
998         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
999         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
1000           return Name;
1001 
1002         // Also update the LookupResult...
1003         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
1004         Result.clear();
1005         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1006         if (FirstDecl)
1007           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
1008 
1009         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1010         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1011         // reference the ivar.
1012         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1013         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1014           DeclResult R =
1015               ObjC().LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1016           if (R.isInvalid())
1017             return NameClassification::Error();
1018           if (R.isUsable())
1019             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1020         }
1021 
1022         goto Corrected;
1023       }
1024     }
1025 
1026     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1027     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1028     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1029 
1030   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1031     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1032     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1033     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1034 
1035     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1036     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1037     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1038     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1039     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1040     //
1041     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1042     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1043     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1044     // keyword here.
1045     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1046   }
1047 
1048   case LookupResult::Found:
1049   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1050   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1051     break;
1052 
1053   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1054     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1055         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1056                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1057       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1058       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1059       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1060       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1061       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1062       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1063       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1064       //   ambiguous.
1065       //
1066       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1067       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1068       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1069       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1070         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1071         break;
1072       }
1073     }
1074 
1075     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1076     return NameClassification::Error();
1077   }
1078 
1079   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1080       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1081        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1082            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1083            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1084            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1085                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1086     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1087     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1088     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1089     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1090     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1091     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1092     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1093     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1094     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1095     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1096     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1097       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1098 
1099     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1100     bool IsVarTemplate;
1101     TemplateName Template;
1102     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1103       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1104       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1105                                                    Result.end());
1106     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1107       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1108           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1109           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1110       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1111       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1112 
1113       UsingShadowDecl *FoundUsingShadow =
1114           dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Result.begin());
1115       assert(!FoundUsingShadow ||
1116              TD == cast<TemplateDecl>(FoundUsingShadow->getTargetDecl()));
1117       Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(
1118           SS.getScopeRep(),
1119           /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
1120           FoundUsingShadow ? TemplateName(FoundUsingShadow) : TemplateName(TD));
1121     } else {
1122       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1123       // name.
1124       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1125       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1126     }
1127 
1128     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1129       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1130       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1131       // to based on which function we selected.
1132       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1133 
1134       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1135     }
1136 
1137     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1138                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1139   }
1140 
1141   auto BuildTypeFor = [&](TypeDecl *Type, NamedDecl *Found) {
1142     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1143     if (const auto *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Found))
1144       T = Context.getUsingType(USD, T);
1145     return buildNamedType(*this, &SS, T, NameLoc);
1146   };
1147 
1148   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1149   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1150     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1151     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1152     return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin());
1153   }
1154 
1155   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1156   if (!Class) {
1157     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1158     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1159             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1160       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1161   }
1162 
1163   if (Class) {
1164     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1165 
1166     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1167       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1168       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1169       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1170       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1171     }
1172 
1173     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1174     return ParsedType::make(T);
1175   }
1176 
1177   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1178     // We want to preserve the UsingShadowDecl for concepts.
1179     if (auto *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()))
1180       return NameClassification::Concept(TemplateName(USD));
1181     return NameClassification::Concept(
1182         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1183   }
1184 
1185   if (auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1186     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(EmptyD, NameLoc);
1187     return NameClassification::Error();
1188   }
1189 
1190   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1191   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1192       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1193     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1194         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1195 
1196   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1197   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1198   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1199   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1200        (NextIsOp &&
1201         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1202       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1203     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1204     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1205     return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin());
1206   }
1207 
1208   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1209   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1210   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1211   // the context.
1212   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1213   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL &&
1214       (!FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember() || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(FirstDecl)))
1215     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1216 
1217   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1218   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1219   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1220       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1221       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.begin(), Result.end(),
1222       /*KnownDependent=*/false, /*KnownInstantiationDependent=*/false));
1223 }
1224 
1225 ExprResult
1226 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1227                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1228   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1229   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1230   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1231   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1232 }
1233 
1234 ExprResult
1235 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1236                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1237                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1238                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1239   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1240   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1241                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1242                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1243 }
1244 
1245 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1246                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1247                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1248                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1249   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1250     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1251       return ObjC().BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1252 
1253   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1254   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1255   Result.addDecl(Found);
1256   Result.resolveKind();
1257 
1258   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1259   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL, /*AcceptInvalidDecl=*/true);
1260 }
1261 
1262 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1263   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1264   // access expression if necessary.
1265   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1266   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1267     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1268     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1269 
1270     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1271     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1272                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1273     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1274     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1275       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1276     Result.resolveKind();
1277     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1278                                            nullptr, S);
1279   }
1280 
1281   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1282   // are necessary.
1283   return ULE;
1284 }
1285 
1286 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1287 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1288   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1289   if (!TD)
1290     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1291   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1292     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1293   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1294     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1295   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1296     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1297   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1298     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1299   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1300     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1301   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1302     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1303   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1304 }
1305 
1306 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1307   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1308       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1309   CurContext = DC;
1310   S->setEntity(DC);
1311 }
1312 
1313 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1314   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1315 
1316   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1317   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1318 }
1319 
1320 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1321                                                                     Decl *D) {
1322   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1323   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1324   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1325   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1326   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1327   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1328   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1329   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1330   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1331   return Result;
1332 }
1333 
1334 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1335   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1336 }
1337 
1338 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1339   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1340   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1341   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1342   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1343   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1344   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1345   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1346   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1347   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1348   //   namespace.
1349   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1350   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1351   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1352   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1353   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1354 
1355   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1356 
1357 #ifndef NDEBUG
1358   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1359   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1360   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1361 #endif
1362 
1363   CurContext = DC;
1364   S->setEntity(DC);
1365 
1366   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1367     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1368     // template parameter scopes.
1369     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1370   }
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1374   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1375 
1376   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1377   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1378   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1379   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1380   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1381 
1382   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1383   // disappear.
1384 }
1385 
1386 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1387   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1388          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1389 
1390   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1391   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1392   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1393   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1394   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1395   //   class or function template).
1396   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1397   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1398   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1399   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1400   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1401   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1402   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1403   //
1404   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1405   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1406   // scope. For example, for
1407   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1408   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1409   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1410   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1411   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1412   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1413     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1414     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1415       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1416               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1417         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1418         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1419           continue;
1420         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1421           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1422         break;
1423       }
1424     }
1425     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1426   }
1427 }
1428 
1429 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1430   // We assume that the caller has already called
1431   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1432   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1433   if (!FD)
1434     return;
1435 
1436   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1437   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1438   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1439     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1440   CurContext = FD;
1441   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1442 
1443   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1444     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1445     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1446     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1447       S->AddDecl(Param);
1448       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1449     }
1450   }
1451 }
1452 
1453 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1454   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1455   // rather than the top-level class.
1456   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1457   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1458   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1459 }
1460 
1461 /// Determine whether overloading is allowed for a new function
1462 /// declaration considering prior declarations of the same name.
1463 ///
1464 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1465 /// whether a new declaration actually overloads a previous one.
1466 /// It will return true in C++ (where overloads are always permitted)
1467 /// or, as a C extension, when either the new declaration or a
1468 /// previous one is declared with the 'overloadable' attribute.
1469 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(const LookupResult &Previous,
1470                                        ASTContext &Context,
1471                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1472   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
1473     return true;
1474 
1475   // Multiversion function declarations are not overloads in the
1476   // usual sense of that term, but lookup will report that an
1477   // overload set was found if more than one multiversion function
1478   // declaration is present for the same name. It is therefore
1479   // inadequate to assume that some prior declaration(s) had
1480   // the overloadable attribute; checking is required. Since one
1481   // declaration is permitted to omit the attribute, it is necessary
1482   // to check at least two; hence the 'any_of' check below. Note that
1483   // the overloadable attribute is implicitly added to declarations
1484   // that were required to have it but did not.
1485   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) {
1486     return llvm::any_of(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
1487       return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
1488     });
1489   } else if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1490     return Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
1491 
1492   return false;
1493 }
1494 
1495 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1496   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1497   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1498   // scope.
1499   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1500     S = S->getParent();
1501 
1502   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1503   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1504   // into any context.
1505   if (AddToContext)
1506     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1507 
1508   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1509   // are function-local declarations.
1510   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1511     return;
1512 
1513   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1514   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1515       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1516     return;
1517 
1518   if (isa<UsingEnumDecl>(D) && D->getDeclName().isEmpty()) {
1519     S->AddDecl(D);
1520     return;
1521   }
1522   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1523   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1524                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1525   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1526     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1527       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1528       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1529 
1530       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1531       break;
1532     }
1533   }
1534 
1535   S->AddDecl(D);
1536 
1537   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1538     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1539     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1540     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1541     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1542       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1543       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1544         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1545           continue;
1546       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1547         break;
1548     }
1549 
1550     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1551   } else {
1552     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1553   }
1554   warnOnReservedIdentifier(D);
1555 }
1556 
1557 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1558                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) const {
1559   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1560 }
1561 
1562 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1563   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1564   do {
1565     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1566       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1567         return S;
1568   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1569 
1570   return nullptr;
1571 }
1572 
1573 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1574                                             DeclContext*,
1575                                             ASTContext&);
1576 
1577 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1578                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1579                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1580   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1581   while (F.hasNext()) {
1582     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1583 
1584     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1585       continue;
1586 
1587     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1588       continue;
1589 
1590     F.erase();
1591   }
1592 
1593   F.done();
1594 }
1595 
1596 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1597   // [module.interface]p7:
1598   // A declaration is attached to a module as follows:
1599   // - If the declaration is a non-dependent friend declaration that nominates a
1600   // function with a declarator-id that is a qualified-id or template-id or that
1601   // nominates a class other than with an elaborated-type-specifier with neither
1602   // a nested-name-specifier nor a simple-template-id, it is attached to the
1603   // module to which the friend is attached ([basic.link]).
1604   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1605       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1606     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1607     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1608     return false;
1609   }
1610 
1611   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1612   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1613 
1614   if (NewM && NewM->isPrivateModule())
1615     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1616   if (OldM && OldM->isPrivateModule())
1617     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1618 
1619   if (NewM == OldM)
1620     return false;
1621 
1622   if (NewM && OldM) {
1623     // A module implementation unit has visibility of the decls in its
1624     // implicitly imported interface.
1625     if (NewM->isModuleImplementation() && OldM == ThePrimaryInterface)
1626       return false;
1627 
1628     // Partitions are part of the module, but a partition could import another
1629     // module, so verify that the PMIs agree.
1630     if ((NewM->isModulePartition() || OldM->isModulePartition()) &&
1631         getASTContext().isInSameModule(NewM, OldM))
1632       return false;
1633   }
1634 
1635   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isNamedModule();
1636   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isNamedModule();
1637   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1638     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1639     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1640     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1641     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1642       << New
1643       << NewIsModuleInterface
1644       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1645       << OldIsModuleInterface
1646       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1647     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1648     New->setInvalidDecl();
1649     return true;
1650   }
1651 
1652   return false;
1653 }
1654 
1655 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationExported(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1656   // [module.interface]p1:
1657   // An export-declaration shall inhabit a namespace scope.
1658   //
1659   // So it is meaningless to talk about redeclaration which is not at namespace
1660   // scope.
1661   if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()
1662            ->getNonTransparentContext()
1663            ->isFileContext() ||
1664       !Old->getLexicalDeclContext()
1665            ->getNonTransparentContext()
1666            ->isFileContext())
1667     return false;
1668 
1669   bool IsNewExported = New->isInExportDeclContext();
1670   bool IsOldExported = Old->isInExportDeclContext();
1671 
1672   // It should be irrevelant if both of them are not exported.
1673   if (!IsNewExported && !IsOldExported)
1674     return false;
1675 
1676   if (IsOldExported)
1677     return false;
1678 
1679   // If the Old declaration are not attached to named modules
1680   // and the New declaration are attached to global module.
1681   // It should be fine to allow the export since it doesn't change
1682   // the linkage of declarations. See
1683   // https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/98583 for details.
1684   if (!Old->isInNamedModule() && New->getOwningModule() &&
1685       New->getOwningModule()->isImplicitGlobalModule())
1686     return false;
1687 
1688   assert(IsNewExported);
1689 
1690   auto Lk = Old->getFormalLinkage();
1691   int S = 0;
1692   if (Lk == Linkage::Internal)
1693     S = 1;
1694   else if (Lk == Linkage::Module)
1695     S = 2;
1696   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redeclaration_non_exported) << New << S;
1697   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1698   return true;
1699 }
1700 
1701 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationInModule(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1702   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
1703     return true;
1704 
1705   if (CheckRedeclarationExported(New, Old))
1706     return true;
1707 
1708   return false;
1709 }
1710 
1711 bool Sema::IsRedefinitionInModule(const NamedDecl *New,
1712                                      const NamedDecl *Old) const {
1713   assert(getASTContext().isSameEntity(New, Old) &&
1714          "New and Old are not the same definition, we should diagnostic it "
1715          "immediately instead of checking it.");
1716   assert(const_cast<Sema *>(this)->isReachable(New) &&
1717          const_cast<Sema *>(this)->isReachable(Old) &&
1718          "We shouldn't see unreachable definitions here.");
1719 
1720   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1721   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1722 
1723   // We only checks for named modules here. The header like modules is skipped.
1724   // FIXME: This is not right if we import the header like modules in the module
1725   // purview.
1726   //
1727   // For example, assuming "header.h" provides definition for `D`.
1728   // ```C++
1729   // //--- M.cppm
1730   // export module M;
1731   // import "header.h"; // or #include "header.h" but import it by clang modules
1732   // actually.
1733   //
1734   // //--- Use.cpp
1735   // import M;
1736   // import "header.h"; // or uses clang modules.
1737   // ```
1738   //
1739   // In this case, `D` has multiple definitions in multiple TU (M.cppm and
1740   // Use.cpp) and `D` is attached to a named module `M`. The compiler should
1741   // reject it. But the current implementation couldn't detect the case since we
1742   // don't record the information about the importee modules.
1743   //
1744   // But this might not be painful in practice. Since the design of C++20 Named
1745   // Modules suggests us to use headers in global module fragment instead of
1746   // module purview.
1747   if (NewM && NewM->isHeaderLikeModule())
1748     NewM = nullptr;
1749   if (OldM && OldM->isHeaderLikeModule())
1750     OldM = nullptr;
1751 
1752   if (!NewM && !OldM)
1753     return true;
1754 
1755   // [basic.def.odr]p14.3
1756   // Each such definition shall not be attached to a named module
1757   // ([module.unit]).
1758   if ((NewM && NewM->isNamedModule()) || (OldM && OldM->isNamedModule()))
1759     return true;
1760 
1761   // Then New and Old lives in the same TU if their share one same module unit.
1762   if (NewM)
1763     NewM = NewM->getTopLevelModule();
1764   if (OldM)
1765     OldM = OldM->getTopLevelModule();
1766   return OldM == NewM;
1767 }
1768 
1769 static bool isUsingDeclNotAtClassScope(NamedDecl *D) {
1770   if (D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
1771     return false;
1772 
1773   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1774          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1775          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1776 }
1777 
1778 /// Removes using shadow declarations not at class scope from the lookup
1779 /// results.
1780 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1781   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1782   while (F.hasNext())
1783     if (isUsingDeclNotAtClassScope(F.next()))
1784       F.erase();
1785 
1786   F.done();
1787 }
1788 
1789 /// Check for this common pattern:
1790 /// @code
1791 /// class S {
1792 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1793 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1794 /// };
1795 /// @endcode
1796 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1797   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1798   // the decl here.
1799   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1800     return false;
1801 
1802   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1803     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1804   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1805 }
1806 
1807 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1808   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1809   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1810     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1811       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1812         return true;
1813     }
1814     DC = DC->getParent();
1815   }
1816 
1817   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1818 }
1819 
1820 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1821 // these semantics.
1822 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1823   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete || S.getLangOpts().IsHeaderFile)
1824     return false;
1825   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1826 }
1827 
1828 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1829   assert(D);
1830 
1831   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1832     return false;
1833 
1834   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1835   // of members of class templates.
1836   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1837       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1838     return false;
1839 
1840   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1841     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1842       return false;
1843     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1844     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1845     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1846         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1847       return false;
1848 
1849     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1850       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1851         return false;
1852     } else {
1853       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1854       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1855         return false;
1856     }
1857 
1858     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1859         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1860       return false;
1861   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1862     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1863     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1864     // like "inline".)
1865     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1866       return false;
1867 
1868     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1869       return false;
1870 
1871     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1872         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1873       return false;
1874     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1875         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1876         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1877       return false;
1878 
1879     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1880       return false;
1881   } else {
1882     return false;
1883   }
1884 
1885   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1886   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1887   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1888   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1889 }
1890 
1891 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1892   if (!D)
1893     return;
1894 
1895   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1896     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1897     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1898       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1902     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1903     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1904       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1905   }
1906 
1907   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1908     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1909 }
1910 
1911 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1912                                      const NamedDecl *D) {
1913   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1914     return false;
1915 
1916   if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1917     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1918     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1919     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1920     bool IsAllPlaceholders = true;
1921     for (const auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
1922       if (BD->isReferenced() || BD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1923         return false;
1924       IsAllPlaceholders = IsAllPlaceholders && BD->isPlaceholderVar(LangOpts);
1925     }
1926     if (IsAllPlaceholders)
1927       return false;
1928   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1929     return false;
1930   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1931     return false;
1932   }
1933 
1934   if (D->isPlaceholderVar(LangOpts))
1935     return false;
1936 
1937   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>() ||
1938       D->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>())
1939     return false;
1940 
1941   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1942     return true;
1943 
1944   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1945   // functions.
1946   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1947   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1948     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1949     WithinFunction =
1950         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1951   if (!WithinFunction)
1952     return false;
1953 
1954   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1955     return true;
1956 
1957   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1958   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1959     return false;
1960 
1961   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1962   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1963 
1964     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
1965     if (const auto *Cleanups = dyn_cast_if_present<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1966       Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1967 
1968     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1969 
1970     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1971     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1972       // Allow anything marked with __attribute__((unused)).
1973       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1974         return false;
1975     }
1976 
1977     // Warn for reference variables whose initializtion performs lifetime
1978     // extension.
1979     if (const auto *MTE = dyn_cast_if_present<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Init);
1980         MTE && MTE->getExtendingDecl()) {
1981       Ty = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType().getTypePtr();
1982       Init = MTE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten();
1983     }
1984 
1985     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1986     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1987     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1988       return false;
1989 
1990     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1991     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1992     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1993 
1994     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1995       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1996       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1997         return false;
1998 
1999       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2000         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
2001           return false;
2002 
2003         if (Init) {
2004           const auto *Construct =
2005               dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
2006           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
2007             const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
2008             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
2009                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
2010               return false;
2011           }
2012 
2013           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
2014           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
2015           if (Init->isTypeDependent()) {
2016             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
2017               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
2018                 return false;
2019           }
2020 
2021           // Suppress the warning if the constructor is unresolved because
2022           // its arguments are dependent.
2023           if (isa<CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr>(Init))
2024             return false;
2025         }
2026       }
2027     }
2028 
2029     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
2030   }
2031 
2032   return true;
2033 }
2034 
2035 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
2036                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
2037   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
2038     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2039         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
2040         /*SkipTrailingWhitespaceAndNewline=*/false);
2041     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
2042       return;
2043     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2044         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
2045   }
2046 }
2047 
2048 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
2049   DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(
2050       D, [this](SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD) { Diag(Loc, PD); });
2051 }
2052 
2053 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D,
2054                                         DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver) {
2055   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
2056     return;
2057 
2058   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
2059     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
2060       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T, DiagReceiver);
2061     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
2062       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R, DiagReceiver);
2063   }
2064 }
2065 
2066 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
2067   DiagnoseUnusedDecl(
2068       D, [this](SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD) { Diag(Loc, PD); });
2069 }
2070 
2071 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver) {
2072   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(getLangOpts(), D))
2073     return;
2074 
2075   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2076     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
2077     // at end-of-translation-unit.
2078     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
2079     return;
2080   }
2081 
2082   FixItHint Hint;
2083   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
2084 
2085   unsigned DiagID;
2086   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
2087     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
2088   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
2089     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
2090   else
2091     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
2092 
2093   SourceLocation DiagLoc = D->getLocation();
2094   DiagReceiver(DiagLoc, PDiag(DiagID) << D << Hint << SourceRange(DiagLoc));
2095 }
2096 
2097 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD,
2098                                     DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver) {
2099   // If it's not referenced, it can't be set. If it has the Cleanup attribute,
2100   // it's not really unused.
2101   if (!VD->isReferenced() || !VD->getDeclName() || VD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>())
2102     return;
2103 
2104   //  In C++, `_` variables behave as if they were maybe_unused
2105   if (VD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || VD->isPlaceholderVar(getLangOpts()))
2106     return;
2107 
2108   const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
2109 
2110   if (Ty->isReferenceType() || Ty->isDependentType())
2111     return;
2112 
2113   if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
2114     const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
2115     if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
2116       return;
2117     // In C++, don't warn for record types that don't have WarnUnusedAttr, to
2118     // mimic gcc's behavior.
2119     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag);
2120         RD && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
2121       return;
2122   }
2123 
2124   // Don't warn about __block Objective-C pointer variables, as they might
2125   // be assigned in the block but not used elsewhere for the purpose of lifetime
2126   // extension.
2127   if (VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2128     return;
2129 
2130   // Don't warn about Objective-C pointer variables with precise lifetime
2131   // semantics; they can be used to ensure ARC releases the object at a known
2132   // time, which may mean assignment but no other references.
2133   if (VD->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>() && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2134     return;
2135 
2136   auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD);
2137   if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end())
2138     return;
2139 
2140   assert(iter->getSecond() >= 0 &&
2141          "Found a negative number of references to a VarDecl");
2142   if (int RefCnt = iter->getSecond(); RefCnt > 0) {
2143     // Assume the given VarDecl is "used" if its ref count stored in
2144     // `RefMinusAssignments` is positive, with one exception.
2145     //
2146     // For a C++ variable whose decl (with initializer) entirely consist the
2147     // condition expression of a if/while/for construct,
2148     // Clang creates a DeclRefExpr for the condition expression rather than a
2149     // BinaryOperator of AssignmentOp. Thus, the C++ variable's ref
2150     // count stored in `RefMinusAssignment` equals 1 when the variable is never
2151     // used in the body of the if/while/for construct.
2152     bool UnusedCXXCondDecl = VD->isCXXCondDecl() && (RefCnt == 1);
2153     if (!UnusedCXXCondDecl)
2154       return;
2155   }
2156 
2157   unsigned DiagID = isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) ? diag::warn_unused_but_set_parameter
2158                                          : diag::warn_unused_but_set_variable;
2159   DiagReceiver(VD->getLocation(), PDiag(DiagID) << VD);
2160 }
2161 
2162 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S,
2163                              Sema::DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver) {
2164   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
2165   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
2166   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
2167   // MS inline assembly label name.
2168   bool Diagnose = false;
2169   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
2170     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
2171   else
2172     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
2173   if (Diagnose)
2174     DiagReceiver(L->getLocation(), S.PDiag(diag::err_undeclared_label_use)
2175                                        << L);
2176 }
2177 
2178 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
2179   S->applyNRVO();
2180 
2181   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
2182   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
2183          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
2184 
2185   /// We visit the decls in non-deterministic order, but we want diagnostics
2186   /// emitted in deterministic order. Collect any diagnostic that may be emitted
2187   /// and sort the diagnostics before emitting them, after we visited all decls.
2188   struct LocAndDiag {
2189     SourceLocation Loc;
2190     std::optional<SourceLocation> PreviousDeclLoc;
2191     PartialDiagnostic PD;
2192   };
2193   SmallVector<LocAndDiag, 16> DeclDiags;
2194   auto addDiag = [&DeclDiags](SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD) {
2195     DeclDiags.push_back(LocAndDiag{Loc, std::nullopt, std::move(PD)});
2196   };
2197   auto addDiagWithPrev = [&DeclDiags](SourceLocation Loc,
2198                                       SourceLocation PreviousDeclLoc,
2199                                       PartialDiagnostic PD) {
2200     DeclDiags.push_back(LocAndDiag{Loc, PreviousDeclLoc, std::move(PD)});
2201   };
2202 
2203   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
2204     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
2205 
2206     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
2207     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
2208 
2209     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
2210     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
2211       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D, addDiag);
2212       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
2213         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD, addDiag);
2214       if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2215         DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(VD, addDiag);
2216         RefsMinusAssignments.erase(VD);
2217       }
2218     }
2219 
2220     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
2221 
2222     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
2223     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
2224       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this, addDiag);
2225 
2226     // Partial translation units that are created in incremental processing must
2227     // not clean up the IdResolver because PTUs should take into account the
2228     // declarations that came from previous PTUs.
2229     if (!PP.isIncrementalProcessingEnabled() || getLangOpts().ObjC ||
2230         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2231       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
2232 
2233     // Warn on it if we are shadowing a declaration.
2234     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
2235     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
2236       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
2237         addDiagWithPrev(D->getLocation(), FD->getLocation(),
2238                         PDiag(diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
2239                             << D << FD << FD->getParent());
2240       }
2241       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
2242     }
2243   }
2244 
2245   llvm::sort(DeclDiags,
2246              [](const LocAndDiag &LHS, const LocAndDiag &RHS) -> bool {
2247                // The particular order for diagnostics is not important, as long
2248                // as the order is deterministic. Using the raw location is going
2249                // to generally be in source order unless there are macro
2250                // expansions involved.
2251                return LHS.Loc.getRawEncoding() < RHS.Loc.getRawEncoding();
2252              });
2253   for (const LocAndDiag &D : DeclDiags) {
2254     Diag(D.Loc, D.PD);
2255     if (D.PreviousDeclLoc)
2256       Diag(*D.PreviousDeclLoc, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2257   }
2258 }
2259 
2260 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2261   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2262          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2263          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2264     S = S->getParent();
2265   return S;
2266 }
2267 
2268 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2269                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2270   switch (Error) {
2271   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2272     return "";
2273   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2274     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2275   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2276     return "stdio.h";
2277   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2278     return "setjmp.h";
2279   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2280     return "ucontext.h";
2281   }
2282   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2283 }
2284 
2285 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2286                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2287   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2288 
2289   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2290     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2291         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecLanguageIDs::C, false);
2292     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2293     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2294     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2295   }
2296 
2297   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
2298   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isImmediate(ID)) {
2299     assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
2300            "consteval builtins should only be available in C++20 mode");
2301     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval;
2302   }
2303 
2304   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(
2305       Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern,
2306       getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), /*isInlineSpecified=*/false,
2307       Type->isFunctionProtoType(), ConstexprKind);
2308   New->setImplicit();
2309   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2310 
2311   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2312   // FunctionDecl.
2313   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2314     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2315     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2316       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2317           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2318           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2319       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2320       Params.push_back(parm);
2321     }
2322     New->setParams(Params);
2323   }
2324 
2325   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2326   return New;
2327 }
2328 
2329 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2330                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2331                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2332   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2333 
2334   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2335   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2336   if (Error) {
2337     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2338       return nullptr;
2339 
2340     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2341     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2342     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2343         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2344       return nullptr;
2345 
2346     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2347     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2348     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2349       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2350           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2351       return nullptr;
2352     }
2353 
2354     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2355     // appropriate header.
2356     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2357         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2358         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2359     return nullptr;
2360   }
2361 
2362   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2363       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2364        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2365     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.C99 ? diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl_c99
2366                            : diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2367         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2368     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2369       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2370           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2371   }
2372 
2373   if (R.isNull())
2374     return nullptr;
2375 
2376   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2377   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2378 
2379   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2380   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2381   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2382   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2383   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2384   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2385   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2386   CurContext = SavedContext;
2387   return New;
2388 }
2389 
2390 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2391 /// entity if their types are the same.
2392 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2393 /// isSameEntity.
2394 static void
2395 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2396                                          LookupResult &Previous) {
2397   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2398   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2399     return;
2400 
2401   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2402   if (Previous.empty())
2403     return;
2404 
2405   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2406   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2407     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2408 
2409     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2410     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2411       continue;
2412 
2413     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2414     // different linkages.
2415     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2416       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2417                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2418         continue;
2419 
2420       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2421       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2422       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2423           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2424         continue;
2425     }
2426 
2427     Filter.erase();
2428   }
2429 
2430   Filter.done();
2431 }
2432 
2433 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(const TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2434   QualType OldType;
2435   if (const TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2436     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2437   else
2438     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2439   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2440 
2441   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2442     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2443     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2444     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2445       << Kind << NewType;
2446     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2447       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2448     New->setInvalidDecl();
2449     return true;
2450   }
2451 
2452   if (OldType != NewType &&
2453       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2454       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2455       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2456     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2457     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2458       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2459     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2460       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2461     New->setInvalidDecl();
2462     return true;
2463   }
2464   return false;
2465 }
2466 
2467 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2468                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2469   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2470   // merging checks.
2471   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2472 
2473   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2474   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2475   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2476     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2477     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2478     default: break;
2479     case 2:
2480       {
2481         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2482           break;
2483         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2484         if (!T->isPointerType())
2485           break;
2486         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2487           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2488           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2489             break;
2490         }
2491         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2492         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2493         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2494         return;
2495       }
2496     case 5:
2497       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2498         break;
2499       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2500       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2501       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2502       return;
2503     case 3:
2504       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2505         break;
2506       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2507       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2508       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2509       return;
2510     }
2511     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2512   }
2513 
2514   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2515   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2516   if (!Old) {
2517     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2518       << New->getDeclName();
2519 
2520     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2521     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2522       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2523 
2524     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2525   }
2526 
2527   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2528   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2529     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2530 
2531   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2532     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2533     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2534     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2535     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2536         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2537         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2538       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2539       // instead of our tag.
2540       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2541       if (OldTD->isModed())
2542         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2543                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2544       else
2545         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2546 
2547       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2548       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2549 
2550       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2551       // out of the scope.
2552       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2553         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2554         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2555           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2556           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2557           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2558           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2559           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2560         }
2561       }
2562     }
2563   }
2564 
2565   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2566   // with any extensions enabled.
2567   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2568     return;
2569 
2570   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2571   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2572   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2573     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2574     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2575   }
2576 
2577   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2578     return;
2579 
2580   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2581     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2582     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2583     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2584     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2585     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2586       return;
2587 
2588     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2589     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2590     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2591     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2592     //
2593     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2594     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2595     //
2596     //   struct S {
2597     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2598     //   };
2599     //
2600     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2601     // allow the above but disallow
2602     //
2603     //   struct S {
2604     //     typedef int I;
2605     //     typedef int I;
2606     //   };
2607     //
2608     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2609     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2610       return;
2611 
2612     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2613       << New->getDeclName();
2614     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2615     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2616   }
2617 
2618   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2619   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2620     return;
2621 
2622   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2623   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2624   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2625   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2626   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2627       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2628       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2629        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2630        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2631     return;
2632 
2633   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2634     << New->getDeclName();
2635   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2636 }
2637 
2638 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2639 /// attribute.
2640 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2641   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2642   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2643   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2644     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2645       if (Ann) {
2646         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2647           return true;
2648         continue;
2649       }
2650       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2651       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2652         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2653       return true;
2654     }
2655 
2656   return false;
2657 }
2658 
2659 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2660   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2661     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2662   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2663     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2664   return true;
2665 }
2666 
2667 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2668 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2669 ///
2670 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2671 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2672   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2673   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2674   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2675   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2676   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2677   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2678     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2679     // in a case like:
2680     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2681     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2682     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2683     // definition in such a case.
2684     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2685       return false;
2686 
2687     if (I->isAlignas())
2688       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2689 
2690     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2691     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2692       OldAlign = Align;
2693       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2694     }
2695   }
2696 
2697   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2698   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2699   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2700   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2701     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2702       return false;
2703 
2704     if (I->isAlignas())
2705       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2706 
2707     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2708     if (Align > NewAlign)
2709       NewAlign = Align;
2710   }
2711 
2712   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2713     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2714     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2715     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2716     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2717 
2718     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2719     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2720     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2721       QualType Ty;
2722       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2723         Ty = VD->getType();
2724       else
2725         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2726 
2727       if (OldAlign == 0)
2728         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2729       if (NewAlign == 0)
2730         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2731     }
2732 
2733     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2734       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2735         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2736         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2737       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2738     }
2739   }
2740 
2741   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2742     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2743     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2744     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2745     //   equivalent alignment.
2746     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2747     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2748     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2749     //   have no alignment specifier.
2750     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2751       << OldAlignasAttr;
2752     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2753       << OldAlignasAttr;
2754   }
2755 
2756   bool AnyAdded = false;
2757 
2758   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2759   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2760     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2761     Clone->setInherited(true);
2762     New->addAttr(Clone);
2763     AnyAdded = true;
2764   }
2765 
2766   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2767   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2768       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2769     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2770     Clone->setInherited(true);
2771     New->addAttr(Clone);
2772     AnyAdded = true;
2773   }
2774 
2775   return AnyAdded;
2776 }
2777 
2778 #define WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2779 #include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrImpl.inc"
2780 #undef WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2781 
2782 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2783                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2784                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2785   // Diagnose any mutual exclusions between the attribute that we want to add
2786   // and attributes that already exist on the declaration.
2787   if (!DiagnoseMutualExclusions(S, D, Attr))
2788     return false;
2789 
2790   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2791   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2792   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2793   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2794   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2795   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2796   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2797   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2798   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2799     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2800         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2801         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2802         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2803         AA->getPriority(), AA->getEnvironment());
2804   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2805     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2806   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2807     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2808   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2809     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2810   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2811     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2812   else if (const auto *EA = dyn_cast<ErrorAttr>(Attr))
2813     NewAttr = S.mergeErrorAttr(D, *EA, EA->getUserDiagnostic());
2814   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2815     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2816                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2817   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2818     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2819   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2820     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2821   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2822     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2823                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2824   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2825     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2826                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2827   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2828            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2829             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2830     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2831     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2832     return false;
2833   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2834     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2835   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2836     NewAttr = S.Swift().mergeNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2837   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2838     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2839   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2840     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2841   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2842     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2843     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2844     NewAttr = nullptr;
2845   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2846            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2847             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation ||
2848             AMK == Sema::AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation))
2849     NewAttr = nullptr;
2850   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2851     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2852   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2853     NewAttr = S.Wasm().mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2854   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2855     NewAttr = S.Wasm().mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2856   else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr))
2857     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA);
2858   else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr))
2859     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA);
2860   else if (const auto *BTFA = dyn_cast<BTFDeclTagAttr>(Attr))
2861     NewAttr = S.mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(D, *BTFA);
2862   else if (const auto *NT = dyn_cast<HLSLNumThreadsAttr>(Attr))
2863     NewAttr = S.HLSL().mergeNumThreadsAttr(D, *NT, NT->getX(), NT->getY(),
2864                                            NT->getZ());
2865   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<HLSLShaderAttr>(Attr))
2866     NewAttr = S.HLSL().mergeShaderAttr(D, *SA, SA->getType());
2867   else if (isa<SuppressAttr>(Attr))
2868     // Do nothing. Each redeclaration should be suppressed separately.
2869     NewAttr = nullptr;
2870   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2871     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2872 
2873   if (NewAttr) {
2874     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2875     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2876     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2877       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2878     return true;
2879   }
2880 
2881   return false;
2882 }
2883 
2884 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2885   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2886     return TD->getDefinition();
2887   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2888     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2889     if (Def)
2890       return Def;
2891     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2892   }
2893   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2894     const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2895     if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2896       return Def;
2897   }
2898   return nullptr;
2899 }
2900 
2901 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2902   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2903     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2904       return true;
2905   return false;
2906 }
2907 
2908 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2909 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2910 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2911   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2912     return;
2913 
2914   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2915   if (!Def || Def == New)
2916     return;
2917 
2918   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2919   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2920     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2921 
2922     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2923       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2924         SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2925         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2926 
2927         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2928         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2929           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2930           --E;
2931           continue;
2932         }
2933       } else {
2934         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2935         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2936                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2937                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2938                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2939         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2940         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2941           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2942         else
2943           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2944         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2945       }
2946       ++I;
2947       continue;
2948     }
2949 
2950     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2951       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2952       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2953         ++I;
2954         continue;
2955       }
2956     }
2957 
2958     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2959       ++I;
2960       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2961     }
2962 
2963     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2964       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2965       ++I;
2966       continue;
2967     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2968       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2969       ++I;
2970       continue;
2971     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2972       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2973         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2974         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2975         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2976         //   equivalent alignment.
2977         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2978         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2979         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2980         //   have no alignment specifier.
2981         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2982           << AA;
2983         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2984           << AA;
2985         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2986         --E;
2987         continue;
2988       }
2989     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2990       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2991       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2992       // standard diagnostics.
2993       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2994         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2995                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2996         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2997         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2998         --E;
2999         continue;
3000       }
3001     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
3002                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
3003                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
3004       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
3005       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
3006       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
3007       // honored it.
3008       ++I;
3009       continue;
3010     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
3011       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
3012       // declarations after definitions.
3013       ++I;
3014       continue;
3015     }
3016 
3017     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
3018            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
3019     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3020     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
3021     --E;
3022   }
3023 }
3024 
3025 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
3026                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
3027                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
3028   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
3029 
3030   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
3031   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
3032   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
3033   // heroics.
3034   std::string SuitableSpelling;
3035   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
3036     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
3037         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
3038   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3039     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
3040         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
3041                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
3042                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
3043                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
3044   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
3045     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
3046         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
3047                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
3048                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
3049   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
3050     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
3051   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3052     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
3053   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
3054     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
3055   SuitableSpelling += " ";
3056 
3057   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
3058     // extern constinit int a;
3059     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
3060     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
3061     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
3062         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
3063     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
3064   } else {
3065     // int a = 0;
3066     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
3067     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
3068            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
3069                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
3070         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
3071     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
3072         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
3073         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
3074   }
3075 }
3076 
3077 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
3078                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
3079   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
3080     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
3081     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
3082     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
3083   }
3084   if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
3085     RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
3086     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
3087     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
3088   }
3089 
3090   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
3091     return;
3092 
3093   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
3094   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
3095   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
3096   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
3097   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
3098   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
3099     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
3100     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
3101 
3102     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
3103     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
3104     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
3105     if (!InitDecl &&
3106         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
3107       InitDecl = NewVD;
3108 
3109     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
3110       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
3111       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
3112       // form).
3113       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
3114         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
3115                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
3116     } else if (NewConstInit) {
3117       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
3118       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
3119       // declaration, this is too late.
3120       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
3121         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
3122                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
3123         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
3124       }
3125     }
3126   }
3127 
3128   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
3129   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
3130 
3131   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
3132     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
3133       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
3134         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
3135         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
3136         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3137       }
3138     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
3139       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
3140       // already been ODR-used.
3141       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
3142         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
3143     }
3144   }
3145 
3146   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
3147   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
3148     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
3149       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
3150         if (!llvm::is_contained(OldAbiTagAttr->tags(), NewTag)) {
3151           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
3152                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
3153               << NewTag;
3154           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3155         }
3156       }
3157     } else {
3158       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
3159       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3160     }
3161   }
3162 
3163   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
3164   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
3165     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
3166       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
3167         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
3168         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3169       }
3170     }
3171   }
3172 
3173   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
3174   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
3175   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
3176       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
3177     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
3178          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
3179     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3180   }
3181 
3182   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
3183     return;
3184 
3185   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
3186 
3187   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
3188   // we process them.
3189   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3190 
3191   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
3192     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
3193     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
3194     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
3195         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
3196         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
3197       switch (AMK) {
3198       case AMK_None:
3199         continue;
3200 
3201       case AMK_Redeclaration:
3202       case AMK_Override:
3203       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
3204       case AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation:
3205         LocalAMK = AMK;
3206         break;
3207       }
3208     }
3209 
3210     // Already handled.
3211     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I))
3212       continue;
3213 
3214     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
3215       foundAny = true;
3216   }
3217 
3218   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
3219     foundAny = true;
3220 
3221   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
3222 }
3223 
3224 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
3225 /// to the new one.
3226 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
3227                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
3228                                      Sema &S) {
3229   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3230   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3231   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3232   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3233   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3234   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3235     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3236            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3237     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
3238     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
3239     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
3240       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
3241     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
3242       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
3243     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
3244            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3245   }
3246 
3247   // HLSL parameter declarations for inout and out must match between
3248   // declarations. In HLSL inout and out are ambiguous at the call site, but
3249   // have different calling behavior, so you cannot overload a method based on a
3250   // difference between inout and out annotations.
3251   if (S.getLangOpts().HLSL) {
3252     const auto *NDAttr = newDecl->getAttr<HLSLParamModifierAttr>();
3253     const auto *ODAttr = oldDecl->getAttr<HLSLParamModifierAttr>();
3254     // We don't need to cover the case where one declaration doesn't have an
3255     // attribute. The only possible case there is if one declaration has an `in`
3256     // attribute and the other declaration has no attribute. This case is
3257     // allowed since parameters are `in` by default.
3258     if (NDAttr && ODAttr &&
3259         NDAttr->getSpellingListIndex() != ODAttr->getSpellingListIndex()) {
3260       S.Diag(newDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_hlsl_param_qualifier_mismatch)
3261           << NDAttr << newDecl;
3262       S.Diag(oldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration_as)
3263           << ODAttr;
3264     }
3265   }
3266 
3267   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
3268     return;
3269 
3270   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
3271 
3272   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
3273   // done before we process them.
3274   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3275 
3276   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3277     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3278       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3279         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3280       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3281       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3282       foundAny = true;
3283     }
3284   }
3285 
3286   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3287 }
3288 
3289 static bool EquivalentArrayTypes(QualType Old, QualType New,
3290                                  const ASTContext &Ctx) {
3291 
3292   auto NoSizeInfo = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
3293     if (Ty->isIncompleteArrayType() || Ty->isPointerType())
3294       return true;
3295     if (const auto *VAT = Ctx.getAsVariableArrayType(Ty))
3296       return VAT->getSizeModifier() == ArraySizeModifier::Star;
3297     return false;
3298   };
3299 
3300   // `type[]` is equivalent to `type *` and `type[*]`.
3301   if (NoSizeInfo(Old) && NoSizeInfo(New))
3302     return true;
3303 
3304   // Don't try to compare VLA sizes, unless one of them has the star modifier.
3305   if (Old->isVariableArrayType() && New->isVariableArrayType()) {
3306     const auto *OldVAT = Ctx.getAsVariableArrayType(Old);
3307     const auto *NewVAT = Ctx.getAsVariableArrayType(New);
3308     if ((OldVAT->getSizeModifier() == ArraySizeModifier::Star) ^
3309         (NewVAT->getSizeModifier() == ArraySizeModifier::Star))
3310       return false;
3311     return true;
3312   }
3313 
3314   // Only compare size, ignore Size modifiers and CVR.
3315   if (Old->isConstantArrayType() && New->isConstantArrayType()) {
3316     return Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Old)->getSize() ==
3317            Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(New)->getSize();
3318   }
3319 
3320   // Don't try to compare dependent sized array
3321   if (Old->isDependentSizedArrayType() && New->isDependentSizedArrayType()) {
3322     return true;
3323   }
3324 
3325   return Old == New;
3326 }
3327 
3328 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3329                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3330                                 Sema &S) {
3331   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability()) {
3332     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability()) {
3333       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3334         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3335           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3336                *Newnullability,
3337                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3338                 != 0))
3339           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3340                *Oldnullability,
3341                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3342                 != 0));
3343         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3344       }
3345     } else {
3346       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3347       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3348                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3349                          NewT, NewT);
3350       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3351     }
3352   }
3353   const auto *OldParamDT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(OldParam->getType());
3354   const auto *NewParamDT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(NewParam->getType());
3355   if (OldParamDT && NewParamDT &&
3356       OldParamDT->getPointeeType() == NewParamDT->getPointeeType()) {
3357     QualType OldParamOT = OldParamDT->getOriginalType();
3358     QualType NewParamOT = NewParamDT->getOriginalType();
3359     if (!EquivalentArrayTypes(OldParamOT, NewParamOT, S.getASTContext())) {
3360       S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_inconsistent_array_form)
3361           << NewParam << NewParamOT;
3362       S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration_as)
3363           << OldParamOT;
3364     }
3365   }
3366 }
3367 
3368 namespace {
3369 
3370 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3371 /// C.
3372 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3373   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3374   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3375   QualType PromotedType;
3376 };
3377 
3378 } // end anonymous namespace
3379 
3380 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3381 // declaration, or a declaration.
3382 template <typename T>
3383 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3384 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3385   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3386   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3387   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3388     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3389   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3390     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3391     if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Old)) {
3392       if (FD->getBuiltinID())
3393         PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3394     }
3395     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3396       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3397   } else
3398     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3399   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3400 }
3401 
3402 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3403 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3404 /// GNU89 mode.
3405 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3406                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3407   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3408           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3409           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3410           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3411 }
3412 
3413 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3414   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3415   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3416     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3417   return AT;
3418 }
3419 
3420 template <typename T>
3421 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3422   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3423   if (DC->isRecord())
3424     return false;
3425 
3426   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3427   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3428     return true;
3429   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3430     return true;
3431   return false;
3432 }
3433 
3434 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3435 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3436 static bool isExternC(FunctionTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3437 
3438 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3439 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3440 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3441 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3442 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3443                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3444   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3445   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3446   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3447   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3448   //      and function templates; or
3449   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3450   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3451   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3452   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3453   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3454 
3455   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3456   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3457   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3458   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3459   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3460 
3461   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3462   if (Old &&
3463       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3464           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3465       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3466     Old = nullptr;
3467 
3468   if (!Old) {
3469     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3470     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3471     S.Diag(OldS->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3472     return true;
3473   }
3474   return false;
3475 }
3476 
3477 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3478                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3479   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3480 
3481   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3482     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3483     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3484     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3485       return true;
3486     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3487            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3488   };
3489 
3490   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3491 }
3492 
3493 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3494 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3495 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3496                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3497   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3498   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3499   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3500   //
3501   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3502   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3503   //
3504   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3505   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3506   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3507   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3508     return;
3509 
3510   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3511   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3512   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3513   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3514     return;
3515 
3516   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3517           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3518          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3519 
3520   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3521   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3522     if (!D)
3523       return;
3524     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3525     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3526   };
3527 
3528   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3529   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3530     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3531   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3532     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3533 }
3534 
3535 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, Scope *S,
3536                              bool MergeTypeWithOld, bool NewDeclIsDefn) {
3537   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3538   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3539   if (!Old) {
3540     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3541       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3542         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3543         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3544              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3545         Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
3546             << 0;
3547         return true;
3548       }
3549 
3550       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function or
3551       // function template.
3552       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate =
3553               New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
3554         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow,
3555                                                          NewTemplate))
3556           return true;
3557         OldD = Old = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl())
3558                          ->getAsFunction();
3559       } else {
3560         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3561           return true;
3562         OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3563       }
3564     } else {
3565       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3566         << New->getDeclName();
3567       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3568       return true;
3569     }
3570   }
3571 
3572   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
3573   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
3574   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
3575 
3576   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3577   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3578     return true;
3579 
3580   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3581   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3582     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3583     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3584         << Old << Old->getType();
3585     return true;
3586   }
3587 
3588   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3589   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3590   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3591       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3592 
3593   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3594   // is an extern inline function.
3595   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3596   // storage classes.
3597   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3598       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3599       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3600       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3601       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3602     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3603       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3604       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3605     } else {
3606       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3607       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3608       return true;
3609     }
3610   }
3611 
3612   if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>())
3613     if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3614       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
3615           << ILA;
3616       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3617       New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3618     }
3619 
3620   if (auto *EA = New->getAttr<ErrorAttr>()) {
3621     if (!Old->hasAttr<ErrorAttr>()) {
3622       Diag(EA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) << EA;
3623       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3624       New->dropAttr<ErrorAttr>();
3625     }
3626   }
3627 
3628   if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old))
3629     return true;
3630 
3631   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3632     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3633     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3634       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3635         << New << OldOvl;
3636 
3637       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3638       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3639       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3640       //
3641       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3642       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3643       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3644       if (OldOvl) {
3645         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3646           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3647           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3648         });
3649         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3650         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3651         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3652       }
3653 
3654       if (DiagOld)
3655         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3656              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3657           << OldOvl;
3658 
3659       if (OldOvl)
3660         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3661       else
3662         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3663     }
3664   }
3665 
3666   // It is not permitted to redeclare an SME function with different SME
3667   // attributes.
3668   if (IsInvalidSMECallConversion(Old->getType(), New->getType())) {
3669     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_sme_attr_mismatch)
3670         << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3671     Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3672     return true;
3673   }
3674 
3675   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3676   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3677   // convention of the first.
3678   //
3679   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3680   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3681   //
3682   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3683   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3684   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3685   //
3686   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3687   // other tests to run.
3688   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3689   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3690   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3691   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3692   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3693   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3694   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3695 
3696   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3697     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3698     const FunctionType *FT =
3699         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3700     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3701     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3702     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3703       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3704       // there but not here.
3705       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3706       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3707     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3708       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3709       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3710 
3711       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3712       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3713       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3714       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3715           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3716           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3717       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3718       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3719     } else {
3720       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3721       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3722       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3723         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3724         << !FirstCCExplicit
3725         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3726             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3727 
3728       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3729       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3730       return true;
3731     }
3732   }
3733 
3734   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3735   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3736     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3737     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3738   }
3739 
3740   // Merge regparm attribute.
3741   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3742       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3743     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3744       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3745         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3746         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3747       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3748       return true;
3749     }
3750 
3751     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3752     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3753   }
3754 
3755   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3756   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3757     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3758       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3759           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3760       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3761       return true;
3762     }
3763 
3764     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3765     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3766   }
3767 
3768   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3769       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3770     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3771       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3772         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3773       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3774       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3775       return true;
3776     }
3777 
3778     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3779     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3780   }
3781 
3782   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3783     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3784     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3785     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3786     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3787   }
3788 
3789   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3790   // UndefinedButUsed.
3791   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3792       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3793       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3794       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3795       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3796     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3797                                            SourceLocation()));
3798 
3799   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3800   // about it.
3801   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3802       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3803     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3804   }
3805 
3806   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3807   // redeclaration.
3808   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3809       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3810     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3811         << New->getDeclName();
3812     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3813     return true;
3814   }
3815 
3816   QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3817   if (Context.hasAnyFunctionEffects()) {
3818     const auto OldFX = Old->getFunctionEffects();
3819     const auto NewFX = New->getFunctionEffects();
3820     if (OldFX != NewFX) {
3821       const auto Diffs = FunctionEffectDifferences(OldFX, NewFX);
3822       for (const auto &Diff : Diffs) {
3823         if (Diff.shouldDiagnoseRedeclaration(*Old, OldFX, *New, NewFX)) {
3824           Diag(New->getLocation(),
3825                diag::warn_mismatched_func_effect_redeclaration)
3826               << Diff.effectName();
3827           Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3828         }
3829       }
3830       // Following a warning, we could skip merging effects from the previous
3831       // declaration, but that would trigger an additional "conflicting types"
3832       // error.
3833       if (const auto *NewFPT = NewQType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3834         FunctionEffectSet::Conflicts MergeErrs;
3835         FunctionEffectSet MergedFX =
3836             FunctionEffectSet::getUnion(OldFX, NewFX, MergeErrs);
3837         if (!MergeErrs.empty())
3838           diagnoseFunctionEffectMergeConflicts(MergeErrs, New->getLocation(),
3839                                                Old->getLocation());
3840 
3841         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = NewFPT->getExtProtoInfo();
3842         EPI.FunctionEffects = FunctionEffectsRef(MergedFX);
3843         QualType ModQT = Context.getFunctionType(NewFPT->getReturnType(),
3844                                                  NewFPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
3845 
3846         New->setType(ModQT);
3847         NewQType = New->getType();
3848 
3849         // Revise OldQTForComparison to include the merged effects,
3850         // so as not to fail due to differences later.
3851         if (const auto *OldFPT = OldQType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3852           EPI = OldFPT->getExtProtoInfo();
3853           EPI.FunctionEffects = FunctionEffectsRef(MergedFX);
3854           OldQTypeForComparison = Context.getFunctionType(
3855               OldFPT->getReturnType(), OldFPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
3856         }
3857       }
3858     }
3859   }
3860 
3861   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3862     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3863     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3864 
3865     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3866     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3867     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3868     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3869     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3870     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3871     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3872     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3873         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3874                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3875       QualType ResQT;
3876       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3877           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3878         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3879         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3880       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3881         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3882           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3883               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3884         else
3885           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3886               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3887         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3888                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3889         return true;
3890       }
3891       else
3892         NewQType = ResQT;
3893     }
3894 
3895     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3896     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3897     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3898       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3899       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3900       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3901       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3902         QualType DT = OldAT->getDeducedType();
3903         if (DT.isNull()) {
3904           New->setType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(New->getType()));
3905           NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(NewQType));
3906         } else {
3907           New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), DT));
3908           NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoType(NewQType, DT));
3909         }
3910       }
3911     }
3912 
3913     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3914     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3915     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3916       // Preserve triviality.
3917       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3918 
3919       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3920       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3921       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3922       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3923                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3924                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3925       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3926 
3927       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3928           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3929         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3930         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3931         //       is a static member function declaration.
3932         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3933           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3934           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3935           return true;
3936         }
3937 
3938         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3939         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3940         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3941         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3942         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3943           unsigned NewDiag;
3944           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3945             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3946           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3947             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3948           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3949             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3950           else
3951             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3952 
3953           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3954         } else {
3955           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3956             << New << New->getType();
3957         }
3958         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3959         return true;
3960 
3961       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3962       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3963       //
3964       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3965       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3966       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3967         if (isFriend) {
3968           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3969         } else {
3970           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3971                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3972               << New << llvm::to_underlying(getSpecialMember(OldMethod));
3973           return true;
3974         }
3975       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3976         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3977              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3978             << llvm::to_underlying(getSpecialMember(OldMethod));
3979         return true;
3980       }
3981     }
3982 
3983     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3984     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3985     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3986     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3987 
3988     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3989     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3990     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3991     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3992     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3993     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3994       return true;
3995 
3996     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3997     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3998     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3999     //   attribute.
4000     if (const auto *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>())
4001       if (!Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
4002         Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
4003             << NRA;
4004         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4005       }
4006 
4007     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
4008     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
4009     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
4010     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
4011     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
4012     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
4013       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
4014            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
4015       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
4016            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
4017     }
4018 
4019     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
4020     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
4021     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
4022     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
4023 
4024     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
4025     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
4026       auto *OldType = OldQTypeForComparison->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4027       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
4028         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
4029       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
4030       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
4031     }
4032 
4033     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4034       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
4035       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
4036       //
4037       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
4038       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
4039       // linkage within class scope.
4040       //
4041       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
4042       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
4043         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
4044         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4045       } else {
4046         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4047         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4048         return true;
4049       }
4050     }
4051 
4052     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
4053     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
4054     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
4055     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
4056     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
4057                                                          NewQType))
4058       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
4059 
4060     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
4061     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
4062     // during instantiation.
4063     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
4064       return false;
4065 
4066     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
4067   }
4068 
4069   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
4070   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
4071   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4072     // C99 6.7.5.3p15: ...If one type has a parameter type list and the other
4073     // type is specified by a function definition that contains a (possibly
4074     // empty) identifier list, both shall agree in the number of parameters
4075     // and the type of each parameter shall be compatible with the type that
4076     // results from the application of default argument promotions to the
4077     // type of the corresponding identifier. ...
4078     // This cannot be handled by ASTContext::typesAreCompatible() because that
4079     // doesn't know whether the function type is for a definition or not when
4080     // eventually calling ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(). The only situation
4081     // we need to cover here is that the number of arguments agree as the
4082     // default argument promotion rules were already checked by
4083     // ASTContext::typesAreCompatible().
4084     if (Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasWrittenPrototype() && NewDeclIsDefn &&
4085         Old->getNumParams() != New->getNumParams() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
4086       if (Old->hasInheritedPrototype())
4087         Old = Old->getCanonicalDecl();
4088       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New;
4089       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
4090       return true;
4091     }
4092 
4093     // If we are merging two functions where only one of them has a prototype,
4094     // we may have enough information to decide to issue a diagnostic that the
4095     // function without a prototype will change behavior in C23. This handles
4096     // cases like:
4097     //   void i(); void i(int j);
4098     //   void i(int j); void i();
4099     //   void i(); void i(int j) {}
4100     // See ActOnFinishFunctionBody() for other cases of the behavior change
4101     // diagnostic. See GetFullTypeForDeclarator() for handling of a function
4102     // type without a prototype.
4103     if (New->hasWrittenPrototype() != Old->hasWrittenPrototype() &&
4104         !New->isImplicit() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
4105       const FunctionDecl *WithProto, *WithoutProto;
4106       if (New->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
4107         WithProto = New;
4108         WithoutProto = Old;
4109       } else {
4110         WithProto = Old;
4111         WithoutProto = New;
4112       }
4113 
4114       if (WithProto->getNumParams() != 0) {
4115         if (WithoutProto->getBuiltinID() == 0 && !WithoutProto->isImplicit()) {
4116           // The one without the prototype will be changing behavior in C23, so
4117           // warn about that one so long as it's a user-visible declaration.
4118           bool IsWithoutProtoADef = false, IsWithProtoADef = false;
4119           if (WithoutProto == New)
4120             IsWithoutProtoADef = NewDeclIsDefn;
4121           else
4122             IsWithProtoADef = NewDeclIsDefn;
4123           Diag(WithoutProto->getLocation(),
4124                diag::warn_non_prototype_changes_behavior)
4125               << IsWithoutProtoADef << (WithoutProto->getNumParams() ? 0 : 1)
4126               << (WithoutProto == Old) << IsWithProtoADef;
4127 
4128           // The reason the one without the prototype will be changing behavior
4129           // is because of the one with the prototype, so note that so long as
4130           // it's a user-visible declaration. There is one exception to this:
4131           // when the new declaration is a definition without a prototype, the
4132           // old declaration with a prototype is not the cause of the issue,
4133           // and that does not need to be noted because the one with a
4134           // prototype will not change behavior in C23.
4135           if (WithProto->getBuiltinID() == 0 && !WithProto->isImplicit() &&
4136               !IsWithoutProtoADef)
4137             Diag(WithProto->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_prototype);
4138         }
4139       }
4140     }
4141 
4142     if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
4143       const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
4144       const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
4145       const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
4146       if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
4147           (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
4148         // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
4149         // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
4150         assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
4151         NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(),
4152                                            OldProto->getParamTypes(),
4153                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
4154         New->setType(NewQType);
4155         New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
4156 
4157         // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
4158         SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
4159         for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
4160           ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(
4161               Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
4162               ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
4163           Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
4164           Param->setImplicit();
4165           Params.push_back(Param);
4166         }
4167 
4168         New->setParams(Params);
4169       }
4170 
4171       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
4172     }
4173   }
4174 
4175   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
4176   // spaces are ignored.
4177   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
4178     return false;
4179 
4180   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
4181   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
4182   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
4183   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
4184   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
4185   // the prototype.
4186   //
4187   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
4188   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
4189   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
4190   // C99 6.9.1p8.
4191   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4192       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
4193       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
4194       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
4195     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
4196     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
4197     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
4198       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4199     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
4200       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4201 
4202     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
4203     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
4204                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
4205     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
4206     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
4207          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
4208       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
4209       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
4210       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
4211                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
4212         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
4213       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
4214                                             NewParm->getType(),
4215                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
4216         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
4217                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
4218         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
4219         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
4220       } else
4221         LooseCompatible = false;
4222     }
4223 
4224     if (LooseCompatible) {
4225       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
4226         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
4227              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
4228           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
4229           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
4230         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
4231           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
4232                diag::note_previous_declaration);
4233       }
4234 
4235       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
4236         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
4237                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
4238       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
4239     }
4240 
4241     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
4242   }
4243 
4244   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
4245   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
4246 
4247   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
4248   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
4249   unsigned BuiltinID;
4250   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
4251     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
4252     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
4253     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
4254       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
4255       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
4256         << Old << Old->getType();
4257       return false;
4258     }
4259 
4260     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
4261   }
4262 
4263   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
4264   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
4265   return true;
4266 }
4267 
4268 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
4269                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
4270   // Merge the attributes
4271   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4272 
4273   // Merge "pure" flag.
4274   if (Old->isPureVirtual())
4275     New->setIsPureVirtual();
4276 
4277   // Merge "used" flag.
4278   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4279     New->setIsUsed();
4280 
4281   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
4282   // declarations.
4283   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
4284       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
4285         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
4286         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
4287         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
4288         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
4289       }
4290 
4291   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4292     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
4293 
4294   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
4295   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
4296   // was visible.
4297   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
4298   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
4299     New->setType(Merged);
4300 
4301   return false;
4302 }
4303 
4304 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
4305                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
4306   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
4307   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
4308       isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
4309           ? (oldMethod->isOptional() ? AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation
4310                                      : AMK_ProtocolImplementation)
4311           : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
4312                                                            : AMK_Override;
4313 
4314   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
4315 
4316   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
4317   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
4318                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
4319   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
4320          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
4321        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
4322     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
4323 
4324   ObjC().CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
4325 }
4326 
4327 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
4328   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
4329 
4330   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
4331          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
4332          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
4333     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
4334 
4335   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4336   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4337   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
4338     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4339   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
4340   New->setInvalidDecl();
4341 }
4342 
4343 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
4344                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
4345   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl() || New->getType()->containsErrors() || Old->getType()->containsErrors())
4346     return;
4347 
4348   QualType MergedT;
4349   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4350     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
4351       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
4352       return;
4353     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
4354       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
4355       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
4356     }
4357     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
4358     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
4359     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
4360     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
4361     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
4362     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4363       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
4364       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
4365 
4366       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
4367       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
4368       // mismatch.
4369       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
4370         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
4371              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
4372           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
4373           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
4374             continue;
4375 
4376           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
4377             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
4378         }
4379       }
4380 
4381       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
4382         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4383                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
4384           MergedT = New->getType();
4385       }
4386       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
4387       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
4388       // visible.
4389       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4390         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4391                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
4392           MergedT = Old->getType();
4393       }
4394     }
4395     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4396                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4397       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
4398                                               Old->getType());
4399     }
4400   } else {
4401     // C 6.2.7p2:
4402     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
4403     //   compatible type.
4404     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
4405   }
4406   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
4407     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
4408     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
4409     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
4410     // equivalent.
4411     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
4412     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
4413          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
4414       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
4415       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
4416       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
4417       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
4418         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
4419       return;
4420     }
4421     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
4422   }
4423 
4424   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
4425   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
4426   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
4427     New->setType(MergedT);
4428 }
4429 
4430 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
4431                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
4432   // C11 6.2.7p4:
4433   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
4434   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
4435   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
4436   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
4437   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
4438   //
4439   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
4440   if (Previous.isShadowed())
4441     return false;
4442 
4443   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4444     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
4445     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
4446     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
4447     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
4448     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
4449            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4450             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4451   } else {
4452     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4453     // type unless we're in the same function.
4454     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4455            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4456   }
4457 }
4458 
4459 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4460   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4461   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4462     return;
4463 
4464   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4465     return;
4466 
4467   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4468 
4469   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4470   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4471   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4472   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4473     if (NewTemplate) {
4474       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4475       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4476 
4477       if (auto *Shadow =
4478               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4479         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4480           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4481     } else {
4482       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4483 
4484       if (auto *Shadow =
4485               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4486         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4487           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4488     }
4489   }
4490   if (!Old) {
4491     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4492         << New->getDeclName();
4493     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4494                            New->getLocation());
4495     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4496   }
4497 
4498   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
4499   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
4500   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4501 
4502   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4503   if (NewTemplate &&
4504       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4505                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4506                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4507     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4508 
4509   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4510   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4511   //
4512   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4513   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4514     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4515       << New->getIdentifier();
4516     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4517     New->setInvalidDecl();
4518   }
4519 
4520   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4521   // Warn if an already-defined variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4522   // declaration
4523   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>())
4524     for (auto *D = Old; D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
4525       if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
4526         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4527         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4528         // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4529         New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4530         break;
4531       }
4532     }
4533 
4534   if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>())
4535     if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4536       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
4537           << ILA;
4538       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4539       New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4540     }
4541 
4542   // Merge the types.
4543   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4544   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4545     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4546                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4547     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4548       return;
4549   }
4550 
4551   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4552   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4553     return;
4554 
4555   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4556   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4557   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4558       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4559 
4560   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4561   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4562       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4563       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4564     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4565       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4566           << New->getDeclName();
4567       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4568     } else {
4569       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4570           << New->getDeclName();
4571       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4572       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4573     }
4574   }
4575   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4576   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4577   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4578   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4579   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4580   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4581   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4582   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4583   //   identifier has external linkage.
4584   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4585     /* Okay */;
4586   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4587            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4588            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4589     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4590     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4591     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4592   }
4593 
4594   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4595   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4596       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4597     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4598     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4599     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4600   }
4601   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4602       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4603     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4604     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4605     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4606   }
4607 
4608   if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old))
4609     return;
4610 
4611   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4612 
4613   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4614   // need to check for mismatches.
4615   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4616       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4617       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4618         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4619     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4620     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4621     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4622   }
4623 
4624   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4625     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4626       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4627       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4628       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4629       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4630       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4631     }
4632   }
4633 
4634   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4635   // UndefinedButUsed.
4636   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4637       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4638     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4639                                            SourceLocation()));
4640 
4641   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4642     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4643       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4644       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4645     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4646       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4647       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4648     } else {
4649       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4650       // static and dynamic initialization.
4651       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4652       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4653       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4654         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4655       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4656     }
4657   }
4658 
4659   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4660   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4661     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4662         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4663       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4664       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4665            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4666     } else if (New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4667       VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition();
4668       if (Def && checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4669         return;
4670     }
4671   }
4672 
4673   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4674     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4675     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4676     New->setInvalidDecl();
4677     return;
4678   }
4679 
4680   // Merge "used" flag.
4681   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4682     New->setIsUsed();
4683 
4684   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4685   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4686   if (NewTemplate)
4687     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4688 
4689   // Inherit access appropriately.
4690   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4691   if (NewTemplate)
4692     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4693 
4694   if (Old->isInline())
4695     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4696 }
4697 
4698 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4699   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4700   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4701   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4702   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4703   auto FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryRefForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4704   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4705   StringRef HdrFilename =
4706       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4707 
4708   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4709                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4710     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4711     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4712     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4713     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4714     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4715       if (Mod) {
4716         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4717             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4718         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4719           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4720               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4721       } else {
4722         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4723             << HdrFilename.str();
4724       }
4725       return true;
4726     }
4727 
4728     return false;
4729   };
4730 
4731   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4732   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4733   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4734     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4735     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4736     bool EmittedDiag =
4737         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4738     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4739 
4740     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4741     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(*FOld))
4742       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4743 
4744     if (EmittedDiag)
4745       return;
4746   }
4747 
4748   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4749   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4750     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4751 }
4752 
4753 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4754   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4755       (New->getFormalLinkage() == Linkage::Internal || New->isInline() ||
4756        isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(New) ||
4757        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4758        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4759     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4760     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4761     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4762 
4763     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4764     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4765       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4766     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4767     return false;
4768   } else {
4769     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4770     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4771     New->setInvalidDecl();
4772     return true;
4773   }
4774 }
4775 
4776 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4777                                        DeclSpec &DS,
4778                                        const ParsedAttributesView &DeclAttrs,
4779                                        RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4780   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(
4781       S, AS, DS, DeclAttrs, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, AnonRecord);
4782 }
4783 
4784 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4785 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4786 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4787 // compatibility.
4788 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4789 // targeted.
4790 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4791   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4792              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4793              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4794 }
4795 
4796 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4797   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4798     return;
4799 
4800   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4801     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4802     // it is anonymous.
4803     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4804       return;
4805     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4806         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4807     Context.setManglingNumber(
4808         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4809                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4810     return;
4811   }
4812 
4813   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4814   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4815   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4816   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4817       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4818   if (MCtx) {
4819     Context.setManglingNumber(
4820         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4821                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4822   }
4823 }
4824 
4825 namespace {
4826 struct NonCLikeKind {
4827   enum {
4828     None,
4829     BaseClass,
4830     DefaultMemberInit,
4831     Lambda,
4832     Friend,
4833     OtherMember,
4834     Invalid,
4835   } Kind = None;
4836   SourceRange Range;
4837 
4838   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4839 };
4840 }
4841 
4842 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4843 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4844 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4845   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4846     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4847 
4848   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4849   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4850   //
4851   //    -- have any base classes
4852   if (RD->getNumBases())
4853     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4854             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4855                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4856   bool Invalid = false;
4857   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4858     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4859     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4860       Invalid = true;
4861       continue;
4862     }
4863 
4864     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4865     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4866       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4867         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4868         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4869                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4870       }
4871       continue;
4872     }
4873 
4874     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4875     // P1766, but not the intent.
4876     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4877       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4878 
4879     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4880     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4881     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4882         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4883       continue;
4884     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4885     if (!MemberRD) {
4886       if (D->isImplicit())
4887         continue;
4888       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4889     }
4890 
4891     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4892     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4893       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4894 
4895     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4896     //  (recursively).
4897     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4898       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4899         return Kind;
4900     }
4901   }
4902 
4903   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4904 }
4905 
4906 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4907                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4908   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4909     return;
4910 
4911   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4912   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4913     return;
4914 
4915   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TagUseKind::Definition.
4916   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4917 
4918   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4919   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4920                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4922       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4923     return;
4924   }
4925 
4926   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4927   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4928   //   C-like].
4929   //
4930   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4931   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4932   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4933   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4934   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4935                              : NonCLikeKind();
4936   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4937   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4938     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4939       return;
4940 
4941     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4942     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4943       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4944       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4945         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4946       else
4947         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4948     }
4949 
4950     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4951         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4952     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4953     TextToInsert += ' ';
4954     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4955 
4956     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4957       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4958       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4959     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4960       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4961         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4962     }
4963     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4964       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4965 
4966     if (ChangesLinkage)
4967       return;
4968   }
4969 
4970   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4971   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4972 }
4973 
4974 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4975   DeclSpec::TST T = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4976   switch (T) {
4977   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4978     return 0;
4979   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4980     return 1;
4981   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4982     return 2;
4983   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4984     return 3;
4985   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4986     if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
4987       if (ED->isScopedUsingClassTag())
4988         return 5;
4989       if (ED->isScoped())
4990         return 6;
4991     }
4992     return 4;
4993   default:
4994     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4995   }
4996 }
4997 
4998 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4999                                        DeclSpec &DS,
5000                                        const ParsedAttributesView &DeclAttrs,
5001                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
5002                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
5003                                        RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
5004   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
5005   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
5006   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
5007       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
5008       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
5009       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
5010       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
5011     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
5012 
5013     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
5014       return nullptr;
5015 
5016     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
5017     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
5018     // it's a Type.
5019     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
5020       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
5021     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
5022       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5023   }
5024 
5025   if (Tag) {
5026     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
5027     Tag->setFreeStanding();
5028     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
5029       return Tag;
5030   }
5031 
5032   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5033     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
5034     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
5035     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5036       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5037            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
5038            << DS.getSourceRange();
5039   }
5040 
5041   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5042     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5043         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
5044 
5045   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
5046     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
5047     // and definitions of functions and variables.
5048     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
5049     // the declaration of a function or function template
5050     if (Tag)
5051       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
5052           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS)
5053           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
5054     else if (getLangOpts().C23)
5055       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_c23_constexpr_not_variable);
5056     else
5057       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
5058           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
5059     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
5060     return TagD;
5061   }
5062 
5063   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
5064 
5065   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
5066     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
5067     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
5068     if (TagD && !Tag)
5069       return nullptr;
5070     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
5071   }
5072 
5073   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
5074   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
5075 
5076   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
5077   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
5078     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
5079         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5080       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
5081           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
5082         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
5083         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
5084         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
5085         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
5086         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
5087         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
5088         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
5089         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5090           AnonRecord = Record;
5091         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
5092                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5093       }
5094 
5095       DeclaresAnything = false;
5096     }
5097   }
5098 
5099   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
5100   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
5101   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
5102   //
5103   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
5104   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
5105   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
5106       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
5107     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
5108     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
5109     //   struct STRUCT;
5110     //   union UNION;
5111     // and
5112     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
5113     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
5114     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
5115         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
5116       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
5117       if (Tag)
5118         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
5119       else if (const RecordType *RT =
5120                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
5121         Record = RT->getDecl();
5122       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
5123         Record = UT->getDecl();
5124 
5125       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
5126         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
5127             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
5128         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
5129       }
5130 
5131       DeclaresAnything = false;
5132     }
5133   }
5134 
5135   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
5136   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
5137       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
5138     return TagD;
5139 
5140   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5141       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5142     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
5143       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
5144           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
5145         DeclaresAnything = false;
5146 
5147   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
5148     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
5149     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5150       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
5151           << DS.getSourceRange();
5152     else
5153       DeclaresAnything = false;
5154   }
5155 
5156   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
5157       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
5158     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
5159         << llvm::to_underlying(Tag->getTagKind())
5160         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5161 
5162   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
5163 
5164   // C 6.7/2:
5165   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
5166   //   or the members of an enumeration.
5167   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5168   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5169   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5170   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
5171   //   previous declaration.
5172   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
5173     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
5174     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
5175     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
5176                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
5177                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
5178         << DS.getSourceRange();
5179     return TagD;
5180   }
5181 
5182   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5183   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
5184   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
5185   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
5186   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
5187   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
5188   //
5189   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
5190   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
5191   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5192     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
5193 
5194   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
5195   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
5196   // useless.
5197   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
5198     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
5199       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
5200       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
5201       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5202     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5203       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
5204         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
5205   }
5206 
5207   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
5208     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
5209       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5210   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5211     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5212       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
5213     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5214       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
5215     // Restrict is covered above.
5216     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5217       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
5218     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5219       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
5220   }
5221 
5222   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
5223   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
5224   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
5225   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty() || !DeclAttrs.empty()) {
5226     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
5227     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
5228         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
5229         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
5230         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
5231         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
5232 
5233       auto EmitAttributeDiagnostic = [this, &DS](const ParsedAttr &AL) {
5234         unsigned DiagnosticId = diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored;
5235         if (AL.isAlignas() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5236           DiagnosticId = diag::warn_attribute_ignored;
5237         else if (AL.isRegularKeywordAttribute())
5238           DiagnosticId = diag::err_declspec_keyword_has_no_effect;
5239         else
5240           DiagnosticId = diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored;
5241         Diag(AL.getLoc(), DiagnosticId)
5242             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS);
5243       };
5244 
5245       llvm::for_each(DS.getAttributes(), EmitAttributeDiagnostic);
5246       llvm::for_each(DeclAttrs, EmitAttributeDiagnostic);
5247     }
5248   }
5249 
5250   return TagD;
5251 }
5252 
5253 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
5254 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
5255 ///
5256 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
5257 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
5258                                          DeclContext *Owner,
5259                                          DeclarationName Name,
5260                                          SourceLocation NameLoc, bool IsUnion,
5261                                          StorageClass SC) {
5262   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc,
5263                  Owner->isRecord() ? Sema::LookupMemberName
5264                                    : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5265                  RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
5266   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
5267 
5268   // Pick a representative declaration.
5269   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
5270   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
5271 
5272   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
5273     return false;
5274 
5275   if (SC == StorageClass::SC_None &&
5276       PrevDecl->isPlaceholderVar(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) &&
5277       (Owner->isFunctionOrMethod() || Owner->isRecord())) {
5278     if (!Owner->isRecord())
5279       SemaRef.DiagPlaceholderVariableDefinition(NameLoc);
5280     return false;
5281   }
5282 
5283   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
5284     << IsUnion << Name;
5285   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5286 
5287   return true;
5288 }
5289 
5290 void Sema::ActOnDefinedDeclarationSpecifier(Decl *D) {
5291   if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_if_present<RecordDecl>(D))
5292     DiagPlaceholderFieldDeclDefinitions(RD);
5293 }
5294 
5295 void Sema::DiagPlaceholderFieldDeclDefinitions(RecordDecl *Record) {
5296   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5297     return;
5298 
5299   // This function can be parsed before we have validated the
5300   // structure as an anonymous struct
5301   if (Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5302     return;
5303 
5304   const NamedDecl *First = 0;
5305   for (const Decl *D : Record->decls()) {
5306     const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
5307     if (!ND || !ND->isPlaceholderVar(getLangOpts()))
5308       continue;
5309     if (!First)
5310       First = ND;
5311     else
5312       DiagPlaceholderVariableDefinition(ND->getLocation());
5313   }
5314 }
5315 
5316 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
5317 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
5318 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
5319 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
5320 /// struct, e.g.,
5321 ///
5322 /// @code
5323 /// union {
5324 ///   int i;
5325 ///   float f;
5326 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
5327 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
5328 /// @endcode
5329 ///
5330 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
5331 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
5332 static bool
5333 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
5334                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
5335                                     StorageClass SC,
5336                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
5337   bool Invalid = false;
5338 
5339   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
5340   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
5341     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
5342         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
5343       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
5344       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
5345                                        VD->getLocation(), AnonRecord->isUnion(),
5346                                        SC)) {
5347         // C++ [class.union]p2:
5348         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
5349         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
5350         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
5351         Invalid = true;
5352       } else {
5353         // C++ [class.union]p2:
5354         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
5355         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
5356         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
5357         //   anonymous union is declared.
5358         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
5359         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
5360           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
5361         else
5362           Chaining.push_back(VD);
5363 
5364         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
5365         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
5366           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
5367         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
5368           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
5369 
5370         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
5371             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
5372             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
5373 
5374         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
5375           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
5376 
5377         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
5378         IndirectField->setImplicit();
5379         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
5380 
5381         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
5382         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
5383 
5384         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
5385       }
5386     }
5387   }
5388 
5389   return Invalid;
5390 }
5391 
5392 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
5393 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
5394 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
5395 static StorageClass
5396 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5397   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5398   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5399          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
5400   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
5401   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
5402   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5403     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
5404       return SC_None;
5405     return SC_Extern;
5406   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
5407   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
5408   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
5409   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5410     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
5411   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
5412   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
5413   }
5414   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
5415 }
5416 
5417 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
5418   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
5419 
5420   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
5421     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
5422     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
5423       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
5424     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
5425       return FD->getLocation();
5426   }
5427 
5428   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
5429 }
5430 
5431 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5432                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
5433   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5434     return;
5435 
5436   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
5437   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
5438 }
5439 
5440 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5441                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
5442   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5443     return;
5444 
5445   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
5446 }
5447 
5448 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5449                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
5450                                         RecordDecl *Record,
5451                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
5452   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
5453 
5454   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
5455   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
5456     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
5457   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5458     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
5459   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
5460     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
5461 
5462   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
5463   // structs/unions.
5464   bool Invalid = false;
5465   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5466     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
5467     if (Record->isUnion()) {
5468       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5469       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
5470       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
5471       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
5472       unsigned DiagID;
5473       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
5474       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
5475           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
5476            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
5477             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5478         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5479           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5480 
5481         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5482         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5483                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5484       }
5485       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5486       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5487       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5488       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5489                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5490         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5491              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5492           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5493 
5494         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5495         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5496                                SourceLocation(),
5497                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5498       }
5499     }
5500 
5501     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5502     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5503       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5504         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5505           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5506           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5507       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5508         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5509              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5510           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5511           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5512       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5513         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5514              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5515           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5516           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5517       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5518         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5519              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5520           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5521           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5522       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5523         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5524              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5525           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5526           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5527 
5528       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5529     }
5530 
5531     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5532     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5533     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5534     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5535     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5536       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5537       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5538         continue;
5539 
5540       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5541         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5542         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5543         //   members (clause 11).
5544         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5545         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5546           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5547             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5548           Invalid = true;
5549         }
5550 
5551         // C++ [class.union]p1
5552         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5553         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5554         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5555         //   array of such objects.
5556         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5557           Invalid = true;
5558       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5559         // Any implicit members are fine.
5560       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5561         // This is a type that showed up in an
5562         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5563         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5564         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5565       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5566         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5567             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5568           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5569           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5570             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5571               << Record->isUnion();
5572           else {
5573             // This is a nested type declaration.
5574             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5575               << Record->isUnion();
5576             Invalid = true;
5577           }
5578         } else {
5579           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5580           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5581           // not part of standard C++.
5582           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5583                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5584             << Record->isUnion();
5585         }
5586       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5587         // Any access specifier is fine.
5588       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5589         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5590       } else {
5591         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5592         // member. Complain about it.
5593         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5594         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5595           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5596         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5597           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5598         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5599           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5600 
5601         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5602         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5603             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5604           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5605             << Record->isUnion();
5606         else {
5607           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5608           Invalid = true;
5609         }
5610       }
5611     }
5612 
5613     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5614     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5615     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5616     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5617         Owner->isRecord())
5618       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5619                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5620   }
5621 
5622   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5623     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5624       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5625     Invalid = true;
5626   }
5627 
5628   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5629   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5630   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5631   //   names into the program
5632   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5633   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5634   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5635   //
5636   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5637   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5638     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5639 
5640   // Mock up a declarator.
5641   Declarator Dc(DS, ParsedAttributesView::none(), DeclaratorContext::Member);
5642   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5643   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc);
5644   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5645 
5646   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5647   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5648   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5649     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5650         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5651         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5652         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5653         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5654     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5655     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5656 
5657     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5658       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5659   } else {
5660     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5661     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5662       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5663       // an error here
5664       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5665       Invalid = true;
5666       SC = SC_None;
5667     }
5668 
5669     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5670                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5671                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5672     if (Invalid)
5673       Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5674 
5675     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5676 
5677     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5678     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5679     // initializer:
5680     //   union { int n = 0; };
5681     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5682   }
5683   Anon->setImplicit();
5684 
5685   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5686   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5687 
5688   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5689   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5690   // its members.
5691   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5692 
5693   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5694   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5695   // purposes.
5696   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5697   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5698 
5699   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, SC,
5700                                           Chain))
5701     Invalid = true;
5702 
5703   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5704     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5705       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5706       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5707       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5708           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5709       if (MCtx) {
5710         Context.setManglingNumber(
5711             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5712                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5713         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5714       }
5715     }
5716   }
5717 
5718   if (Invalid)
5719     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5720 
5721   return Anon;
5722 }
5723 
5724 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5725                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5726   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5727 
5728   // Mock up a declarator.
5729   Declarator Dc(DS, ParsedAttributesView::none(), DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5730   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc);
5731   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5732 
5733   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5734   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5735 
5736   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5737   NamedDecl *Anon =
5738       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5739                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5740                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5741                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5742   Anon->setImplicit();
5743 
5744   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5745   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5746 
5747   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5748   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5749   // purposes.
5750   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5751   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5752 
5753   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5754   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5755                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5756       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(
5757           *this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, AS_none,
5758           StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS), Chain)) {
5759     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5760     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5761   }
5762 
5763   return Anon;
5764 }
5765 
5766 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5767   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5768 }
5769 
5770 DeclarationNameInfo
5771 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5772   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5773   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5774 
5775   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5776 
5777   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5778   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5779     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5780     return NameInfo;
5781 
5782   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5783     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5784     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5785     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5786     //   of the simple-template-id.
5787     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5788     // class template.
5789     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5790     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5791     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5792     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5793     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5794     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5795     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5796       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5797            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5798         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5799       if (Template)
5800         NoteTemplateLocation(*Template);
5801       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5802     }
5803 
5804     NameInfo.setName(
5805         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5806     return NameInfo;
5807   }
5808 
5809   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5810     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5811                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5812     NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(
5813         Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation));
5814     return NameInfo;
5815 
5816   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5817     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5818                                                            Name.Identifier));
5819     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5820     return NameInfo;
5821 
5822   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5823     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5824     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5825     if (Ty.isNull())
5826       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5827     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5828                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5829     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5830     return NameInfo;
5831   }
5832 
5833   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5834     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5835     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5836     if (Ty.isNull())
5837       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5838     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5839                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5840     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5841     return NameInfo;
5842   }
5843 
5844   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5845     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5846     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5847     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5848     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5849     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5850       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5851 
5852     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5853     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5854 
5855     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5856     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5857     // was qualified.
5858 
5859     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5860                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5861     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5862     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5863     return NameInfo;
5864   }
5865 
5866   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5867     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5868     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5869     if (Ty.isNull())
5870       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5871     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5872                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5873     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5874     return NameInfo;
5875   }
5876 
5877   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5878     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5879     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5880     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5881   }
5882 
5883   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5884 
5885   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5886 }
5887 
5888 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5889   do {
5890     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5891       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5892     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5893       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5894     else
5895       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5896   } while (true);
5897 }
5898 
5899 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5900 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5901 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5902 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5903 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5904 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5905 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5906 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5907                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5908                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5909                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5910   Params.clear();
5911   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5912     return false;
5913   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5914     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5915     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5916 
5917     // The parameter types are identical
5918     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5919       continue;
5920 
5921     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5922     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5923     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5924     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5925 
5926     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5927         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5928       Params.push_back(Idx);
5929     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5930       return false;
5931   }
5932 
5933   return true;
5934 }
5935 
5936 /// RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5937 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5938 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5939 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5940 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5941 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5942                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5943   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5944   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5945   //   - types which will become injected class names
5946   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5947   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5948   // few cases here.
5949 
5950   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5951   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5952   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5953   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5954   case DeclSpec::TST_typeof_unqualType:
5955 #define TRANSFORM_TYPE_TRAIT_DEF(_, Trait) case DeclSpec::TST_##Trait:
5956 #include "clang/Basic/TransformTypeTraits.def"
5957   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5958     // Grab the type from the parser.
5959     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5960     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5961     if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break;
5962 
5963     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5964     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5965     // attached already.
5966     if (!TSI)
5967       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5968 
5969     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5970     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5971     if (!TSI) return true;
5972 
5973     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5974     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5975     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5976     break;
5977   }
5978 
5979   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5980   case DeclSpec::TST_typeof_unqualExpr:
5981   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5982     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5983     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5984     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5985     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5986     break;
5987   }
5988 
5989   default:
5990     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5991     break;
5992   }
5993 
5994   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5995   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5996     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5997 
5998     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5999     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
6000     // pointer.
6001     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
6002       continue;
6003 
6004     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
6005     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
6006     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
6007       return true;
6008   }
6009 
6010   return false;
6011 }
6012 
6013 /// Returns true if the declaration is declared in a system header or from a
6014 /// system macro.
6015 static bool isFromSystemHeader(SourceManager &SM, const Decl *D) {
6016   return SM.isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation()) ||
6017          SM.isInSystemMacro(D->getLocation());
6018 }
6019 
6020 void Sema::warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D) {
6021   // Avoid warning twice on the same identifier, and don't warn on redeclaration
6022   // of system decl.
6023   if (D->getPreviousDecl() || D->isImplicit())
6024     return;
6025   ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = D->isReserved(getLangOpts());
6026   if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved &&
6027       !isFromSystemHeader(Context.getSourceManager(), D)) {
6028     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol)
6029         << D << static_cast<int>(Status);
6030   }
6031 }
6032 
6033 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
6034   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
6035 
6036   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. Handle this
6037   // declaration only if the `bind_to_declaration` extension is set.
6038   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
6039   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && OpenMP().isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
6040     if (OpenMP().getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope()->isExtensionActive(
6041             llvm::omp::TraitProperty::
6042                 implementation_extension_bind_to_declaration))
6043       OpenMP().ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
6044           S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), Bases);
6045 
6046   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
6047 
6048   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
6049       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
6050     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6051 
6052   if (!Bases.empty())
6053     OpenMP().ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl,
6054                                                                         Bases);
6055 
6056   return Dcl;
6057 }
6058 
6059 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
6060                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
6061   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6062 
6063   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6064   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
6065     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
6066   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
6067     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
6068     return true;
6069   }
6070 
6071   return false;
6072 }
6073 
6074 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
6075                                         DeclarationName Name,
6076                                         SourceLocation Loc,
6077                                         TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
6078                                         bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
6079   assert(SS.isValid() && "diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration called for declaration "
6080                          "without nested-name-specifier");
6081   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
6082   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
6083     Cur = Cur->getParent();
6084 
6085   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
6086   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
6087   //
6088   // class X {
6089   //   void X::f();
6090   // };
6091   //
6092   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
6093   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
6094   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
6095     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
6096       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
6097                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
6098         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
6099       SS.clear();
6100     } else {
6101       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
6102     }
6103     return false;
6104   }
6105 
6106   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
6107   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
6108   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
6109   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !(TemplateId || IsMemberSpecialization)) {
6110     if (Cur->isRecord())
6111       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
6112         << Name << SS.getRange();
6113     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
6114       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
6115         << Name << SS.getRange();
6116     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
6117       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
6118         << Name << SS.getRange();
6119     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
6120       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
6121         << Name << SS.getRange();
6122     else if (isa<ExportDecl>(Cur)) {
6123       if (!isa<NamespaceDecl>(DC))
6124         Diag(Loc, diag::err_export_non_namespace_scope_name)
6125             << Name << SS.getRange();
6126       else
6127         // The cases that DC is not NamespaceDecl should be handled in
6128         // CheckRedeclarationExported.
6129         return false;
6130     } else
6131       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
6132       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
6133 
6134     return true;
6135   }
6136 
6137   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
6138     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
6139     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
6140       << Name << SS.getRange();
6141     SS.clear();
6142 
6143     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
6144     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
6145     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
6146     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
6147          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
6148         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
6149                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
6150       return true;
6151 
6152     return false;
6153   }
6154 
6155   // C++23 [temp.names]p5:
6156   //   The keyword template shall not appear immediately after a declarative
6157   //   nested-name-specifier.
6158   //
6159   // First check the template-id (if any), and then check each component of the
6160   // nested-name-specifier in reverse order.
6161   //
6162   // FIXME: nested-name-specifiers in friend declarations are declarative,
6163   // but we don't call diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration for them. We should.
6164   if (TemplateId && TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc.isValid())
6165     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_template_after_declarative_nns)
6166         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc);
6167 
6168   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
6169   do {
6170     if (SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getKind() ==
6171         NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate)
6172       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_template_after_declarative_nns)
6173           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6174                  SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getTemplateKeywordLoc());
6175 
6176     if (const Type *T = SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()) {
6177       if (const auto *TST = T->getAsAdjusted<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
6178         // C++23 [expr.prim.id.qual]p3:
6179         //   [...] If a nested-name-specifier N is declarative and has a
6180         //   simple-template-id with a template argument list A that involves a
6181         //   template parameter, let T be the template nominated by N without A.
6182         //   T shall be a class template.
6183         if (TST->isDependentType() && TST->isTypeAlias())
6184           Diag(Loc, diag::ext_alias_template_in_declarative_nns)
6185               << SpecLoc.getLocalSourceRange();
6186       } else if (T->isDecltypeType() || T->getAsAdjusted<PackIndexingType>()) {
6187         // C++23 [expr.prim.id.qual]p2:
6188         //   [...] A declarative nested-name-specifier shall not have a
6189         //   computed-type-specifier.
6190         //
6191         // CWG2858 changed this from 'decltype-specifier' to
6192         // 'computed-type-specifier'.
6193         Diag(Loc, diag::err_computed_type_in_declarative_nns)
6194             << T->isDecltypeType() << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
6195       }
6196     }
6197   } while ((SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix()));
6198 
6199   return false;
6200 }
6201 
6202 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6203                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
6204   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6205   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6206   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6207 
6208   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
6209   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
6210   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6211     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
6212   } else if (!Name) {
6213     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
6214       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
6215           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
6216     return nullptr;
6217   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
6218     return nullptr;
6219 
6220   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
6221   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
6222     D.setInvalidType();
6223   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6224     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6225                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
6226       return nullptr;
6227 
6228     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6229     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
6230     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
6231       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
6232       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
6233       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
6234       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
6235       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6236            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
6237         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
6238         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6239       return nullptr;
6240     }
6241     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
6242 
6243     if (!IsDependentContext &&
6244         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
6245       return nullptr;
6246 
6247     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
6248     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
6249       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6250            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
6251         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6252       return nullptr;
6253     }
6254     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6255       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId =
6256           D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
6257               ? D.getName().TemplateId
6258               : nullptr;
6259       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name,
6260                                        D.getIdentifierLoc(), TemplateId,
6261                                        /*IsMemberSpecialization=*/false)) {
6262         if (DC->isRecord())
6263           return nullptr;
6264 
6265         D.setInvalidType();
6266       }
6267     }
6268 
6269     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
6270     // declaration in the current instantiation.
6271     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
6272         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
6273       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6274       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
6275         D.setInvalidType();
6276     }
6277   }
6278 
6279   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D);
6280   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6281 
6282   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
6283                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
6284     D.setInvalidType();
6285 
6286   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
6287                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
6288 
6289   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
6290   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6291     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
6292     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
6293 
6294     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
6295     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
6296     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
6297     //
6298     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
6299     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
6300     // the same name.
6301     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
6302       /* Do nothing*/;
6303     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
6304              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
6305               R->isFunctionType())) {
6306       IsLinkageLookup = true;
6307       CreateBuiltins =
6308           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
6309     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6310                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
6311       CreateBuiltins = true;
6312 
6313     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
6314       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
6315       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(
6316           RedeclarationKind::ForExternalRedeclaration);
6317     }
6318 
6319     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
6320   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
6321     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
6322 
6323     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
6324     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
6325     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
6326     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
6327     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
6328     //  thereof; [...]
6329     //
6330     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
6331     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
6332     // we want to match. For example, given:
6333     //
6334     //   class X {
6335     //     void f();
6336     //     void f(float);
6337     //   };
6338     //
6339     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
6340     //
6341     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
6342     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
6343     // matches.
6344 
6345     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
6346   }
6347 
6348   if (auto *TPD = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
6349       TPD && TPD->isTemplateParameter()) {
6350     // Older versions of clang allowed the names of function/variable templates
6351     // to shadow the names of their template parameters. For the compatibility
6352     // purposes we detect such cases and issue a default-to-error warning that
6353     // can be disabled with -Wno-strict-primary-template-shadow.
6354     if (!D.isInvalidType()) {
6355       bool AllowForCompatibility = false;
6356       if (Scope *DeclParent = S->getDeclParent();
6357           Scope *TemplateParamParent = S->getTemplateParamParent()) {
6358         AllowForCompatibility = DeclParent->Contains(*TemplateParamParent) &&
6359                                 TemplateParamParent->isDeclScope(TPD);
6360       }
6361       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TPD,
6362                                       AllowForCompatibility);
6363     }
6364 
6365     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6366     Previous.clear();
6367   }
6368 
6369   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
6370     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
6371     Previous.clear();
6372 
6373   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
6374   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
6375   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
6376   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
6377   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
6378       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
6379       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
6380     Previous.clear();
6381 
6382   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
6383   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
6384   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6385     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6386 
6387   /// Get the innermost enclosing declaration scope.
6388   S = S->getDeclParent();
6389 
6390   NamedDecl *New;
6391 
6392   bool AddToScope = true;
6393   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
6394     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
6395       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
6396       return nullptr;
6397     }
6398 
6399     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
6400   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
6401     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
6402                                   TemplateParamLists,
6403                                   AddToScope);
6404   } else {
6405     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
6406                                   AddToScope);
6407   }
6408 
6409   if (!New)
6410     return nullptr;
6411 
6412   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
6413   // add it to the scope stack.
6414   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
6415     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
6416 
6417   if (OpenMP().isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
6418     OpenMP().checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
6419 
6420   return New;
6421 }
6422 
6423 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6424 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6425 /// GCC compatibility).
6426 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
6427                                                     ASTContext &Context,
6428                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
6429                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6430   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
6431   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
6432   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
6433   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
6434   SizeIsNegative = false;
6435   Oversized = 0;
6436 
6437   if (T->isDependentType())
6438     return QualType();
6439 
6440   QualifierCollector Qs;
6441   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
6442 
6443   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
6444     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
6445     QualType FixedType =
6446         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6447                                             Oversized);
6448     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6449     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
6450     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6451   }
6452   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
6453     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
6454     QualType FixedType =
6455         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6456                                             Oversized);
6457     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6458     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
6459     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6460   }
6461 
6462   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
6463   if (!VLATy)
6464     return QualType();
6465 
6466   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
6467   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6468     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
6469                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6470     if (ElemTy.isNull())
6471       return QualType();
6472   }
6473 
6474   Expr::EvalResult Result;
6475   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
6476       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
6477     return QualType();
6478 
6479   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
6480 
6481   // Check whether the array size is negative.
6482   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
6483     SizeIsNegative = true;
6484     return QualType();
6485   }
6486 
6487   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
6488   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
6489       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
6490        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
6491           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
6492           : Res.getActiveBits();
6493   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
6494     Oversized = Res;
6495     return QualType();
6496   }
6497 
6498   QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
6499       ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0);
6500   return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType);
6501 }
6502 
6503 static void
6504 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
6505   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6506   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6507   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
6508     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
6509     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
6510                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
6511     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
6512     return;
6513   }
6514   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
6515     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
6516     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
6517                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
6518     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
6519     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
6520     return;
6521   }
6522   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6523   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6524   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
6525   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
6526   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
6527           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
6528     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
6529     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
6530   } else {
6531     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6532   }
6533   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6534   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6535   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6536 }
6537 
6538 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6539 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6540 /// GCC compatibility).
6541 static TypeSourceInfo*
6542 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6543                                               ASTContext &Context,
6544                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6545                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6546   QualType FixedTy
6547     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6548                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6549   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6550     return nullptr;
6551   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6552   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6553                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6554   return FixedTInfo;
6555 }
6556 
6557 bool Sema::tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo,
6558                                            QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc,
6559                                            unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) {
6560   bool SizeIsNegative;
6561   llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6562   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
6563       TInfo, Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6564   if (FixedTInfo) {
6565     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6566     TInfo = FixedTInfo;
6567     T = FixedTInfo->getType();
6568     return true;
6569   }
6570 
6571   if (SizeIsNegative)
6572     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6573   else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6574     Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << toString(Oversized, 10);
6575   else if (FailedFoldDiagID)
6576     Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID);
6577   return false;
6578 }
6579 
6580 void
6581 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6582   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6583       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6584     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6585     return;
6586 
6587   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6588   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6589 }
6590 
6591 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6592   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6593   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6594   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6595 }
6596 
6597 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6598   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6599   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6600   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6601     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6602          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6603 
6604   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6605     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6606          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6607 
6608   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6609     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6610          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6611 }
6612 
6613 NamedDecl*
6614 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6615                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6616   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6617   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6618     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6619       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6620     D.setInvalidType();
6621     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6622     DC = CurContext;
6623     Previous.clear();
6624   }
6625 
6626   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6627 
6628   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6629     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6630         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6631   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6632     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6633         << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6634 
6635   if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6636     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6637       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6638            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6639           << "typedef";
6640     else
6641       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6642           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6643     return nullptr;
6644   }
6645 
6646   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6647   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6648 
6649   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6650   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6651 
6652   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6653 
6654   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6655   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6656   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6657   return ND;
6658 }
6659 
6660 void
6661 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6662   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6663   // then it shall have block scope.
6664   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6665   // that redeclarations will match.
6666   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6667   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6668   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6669     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6670 
6671     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6672       bool SizeIsNegative;
6673       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6674       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6675         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6676                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6677                                                       Oversized);
6678       if (FixedTInfo) {
6679         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6680         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6681       } else {
6682         if (SizeIsNegative)
6683           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6684         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6685           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6686         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6687           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6688             << toString(Oversized, 10);
6689         else
6690           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6691         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6692       }
6693     }
6694   }
6695 }
6696 
6697 NamedDecl*
6698 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6699                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6700 
6701   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6702   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6703 
6704   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6705   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6706   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6707                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6708   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6709   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6710     Redeclaration = true;
6711     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6712   } else {
6713     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6714   }
6715 
6716   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6717     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6718 
6719   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6720   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6721     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6722         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6723       switch (II->getNotableIdentifierID()) {
6724       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::FILE:
6725         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6726         break;
6727       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::jmp_buf:
6728         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6729         break;
6730       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::sigjmp_buf:
6731         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6732         break;
6733       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::ucontext_t:
6734         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6735         break;
6736       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::float_t:
6737       case tok::NotableIdentifierKind::double_t:
6738         NewTD->addAttr(AvailableOnlyInDefaultEvalMethodAttr::Create(Context));
6739         break;
6740       default:
6741         break;
6742       }
6743     }
6744 
6745   return NewTD;
6746 }
6747 
6748 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6749 /// previous declaration.
6750 ///
6751 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6752 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6753 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6754 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6755 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6756 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6757 ///
6758 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6759 /// lookup
6760 ///
6761 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6762 /// declared.
6763 ///
6764 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6765 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6766 static bool
6767 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6768                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6769   if (!PrevDecl)
6770     return false;
6771 
6772   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6773     return false;
6774 
6775   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6776     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6777     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6778     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6779     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6780     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6781     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6782     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6783     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6784       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6785       return false;
6786 
6787     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6788     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6789       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6790       return false;
6791 
6792     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6793     // previous declarations.
6794     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6795     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6796 
6797     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6798     // isn't the same function.
6799     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6800       return false;
6801   }
6802 
6803   return true;
6804 }
6805 
6806 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6807   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6808   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6809   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6810 }
6811 
6812 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6813   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6814     return;
6815   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6816     return;
6817   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6818     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6819     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6820       return;
6821     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6822     // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.7.8 - For OpenCL C 2.0 or with the
6823     // __opencl_c_program_scope_global_variables feature, the address space
6824     // for a variable at program scope or a static or extern variable inside
6825     // a function are inferred to be __global.
6826     if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()) &&
6827         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6828       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6829     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6830     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6831     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6832       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6833       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6834         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6835         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6836         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6837         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6838         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6839         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6840       }
6841     }
6842     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6843     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6844     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6845     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6846     // qualified, not the array type."
6847     if (Type->isArrayType())
6848       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6849     Decl->setType(Type);
6850   }
6851 }
6852 
6853 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6854   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6855   // the wrong linkage.
6856   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6857 
6858   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6859   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6860     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6861       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6862       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6863     }
6864   }
6865   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6866     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6867       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6868       ND.dropAttrs<WeakRefAttr, AliasAttr>();
6869     }
6870   }
6871 
6872   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6873     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6874       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6875         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6876                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6877         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6878         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6879       }
6880     }
6881   }
6882 
6883   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6884   // It does not apply to functions.
6885   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6886     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6887       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6888              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6889       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6890     }
6891   }
6892 
6893   if (HybridPatchableAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<HybridPatchableAttr>()) {
6894     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible())
6895       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6896              diag::warn_attribute_hybrid_patchable_non_extern);
6897   }
6898   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6899     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6900     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6901     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6902     if (VD) {
6903       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6904       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6905         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6906         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6907       }
6908     }
6909     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6910     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6911     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6912     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6913     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6914     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6915         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6916          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6917       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6918         << &ND << Attr;
6919       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6920     }
6921   }
6922 
6923   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6924   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6925     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6926     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6927     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6928     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6929     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6930          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6931          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6932       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6933       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6934       // by applying it to the function type.
6935       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6936         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6937         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6938           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6939               << !MD << A->getRange();
6940         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6941           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6942               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6943         }
6944       }
6945     }
6946   }
6947 }
6948 
6949 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6950                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6951                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6952                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6953   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6954     return;
6955 
6956   bool IsTemplate = false;
6957   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6958     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6959     IsTemplate = true;
6960     if (!IsSpecialization)
6961       IsDefinition = false;
6962   }
6963   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6964     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6965     IsTemplate = true;
6966   }
6967 
6968   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6969     return;
6970 
6971   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6972   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6973   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6974   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6975 
6976   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6977   // inherited attribute instances.
6978   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6979                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6980 
6981   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6982   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6983   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6984   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6985   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6986 
6987   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6988     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6989     bool JustWarn = false;
6990     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6991       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6992       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6993         JustWarn = true;
6994       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6995       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6996         JustWarn = true;
6997     }
6998 
6999     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
7000     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
7001     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
7002     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
7003       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
7004         JustWarn = false;
7005 
7006     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
7007                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
7008     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
7009         << NewDecl
7010         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
7011     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7012     if (!JustWarn) {
7013       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7014       return;
7015     }
7016   }
7017 
7018   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
7019   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
7020   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
7021   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
7022   // it were marked dllexport.
7023   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
7024   bool IsMicrosoftABI  = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols();
7025   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
7026     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
7027     // separately.
7028     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
7029     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
7030                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
7031   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
7032     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
7033     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
7034                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
7035   }
7036 
7037   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
7038       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
7039       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
7040     if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) {
7041       if (IsSpecialization) {
7042         S.Diag(
7043             NewDecl->getLocation(),
7044             diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_specialization_definition);
7045         S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
7046         NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7047       } else {
7048         S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
7049                diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
7050             << NewDecl;
7051         S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7052         NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7053         NewDecl->addAttr(DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(
7054             S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
7055       }
7056     } else if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsSpecialization) {
7057       assert(!IsDefinition);
7058       // MSVC allows this. Keep the inherited attribute.
7059     } else {
7060       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
7061              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7062           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
7063       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7064       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
7065       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7066       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7067     }
7068   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) {
7069     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
7070     // attribute.
7071     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7072     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7073     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
7074            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
7075         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
7076   }
7077 
7078   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
7079   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
7080   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
7081   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
7082   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
7083     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
7084         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
7085       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
7086               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
7087         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
7088         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
7089         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
7090       }
7091     }
7092   }
7093 }
7094 
7095 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
7096 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
7097 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
7098 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7099   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
7100 
7101   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
7102   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
7103 
7104   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
7105   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
7106     return false;
7107 
7108   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
7109   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
7110 }
7111 
7112 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
7113 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
7114 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
7115 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
7116 ///
7117 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
7118 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
7119 ///
7120 /// For instance:
7121 ///
7122 ///   auto x = []{};
7123 ///
7124 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
7125 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
7126 ///
7127 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
7128 template<typename T>
7129 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
7130   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7131     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
7132     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
7133       return false;
7134 
7135     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
7136     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
7137                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
7138       return false;
7139   }
7140   return D->isExternC();
7141 }
7142 
7143 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
7144   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7145   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
7146       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
7147     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
7148   if (DC->isFileContext())
7149     return true;
7150   if (DC->isRecord())
7151     return false;
7152   if (DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::HLSLBuffer)
7153     return false;
7154 
7155   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
7156     return false;
7157   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
7158 }
7159 
7160 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7161   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7162   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
7163       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
7164     return true;
7165   if (DC->isRecord())
7166     return false;
7167   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
7168 }
7169 
7170 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
7171                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
7172   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
7173   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
7174     return true;
7175 
7176   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
7177   // position to the decl itself.
7178   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
7179     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
7180       return true;
7181   }
7182 
7183   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
7184   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind) ||
7185          PD.getDeclarationAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
7186 }
7187 
7188 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
7189   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
7190     return false;
7191 
7192   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
7193   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
7194   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
7195   if (DC->isDependentContext())
7196     return true;
7197 
7198   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
7199   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
7200   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
7201   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
7202   //
7203   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
7204   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
7205   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
7206     DC = DC->getParent();
7207   return true;
7208 }
7209 
7210 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
7211 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
7212   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
7213     return FD->isExternC();
7214   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
7215     return VD->isExternC();
7216 
7217   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
7218 }
7219 
7220 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
7221 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Sema &Se, VarDecl *NewVD) {
7222   DeclContext *DC = NewVD->getDeclContext();
7223   QualType R = NewVD->getType();
7224 
7225   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
7226   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
7227   // argument.
7228   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
7229     Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
7230             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
7231         << R;
7232     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7233     return false;
7234   }
7235 
7236   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
7237   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
7238   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
7239   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
7240   // scope.
7241   if (NewVD->hasGlobalStorage() && !NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7242     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
7243       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
7244               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
7245           << R;
7246       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7247       return false;
7248     }
7249   }
7250 
7251   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
7252   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
7253                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
7254     QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType();
7255     while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
7256            NR->isReferenceType()) {
7257       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
7258           NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) {
7259         Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer)
7260             << NR->isReferenceType();
7261         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7262         return false;
7263       }
7264       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
7265     }
7266   }
7267 
7268   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
7269                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
7270     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
7271     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
7272     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
7273       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
7274       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7275       return false;
7276     }
7277   }
7278 
7279   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
7280   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
7281   // address space qualifiers.
7282   if (R->isEventT()) {
7283     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
7284       Se.Diag(NewVD->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
7285       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7286       return false;
7287     }
7288   }
7289 
7290   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
7291     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
7292     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
7293     // space qualifiers.
7294     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7295         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7296       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
7297       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7298     }
7299 
7300     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
7301     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
7302     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
7303     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
7304         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7305           R.isConstQualified())) {
7306       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
7307       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7308     }
7309     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7310       return false;
7311   }
7312 
7313   return true;
7314 }
7315 
7316 template <typename AttrTy>
7317 static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) {
7318   const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl();
7319   if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) {
7320     AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context);
7321     Clone->setInherited(true);
7322     D->addAttr(Clone);
7323   }
7324 }
7325 
7326 // This function emits warning and a corresponding note based on the
7327 // ReadOnlyPlacementAttr attribute. The warning checks that all global variable
7328 // declarations of an annotated type must be const qualified.
7329 void emitReadOnlyPlacementAttrWarning(Sema &S, const VarDecl *VD) {
7330   QualType VarType = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7331 
7332   // Ignore local declarations (for now) and those with const qualification.
7333   // TODO: Local variables should not be allowed if their type declaration has
7334   // ReadOnlyPlacementAttr attribute. To be handled in follow-up patch.
7335   if (!VD || VD->hasLocalStorage() || VD->getType().isConstQualified())
7336     return;
7337 
7338   if (VarType->isArrayType()) {
7339     // Retrieve element type for array declarations.
7340     VarType = S.getASTContext().getBaseElementType(VarType);
7341   }
7342 
7343   const RecordDecl *RD = VarType->getAsRecordDecl();
7344 
7345   // Check if the record declaration is present and if it has any attributes.
7346   if (RD == nullptr)
7347     return;
7348 
7349   if (const auto *ConstDecl = RD->getAttr<ReadOnlyPlacementAttr>()) {
7350     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_var_decl_not_read_only) << RD;
7351     S.Diag(ConstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_enforce_read_only_placement);
7352     return;
7353   }
7354 }
7355 
7356 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
7357     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7358     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7359     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
7360   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7361   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
7362 
7363   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
7364   bool IsPlaceholderVariable = false;
7365 
7366   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7367     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
7368     // purposes.
7369     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
7370     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
7371       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
7372       Name = II;
7373     }
7374   } else if (!II) {
7375     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
7376     return nullptr;
7377   }
7378 
7379 
7380   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
7381   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
7382 
7383   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && (DC->isClosure() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) &&
7384       SC != SC_Static && SC != SC_Extern && II && II->isPlaceholder()) {
7385     IsPlaceholderVariable = true;
7386     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7387       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *Previous.begin();
7388       bool SameDC = PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
7389           DC->getRedeclContext());
7390       if (SameDC && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S, false))
7391         DiagPlaceholderVariableDefinition(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7392     }
7393   }
7394 
7395   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
7396   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
7397   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
7398       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
7399       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
7400     SC = SC_Extern;
7401 
7402   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7403   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
7404                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7405 
7406   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
7407     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
7408     // an error here
7409     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
7410     D.setInvalidType();
7411     SC = SC_None;
7412   }
7413 
7414   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
7415       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
7416                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
7417     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
7418     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
7419     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
7420     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7421          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
7422                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
7423       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7424   }
7425 
7426   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
7427 
7428   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
7429     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
7430     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
7431     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
7432     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
7433       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
7434       D.setInvalidType();
7435     }
7436   }
7437 
7438   // If this variable has a VLA type and an initializer, try to
7439   // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid.
7440   if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariableArrayType())
7441     tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7442                                     /*DiagID=*/0);
7443 
7444   if (AutoTypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getContainedAutoTypeLoc()) {
7445     const AutoType *AT = TL.getTypePtr();
7446     CheckConstrainedAuto(AT, TL.getConceptNameLoc());
7447   }
7448 
7449   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
7450   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
7451   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
7452   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
7453   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
7454   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
7455   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
7456   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7457     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7458                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
7459 
7460     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7461       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7462 
7463     if (D.isInvalidType())
7464       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7465 
7466     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
7467         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7468       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
7469                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
7470   } else {
7471     bool Invalid = false;
7472     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7473     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7474     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7475         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7476         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7477         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
7478             ? D.getName().TemplateId
7479             : nullptr,
7480         TemplateParamLists,
7481         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
7482 
7483     if (TemplateParams) {
7484       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
7485           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7486         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
7487         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
7488         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7489              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
7490           << II
7491           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7492                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
7493         TemplateParams = nullptr;
7494       } else {
7495         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7496         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7497           return nullptr;
7498 
7499         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7500           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
7501           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
7502           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
7503         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
7504           // This is a template declaration.
7505           IsVariableTemplate = true;
7506 
7507           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
7508           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7509                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
7510                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
7511                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
7512         }
7513       }
7514     } else {
7515       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7516       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7517           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7518         return nullptr;
7519       assert((Invalid ||
7520               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7521              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7522     }
7523 
7524     bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
7525         IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && !IsPartialSpecialization;
7526 
7527     // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2:
7528     //   The declaration in an explicit-specialization shall not be an
7529     //   export-declaration. An explicit specialization shall not use a
7530     //   storage-class-specifier other than thread_local.
7531     //
7532     // We use the storage-class-specifier from DeclSpec because we may have
7533     // added implicit 'extern' for declarations with __declspec(dllimport)!
7534     if (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
7535         (IsExplicitSpecialization || IsMemberSpecialization)) {
7536       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7537            diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7538           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7539     }
7540 
7541     if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
7542       if (SC == SC_Static) {
7543         if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
7544           // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
7545           // incompatible with static data members.
7546           const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
7547           const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
7548           for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
7549             if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7550               FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
7551               break;
7552             }
7553             const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
7554             if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
7555               AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
7556               break;
7557             }
7558           }
7559           if (FunctionOrMethod) {
7560             // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static
7561             // data members.
7562             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7563                  diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
7564                 << Name << RD->getDeclName()
7565                 << llvm::to_underlying(RD->getTagKind());
7566           } else if (AnonStruct) {
7567             // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
7568             // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
7569             // static data members.
7570             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7571                  diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
7572                 << Name << llvm::to_underlying(AnonStruct->getTagKind());
7573             Invalid = true;
7574           } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
7575             // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
7576             // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
7577             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7578                  getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7579                      ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
7580                      : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union)
7581                 << Name;
7582           }
7583         }
7584       } else if (IsVariableTemplate || IsPartialSpecialization) {
7585         // There is no such thing as a member field template.
7586         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_member)
7587             << II << TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7588         // Recover by pretending this is a static data member template.
7589         SC = SC_Static;
7590       }
7591     } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7592       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
7593       switch (SC) {
7594       case SC_None:
7595         break;
7596       case SC_Static:
7597         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7598              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7599             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7600                    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7601         break;
7602       case SC_Auto:
7603       case SC_Register:
7604       case SC_Extern:
7605         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
7606         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
7607         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
7608         // of class members
7609 
7610         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7611              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
7612             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7613                    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7614         break;
7615       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7616         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
7617       }
7618     }
7619 
7620     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7621       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7622           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7623               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7624               : SourceLocation();
7625       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7626           S, D, TInfo, Previous, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7627           IsPartialSpecialization);
7628       if (Res.isInvalid())
7629         return nullptr;
7630       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7631       AddToScope = false;
7632     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7633       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7634                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7635                                         Bindings);
7636     } else
7637       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7638                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7639 
7640     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7641     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7642       NewTemplate =
7643           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7644                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7645       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7646     }
7647 
7648     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7649     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7650     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7651       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7652 
7653     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7654       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7655       if (NewTemplate)
7656         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7657     }
7658 
7659     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7660 
7661     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7662     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7663     // An explicit variable template specialization does not own any template
7664     // parameter lists.
7665     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists =
7666         (TemplateParams && !IsExplicitSpecialization) ? 1 : 0;
7667     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7668       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7669           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7670   }
7671 
7672   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7673     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7674       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7675           << 0;
7676     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7677       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7678       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7679            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7680         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7681     } else {
7682       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7683            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7684                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7685       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7686     }
7687   }
7688 
7689   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7690   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7691   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7692   if (NewTemplate)
7693     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7694 
7695   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7696     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7697       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7698         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7699     else
7700       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7701   }
7702 
7703   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7704   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7705     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7706     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7707     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7708     //   explicitly.
7709     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7710     //   'extern'.
7711     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7712         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7713          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7714          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7715       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7716            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7717         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7718     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7719       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsTargetDevice ||
7720           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7721         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7722         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7723         // error should be ignored.
7724         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7725         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7726         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7727         // to emit any code for it.
7728         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7729       } else
7730         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7731              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7732     } else
7733       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7734   }
7735 
7736   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7737   case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7738     break;
7739 
7740   case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7741     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7742          diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7743         << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7744     [[fallthrough]];
7745 
7746   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7747     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7748     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7749     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7750     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7751     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7752         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7753          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7754       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7755     break;
7756 
7757   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7758     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7759       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7760            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7761     else
7762       NewVD->addAttr(
7763           ConstInitAttr::Create(Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7764                                 ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7765     break;
7766   }
7767 
7768   // C99 6.7.4p3
7769   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7770   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7771   //   thread storage duration...
7772   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7773   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7774   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7775   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7776   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7777   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7778       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7779     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7780     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7781       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7782            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7783       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7784     }
7785   }
7786 
7787   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7788     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7789       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7790           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7791           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7792                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7793     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7794       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7795         << 2
7796         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7797     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7798       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7799           << 0 << NewVD
7800           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7801           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7802                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7803     else {
7804       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7805       if (NewTemplate)
7806         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7807       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7808         B->setModulePrivate();
7809     }
7810   }
7811 
7812   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7813     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7814 
7815     DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
7816     if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
7817       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7818            diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
7819           << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionString()
7820           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
7821       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7822     }
7823   }
7824 
7825   // WebAssembly tables are always in address space 1 (wasm_var). Don't apply
7826   // address space if the table has local storage (semantic checks elsewhere
7827   // will produce an error anyway).
7828   if (const auto *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(NewVD->getType())) {
7829     if (ATy && ATy->getElementType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType() &&
7830         !NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
7831       QualType Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(
7832           NewVD->getType(), Context.getLangASForBuiltinAddressSpace(1));
7833       NewVD->setType(Type);
7834     }
7835   }
7836 
7837   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7838   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7839 
7840   // FIXME: This is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should
7841   // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function
7842   // pointer attributes such as format, warn_unused_result, etc.). Ideally
7843   // the code to copy attributes would be generated by TableGen.
7844   if (R->isFunctionPointerType())
7845     if (const auto *TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>())
7846       copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT);
7847 
7848   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsTargetDevice ||
7849       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7850     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7851         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7852          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsTargetDevice &&
7853           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7854       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7855            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7856 
7857     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7858         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice ||
7859          (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice)))
7860       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7861     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7862     // storage [duration]."
7863     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7864         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7865          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7866       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7867     }
7868   }
7869 
7870   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7871   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7872   // check the VarDecl itself.
7873   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7874          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7875          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7876 
7877   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7878   // retainable type.
7879   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && ObjC().inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7880     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7881 
7882   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7883   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7884     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7885     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7886     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7887     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7888       switch (SC) {
7889       case SC_None:
7890       case SC_Auto:
7891         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7892         break;
7893       case SC_Register:
7894         // Local Named register
7895         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7896             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7897           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7898         break;
7899       case SC_Static:
7900       case SC_Extern:
7901       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7902         break;
7903       }
7904     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7905       // Global Named register
7906       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7907         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7908         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7909 
7910         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7911           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7912         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7913                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7914                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7915           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7916         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7917           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7918       }
7919 
7920       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7921         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7922         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7923       }
7924     }
7925 
7926     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7927                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7928                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7929   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7930     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7931       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7932     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7933       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7934         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7935         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7936       } else
7937         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7938             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7939     }
7940   }
7941 
7942   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7943   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7944                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7945                                 : nullptr;
7946 
7947   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7948   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7949   // declaration has linkage).
7950   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7951                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7952                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7953                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7954 
7955   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7956   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7957   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7958       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7959     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7960         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7961         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7962 
7963   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7964     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7965   } else {
7966     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7967     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
7968         !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7969       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7970 
7971     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7972     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7973       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7974           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7975           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7976         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7977         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7978         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7979           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7980         Previous.clear();
7981         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7982       }
7983     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7984                !IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7985       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7986       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7987         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7988         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7989       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7990     }
7991 
7992     if (!IsPlaceholderVariable)
7993       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7994 
7995     // CheckVariableDeclaration will set NewVD as invalid if something is in
7996     // error like WebAssembly tables being declared as arrays with a non-zero
7997     // size, but then parsing continues and emits further errors on that line.
7998     // To avoid that we check here if it happened and return nullptr.
7999     if (NewVD->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType() && NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8000       return nullptr;
8001 
8002     if (NewTemplate) {
8003       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
8004           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
8005               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
8006               : nullptr;
8007 
8008       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
8009       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
8010       // template declaration.
8011       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
8012               TemplateParams,
8013               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8014                               : nullptr,
8015               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8016                DC->isDependentContext())
8017                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8018                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
8019         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8020 
8021       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
8022       // template, make a note of that.
8023       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
8024           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
8025         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
8026     }
8027   }
8028 
8029   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
8030   if (!IsPlaceholderVariable && ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
8031     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
8032 
8033   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
8034 
8035   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8036   // the map of such variables.
8037   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8038       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
8039     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
8040 
8041   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
8042     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
8043     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
8044     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
8045         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
8046     if (MCtx) {
8047       Context.setManglingNumber(
8048           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
8049                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
8050       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
8051     }
8052   }
8053 
8054   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
8055   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
8056       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8057       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
8058 
8059     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
8060     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
8061     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8062       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
8063 
8064     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
8065     // behavior.
8066     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
8067       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
8068   }
8069 
8070   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8071     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8072     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
8073                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
8074   }
8075 
8076   if (NewTemplate) {
8077     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8078       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8079     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
8080     return NewTemplate;
8081   }
8082 
8083   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8084     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
8085 
8086   emitReadOnlyPlacementAttrWarning(*this, NewVD);
8087 
8088   return NewVD;
8089 }
8090 
8091 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
8092 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
8093   SDK_Local,
8094   SDK_Global,
8095   SDK_StaticMember,
8096   SDK_Field,
8097   SDK_Typedef,
8098   SDK_Using,
8099   SDK_StructuredBinding
8100 };
8101 
8102 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
8103 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
8104                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
8105   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
8106     return SDK_Using;
8107   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
8108     return SDK_Typedef;
8109   else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
8110     return SDK_StructuredBinding;
8111   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
8112     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
8113 
8114   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
8115 }
8116 
8117 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
8118 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
8119 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
8120                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
8121   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
8122     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
8123       return Capture.getLocation();
8124   }
8125   return SourceLocation();
8126 }
8127 
8128 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
8129                                      const LookupResult &R) {
8130   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
8131   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
8132     return false;
8133 
8134   // Return false if warning is ignored.
8135   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
8136 }
8137 
8138 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
8139                                         const LookupResult &R) {
8140   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
8141     return nullptr;
8142 
8143   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
8144   if (D->hasGlobalStorage() && !D->isStaticLocal())
8145     return nullptr;
8146 
8147   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8148   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
8149                                                             : nullptr;
8150 }
8151 
8152 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
8153                                         const LookupResult &R) {
8154   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
8155   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
8156     return nullptr;
8157 
8158   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
8159     return nullptr;
8160 
8161   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8162   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
8163 }
8164 
8165 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
8166                                         const LookupResult &R) {
8167   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
8168     return nullptr;
8169 
8170   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8171   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
8172                                                             : nullptr;
8173 }
8174 
8175 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
8176                        const LookupResult &R) {
8177   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
8178 
8179   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
8180     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
8181     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
8182       if (MD->isStatic())
8183         return;
8184 
8185     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
8186     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
8187     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
8188       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
8189         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
8190         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
8191         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
8192         return;
8193       }
8194   }
8195 
8196   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
8197     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
8198       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
8199       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
8200       for (auto *I : shadowedVar->redecls())
8201         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
8202           ShadowedDecl = I;
8203           break;
8204         }
8205     }
8206 
8207   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8208 
8209   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
8210   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
8211   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
8212     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
8213       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
8214         if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
8215           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
8216           if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
8217             // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture
8218             // list. Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl
8219             // explicitly.
8220             CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, VD);
8221             if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
8222               WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
8223           } else {
8224             // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if
8225             // the shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow
8226             // it.
8227             cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
8228                 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, VD});
8229             return;
8230           }
8231         }
8232         if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
8233           // If lambda can capture this, then emit default shadowing warning,
8234           // Otherwise it is not really a shadowing case since field is not
8235           // available in lambda's body.
8236           // At this point we don't know that lambda can capture this, so
8237           // remember that this was shadowed and delay until we know.
8238           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
8239               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, ShadowedDecl});
8240           return;
8241         }
8242       }
8243       if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl);
8244           VD && VD->hasLocalStorage()) {
8245         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
8246         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
8247         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
8248              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
8249              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
8250           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
8251           // can capture; other scopes don't.
8252           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
8253               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
8254             return;
8255           }
8256         }
8257       }
8258     }
8259   }
8260 
8261   // Never warn about shadowing a placeholder variable.
8262   if (ShadowedDecl->isPlaceholderVar(getLangOpts()))
8263     return;
8264 
8265   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
8266   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
8267     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
8268     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
8269       return;
8270 
8271     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
8272     // static data members from base classes?
8273 
8274     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
8275     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
8276     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
8277   }
8278 
8279 
8280   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
8281 
8282   // Emit warning and note.
8283   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
8284   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
8285   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
8286     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
8287         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
8288   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8289 }
8290 
8291 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
8292   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
8293     const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
8294     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
8295     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
8296     if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
8297       SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, VD);
8298       Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(),
8299            CaptureLoc.isInvalid() ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
8300                                   : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
8301           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
8302           << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
8303       if (CaptureLoc.isValid())
8304         Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
8305             << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
8306       Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8307     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
8308       Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(),
8309            LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() ? diag::warn_decl_shadow
8310                                     : diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local)
8311           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
8312           << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
8313       Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8314     }
8315   }
8316 }
8317 
8318 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
8319   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
8320     return;
8321 
8322   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
8323                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8324                  RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8325   LookupName(R, S);
8326   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
8327     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
8328 }
8329 
8330 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
8331 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
8332 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
8333   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
8334   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
8335     return;
8336   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8337   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
8338   if (!DRE)
8339     return;
8340   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
8341   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
8342   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
8343     return;
8344   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
8345   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
8346   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
8347   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
8348   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8349 
8350   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
8351   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
8352 }
8353 
8354 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
8355 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
8356 template<typename T>
8357 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
8358     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
8359   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
8360   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
8361 
8362   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
8363     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
8364     // declaration.
8365     return false;
8366   }
8367 
8368   if (Prev) {
8369     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
8370       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
8371       // redeclaration.
8372       Previous.clear();
8373       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
8374       return true;
8375     }
8376 
8377     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
8378     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
8379     // declaration.
8380     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
8381       return false;
8382   } else {
8383     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
8384     // translation unit which might conflict.
8385     if (IsGlobal) {
8386       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
8387       IsGlobal = false;
8388       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8389            I != E; ++I) {
8390         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
8391           Prev = *I;
8392           break;
8393         }
8394       }
8395     } else {
8396       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
8397           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
8398       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
8399            I != E; ++I) {
8400         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
8401           Prev = *I;
8402           break;
8403         }
8404         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
8405         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
8406         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
8407         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
8408         // diagnostic.
8409       }
8410     }
8411 
8412     if (!Prev)
8413       return false;
8414   }
8415 
8416   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
8417   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
8418   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
8419   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
8420     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
8421   else
8422     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
8423 
8424   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
8425     << IsGlobal << ND;
8426   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
8427     << IsGlobal;
8428   return false;
8429 }
8430 
8431 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
8432 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
8433 ///
8434 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
8435 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
8436 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
8437 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
8438 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
8439 template<typename T>
8440 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
8441                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
8442   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8443     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
8444     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
8445     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
8446     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8447       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
8448         Previous.clear();
8449         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
8450         return true;
8451       }
8452     }
8453     return false;
8454   }
8455 
8456   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
8457   // declaration.
8458   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
8459     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
8460 
8461   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
8462   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
8463   // in another scope.
8464   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
8465     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
8466 
8467   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
8468   return false;
8469 }
8470 
8471 static bool CheckC23ConstexprVarType(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation VarLoc,
8472                                      QualType T) {
8473   QualType CanonT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8474   // C23 6.7.1p5: An object declared with storage-class specifier constexpr or
8475   // any of its members, even recursively, shall not have an atomic type, or a
8476   // variably modified type, or a type that is volatile or restrict qualified.
8477   if (CanonT->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8478     SemaRef.Diag(VarLoc, diag::err_c23_constexpr_invalid_type) << T;
8479     return true;
8480   }
8481 
8482   // Arrays are qualified by their element type, so get the base type (this
8483   // works on non-arrays as well).
8484   CanonT = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(CanonT);
8485 
8486   if (CanonT->isAtomicType() || CanonT.isVolatileQualified() ||
8487       CanonT.isRestrictQualified()) {
8488     SemaRef.Diag(VarLoc, diag::err_c23_constexpr_invalid_type) << T;
8489     return true;
8490   }
8491 
8492   if (CanonT->isRecordType()) {
8493     const RecordDecl *RD = CanonT->getAsRecordDecl();
8494     if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(), [&SemaRef, VarLoc](const FieldDecl *F) {
8495           return CheckC23ConstexprVarType(SemaRef, VarLoc, F->getType());
8496         }))
8497       return true;
8498   }
8499 
8500   return false;
8501 }
8502 
8503 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
8504   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8505   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8506     return;
8507 
8508   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
8509 
8510   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
8511   if (T->isUndeducedType())
8512     return;
8513 
8514   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
8515     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
8516 
8517   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
8518     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
8519       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
8520     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
8521     NewVD->setType(T);
8522   }
8523 
8524   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
8525   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
8526   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
8527   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
8528   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
8529       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
8530     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
8531     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8532     return;
8533   }
8534 
8535   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
8536   // scope.
8537   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
8538       !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers",
8539                                             getLangOpts()) &&
8540       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
8541     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
8542     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8543     return;
8544   }
8545 
8546   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8547     if (!diagnoseOpenCLTypes(*this, NewVD))
8548       return;
8549 
8550     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
8551     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8552       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
8553       return;
8554     }
8555 
8556     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
8557       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
8558       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
8559       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8560         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
8561             << 0 /*const*/;
8562         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8563         return;
8564       }
8565       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8566         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
8567         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8568         return;
8569       }
8570     }
8571 
8572     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
8573     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
8574         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8575       if (!T->isSamplerT() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8576           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8577             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
8578              getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(
8579                  getLangOpts())))) {
8580         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
8581         if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()))
8582           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8583               << Scope << "global or constant";
8584         else
8585           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8586               << Scope << "constant";
8587         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8588         return;
8589       }
8590     } else {
8591       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
8592         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8593             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
8594         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8595         return;
8596       }
8597       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8598           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
8599         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
8600         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
8601         // in functions.
8602         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8603           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8604             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8605                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
8606           else
8607             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8608                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
8609           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8610           return;
8611         }
8612         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
8613         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
8614         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8615           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
8616             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8617               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8618                   << "constant";
8619             else
8620               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8621                   << "local";
8622             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8623             return;
8624           }
8625         }
8626       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
8627                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
8628                  // space yet.
8629                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
8630         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
8631         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
8632         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8633         return;
8634       }
8635     }
8636   }
8637 
8638   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
8639       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8640     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
8641       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
8642     else {
8643       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
8644       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
8645     }
8646   }
8647 
8648   // WebAssembly tables must be static with a zero length and can't be
8649   // declared within functions.
8650   if (T->isWebAssemblyTableType()) {
8651     if (getCurScope()->getParent()) { // Parent is null at top-level
8652       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wasm_table_in_function);
8653       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8654       return;
8655     }
8656     if (NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_Static) {
8657       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wasm_table_must_be_static);
8658       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8659       return;
8660     }
8661     const auto *ATy = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T.getTypePtr());
8662     if (!ATy || ATy->getZExtSize() != 0) {
8663       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
8664            diag::err_typecheck_wasm_table_must_have_zero_length);
8665       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8666       return;
8667     }
8668   }
8669 
8670   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
8671   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
8672       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8673     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
8674 
8675   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
8676       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
8677     bool SizeIsNegative;
8678     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8679     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
8680         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
8681     QualType FixedT;
8682     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
8683       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
8684     else if (FixedTInfo) {
8685       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
8686       // both types separately.
8687       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
8688                                                    Oversized);
8689     }
8690     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
8691       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
8692       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
8693       // int a[10][n];
8694       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
8695 
8696       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8697         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
8698         << SizeRange;
8699       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
8700         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
8701         << SizeRange;
8702       else
8703         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
8704         << SizeRange;
8705       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8706       return;
8707     }
8708 
8709     if (!FixedTInfo) {
8710       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8711         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
8712       else
8713         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
8714       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8715       return;
8716     }
8717 
8718     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
8719     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8720     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8721   }
8722 
8723   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8724     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8725     //                    of objects and functions.
8726     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8727       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8728         << T;
8729       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8730       return;
8731     }
8732   }
8733 
8734   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8735     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8736     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8737     return;
8738   }
8739 
8740   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType() &&
8741       !T.isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) {
8742     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8743     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8744     return;
8745   }
8746 
8747   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8748     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8749     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8750     return;
8751   }
8752 
8753   if (getLangOpts().C23 && NewVD->isConstexpr() &&
8754       CheckC23ConstexprVarType(*this, NewVD->getLocation(), T)) {
8755     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8756     return;
8757   }
8758 
8759   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8760       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8761                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8762     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8763     return;
8764   }
8765 
8766   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8767   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8768       !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8769       PPC().CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8770     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8771     return;
8772   }
8773 
8774   // Check that SVE types are only used in functions with SVE available.
8775   if (T->isSVESizelessBuiltinType() && isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
8776     const FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
8777     llvm::StringMap<bool> CallerFeatureMap;
8778     Context.getFunctionFeatureMap(CallerFeatureMap, FD);
8779 
8780     if (!Builtin::evaluateRequiredTargetFeatures("sve", CallerFeatureMap)) {
8781       if (!Builtin::evaluateRequiredTargetFeatures("sme", CallerFeatureMap)) {
8782         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sve_vector_in_non_sve_target) << T;
8783         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8784         return;
8785       } else if (!IsArmStreamingFunction(FD,
8786                                          /*IncludeLocallyStreaming=*/true)) {
8787         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
8788              diag::err_sve_vector_in_non_streaming_function)
8789             << T;
8790         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8791         return;
8792       }
8793     }
8794   }
8795 
8796   if (T->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType() && isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
8797     const FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
8798     llvm::StringMap<bool> CallerFeatureMap;
8799     Context.getFunctionFeatureMap(CallerFeatureMap, FD);
8800     RISCV().checkRVVTypeSupport(T, NewVD->getLocation(), cast<Decl>(CurContext),
8801                                 CallerFeatureMap);
8802   }
8803 }
8804 
8805 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8806   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8807 
8808   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8809   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8810     return false;
8811 
8812   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8813   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8814   if (Previous.empty() &&
8815       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8816     Previous.setShadowed();
8817 
8818   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8819     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8820     return true;
8821   }
8822   return false;
8823 }
8824 
8825 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8826   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
8827 
8828   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8829   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
8830                      /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8831   auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8832     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8833     DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName();
8834 
8835     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8836       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8837       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8838       CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8839       Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8840     }
8841 
8842     for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) {
8843       CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD =
8844           dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl());
8845       if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() ||
8846           IsOverride(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8847                      /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true))
8848         continue;
8849       if (!CheckExplicitObjectOverride(MD, BaseMD))
8850         continue;
8851       if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) {
8852         MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD);
8853         CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD);
8854         CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD);
8855         CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD);
8856         CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD);
8857       }
8858 
8859       // A method can only override one function from each base class. We
8860       // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases.
8861       return true;
8862     }
8863 
8864     return false;
8865   };
8866 
8867   DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths);
8868   return !Overridden.empty();
8869 }
8870 
8871 namespace {
8872   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8873   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8874   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8875     Scope *S;
8876     Declarator &D;
8877     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8878     bool AddToScope;
8879   };
8880 } // end anonymous namespace
8881 
8882 namespace {
8883 
8884 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8885 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8886 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8887  public:
8888   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8889                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8890       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8891         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8892 
8893   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8894     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8895       return false;
8896 
8897     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8898     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8899                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8900          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8901       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8902 
8903       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8904           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8905         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8906           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8907           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8908             return true;
8909         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8910           return true;
8911         }
8912       }
8913     }
8914 
8915     return false;
8916   }
8917 
8918   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8919     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8920   }
8921 
8922  private:
8923   ASTContext &Context;
8924   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8925   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8926 };
8927 
8928 } // end anonymous namespace
8929 
8930 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8931   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8932 }
8933 
8934 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8935 ///
8936 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8937 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8938 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8939 /// the same name.
8940 ///
8941 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8942 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8943 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8944     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8945     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8946   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8947   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8948   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8949   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8950   TypoCorrection Correction;
8951   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8952   unsigned DiagMsg =
8953     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8954     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8955     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8956   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8957                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8958                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8959                     RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8960 
8961   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8962   if (IsLocalFriend)
8963     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8964   else
8965     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8966   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8967          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8968   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8969   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8970                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8971   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8972     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8973          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8974       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8975       if (FD &&
8976           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8977         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8978         // involve a parameter
8979         unsigned ParamNum =
8980             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8981         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8982       }
8983     }
8984   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8985   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8986                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8987                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8988                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8989     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8990     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8991                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8992     Previous.clear();
8993     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8994     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8995                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8996          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8997       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8998       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8999           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
9000         Previous.addDecl(FD);
9001       }
9002     }
9003     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
9004 
9005     NamedDecl *Result;
9006     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
9007     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
9008     {
9009       // Trap errors.
9010       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
9011 
9012       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
9013       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
9014       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
9015       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
9016           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
9017           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
9018           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
9019           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
9020 
9021       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
9022         Result = nullptr;
9023     }
9024 
9025     if (Result) {
9026       // Determine which correction we picked.
9027       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
9028       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
9029            I != E; ++I)
9030         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
9031           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
9032 
9033       // Let Sema know about the correction.
9034       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
9035       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
9036           Correction,
9037           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
9038                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
9039                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
9040             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
9041       return Result;
9042     }
9043 
9044     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
9045     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
9046                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
9047     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
9048     Previous.clear();
9049     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
9050   }
9051 
9052   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
9053       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
9054 
9055   bool NewFDisConst = false;
9056   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
9057     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
9058 
9059   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
9060        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
9061        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
9062     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
9063     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9064     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
9065     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
9066 
9067     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
9068     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
9069       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
9070       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
9071       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
9072       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
9073                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
9074         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
9075         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
9076     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
9077       auto DB = SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9078                              diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
9079                 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
9080       if (const auto &FTI = ExtraArgs.D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); !NewFDisConst)
9081         DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTI.getRParenLoc().getLocWithOffset(1),
9082                                          " const");
9083       else if (FTI.hasMethodTypeQualifiers() &&
9084                FTI.getConstQualifierLoc().isValid())
9085         DB << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(FTI.getConstQualifierLoc());
9086     } else {
9087       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9088                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
9089                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
9090     }
9091   }
9092   return nullptr;
9093 }
9094 
9095 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
9096   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
9097   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
9098   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
9099   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
9100   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
9101     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9102                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
9103     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9104     D.setInvalidType();
9105     break;
9106   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
9107   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
9108     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
9109       return SC_None;
9110     return SC_Extern;
9111   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
9112     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9113       // C99 6.7.1p5:
9114       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
9115       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
9116       //   other than extern
9117       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
9118       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9119                    diag::err_static_block_func);
9120       break;
9121     } else
9122       return SC_Static;
9123   }
9124   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
9125   }
9126 
9127   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
9128   return SC_None;
9129 }
9130 
9131 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
9132                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
9133                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9134                                            StorageClass SC,
9135                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
9136   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
9137   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
9138 
9139   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
9140   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
9141 
9142   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9143   if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit ||
9144       (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C23 &&
9145        ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr)) {
9146 
9147     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C23)
9148       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9149                    diag::err_c23_constexpr_not_variable);
9150     else
9151       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9152                    diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
9153           << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9154     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
9155     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
9156   }
9157 
9158   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9159     // Determine whether the function was written with a prototype. This is
9160     // true when:
9161     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
9162     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
9163     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
9164     //     function type). Note, we can't always look at the adjusted type to
9165     //     check this case because attributes may cause a non-function
9166     //     declarator to still have a function type. e.g.,
9167     //       typedef void func(int a);
9168     //       __attribute__((noreturn)) func other_func; // This has a prototype
9169     bool HasPrototype =
9170         (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
9171         (D.getDeclSpec().isTypeRep() &&
9172          SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsType(), nullptr)
9173              ->isFunctionProtoType()) ||
9174         (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
9175     assert(
9176         (HasPrototype || !SemaRef.getLangOpts().requiresStrictPrototypes()) &&
9177         "Strict prototypes are required");
9178 
9179     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(
9180         SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC,
9181         SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, HasPrototype,
9182         ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
9183         /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
9184     if (D.isInvalidType())
9185       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9186 
9187     return NewFD;
9188   }
9189 
9190   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
9191   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
9192 
9193   SemaRef.CheckExplicitObjectMemberFunction(DC, D, Name, R);
9194 
9195   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
9196     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
9197     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
9198            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
9199 
9200     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
9201     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
9202         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
9203         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(),
9204         isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
9205         InheritedConstructor(), TrailingRequiresClause);
9206 
9207   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
9208     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
9209     if (DC->isRecord()) {
9210       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
9211       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
9212       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
9213           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
9214           SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
9215           /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
9216           TrailingRequiresClause);
9217       // User defined destructors start as not selected if the class definition is still
9218       // not done.
9219       if (Record->isBeingDefined())
9220         NewDD->setIneligibleOrNotSelected(true);
9221 
9222       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
9223       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
9224       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
9225       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9226         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
9227 
9228       IsVirtualOkay = true;
9229       return NewDD;
9230 
9231     } else {
9232       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
9233       D.setInvalidType();
9234 
9235       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
9236       // code path.
9237       return FunctionDecl::Create(
9238           SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R,
9239           TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
9240           /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
9241     }
9242 
9243   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
9244     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
9245       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9246            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
9247       return nullptr;
9248     }
9249 
9250     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
9251     if (D.isInvalidType())
9252       return nullptr;
9253 
9254     IsVirtualOkay = true;
9255     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
9256         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
9257         TInfo, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
9258         ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
9259         TrailingRequiresClause);
9260 
9261   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
9262     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
9263       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
9264                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
9265           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
9266     if (SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC))
9267       return nullptr;
9268     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
9269                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
9270                                          D.getEndLoc());
9271   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
9272     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
9273     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
9274     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
9275     // constructor if it has no return type).
9276     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
9277         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
9278       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
9279         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
9280         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9281       return nullptr;
9282     }
9283 
9284     // This is a C++ method declaration.
9285     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
9286         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
9287         TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
9288         ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), TrailingRequiresClause);
9289     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
9290     return Ret;
9291   } else {
9292     bool isFriend =
9293         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
9294     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
9295       return nullptr;
9296 
9297     // Determine whether the function was written with a
9298     // prototype. This true when:
9299     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
9300     return FunctionDecl::Create(
9301         SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC,
9302         SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
9303         true /*HasPrototype*/, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
9304   }
9305 }
9306 
9307 enum OpenCLParamType {
9308   ValidKernelParam,
9309   PtrPtrKernelParam,
9310   PtrKernelParam,
9311   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
9312   InvalidKernelParam,
9313   RecordKernelParam
9314 };
9315 
9316 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
9317   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
9318   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
9319   // integers other than by their names.
9320   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
9321 
9322   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
9323   // for a size dependent type.
9324   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
9325   do {
9326     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
9327     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
9328     if (Names.end() != Match)
9329       return true;
9330 
9331     Ty = DesugaredTy;
9332     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
9333   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
9334 
9335   return false;
9336 }
9337 
9338 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
9339   if (PT->isDependentType())
9340     return InvalidKernelParam;
9341 
9342   if (PT->isPointerType() || PT->isReferenceType()) {
9343     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
9344     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
9345         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
9346         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
9347       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
9348 
9349     if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) {
9350       // This is a pointer to pointer parameter.
9351       // Recursively check inner type.
9352       OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType);
9353       if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam ||
9354           ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam)
9355         return ParamKind;
9356 
9357       // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
9358       // A restriction to pass pointers to pointers only applies to OpenCL C
9359       // v1.2 or below.
9360       if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() > 120)
9361         return ValidKernelParam;
9362 
9363       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
9364     }
9365 
9366     // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
9367     // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
9368     // Standard layout types for pointer parameters. The same applies to
9369     // reference if an implementation supports them in kernel parameters.
9370     if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
9371         !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
9372             "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts())) {
9373      auto CXXRec = PointeeType.getCanonicalType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9374      bool IsStandardLayoutType = true;
9375      if (CXXRec) {
9376        // If template type is not ODR-used its definition is only available
9377        // in the template definition not its instantiation.
9378        // FIXME: This logic doesn't work for types that depend on template
9379        // parameter (PR58590).
9380        if (!CXXRec->hasDefinition())
9381          CXXRec = CXXRec->getTemplateInstantiationPattern();
9382        if (!CXXRec || !CXXRec->hasDefinition() || !CXXRec->isStandardLayout())
9383          IsStandardLayoutType = false;
9384      }
9385      if (!PointeeType->isAtomicType() && !PointeeType->isVoidType() &&
9386         !IsStandardLayoutType)
9387       return InvalidKernelParam;
9388     }
9389 
9390     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
9391     // A restriction to pass pointers only applies to OpenCL C v1.2 or below.
9392     if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() > 120)
9393       return ValidKernelParam;
9394 
9395     return PtrKernelParam;
9396   }
9397 
9398   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
9399   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
9400   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
9401   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
9402   // of these built-in scalar types.
9403   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
9404     return InvalidKernelParam;
9405 
9406   if (PT->isImageType())
9407     return PtrKernelParam;
9408 
9409   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
9410     return InvalidKernelParam;
9411 
9412   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
9413   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
9414   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
9415   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) &&
9416       PT->isHalfType())
9417     return InvalidKernelParam;
9418 
9419   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
9420   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
9421     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
9422     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
9423     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
9424     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
9425     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
9426   }
9427 
9428   // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
9429   // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
9430   // Trivial and standard-layout types C++17 [basic.types] (plain old data
9431   // types) for parameters passed by value;
9432   if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
9433       !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
9434           "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) &&
9435       !PT->isOpenCLSpecificType() && !PT.isPODType(S.Context))
9436     return InvalidKernelParam;
9437 
9438   if (PT->isRecordType())
9439     return RecordKernelParam;
9440 
9441   return ValidKernelParam;
9442 }
9443 
9444 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
9445   Sema &S,
9446   Declarator &D,
9447   ParmVarDecl *Param,
9448   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
9449   QualType PT = Param->getType();
9450 
9451   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
9452   // used again
9453   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
9454     return;
9455 
9456   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
9457   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
9458     // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
9459     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer
9460     // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below.
9461     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
9462     D.setInvalidType();
9463     return;
9464 
9465   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
9466     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
9467     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
9468     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
9469     // __constant.
9470     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
9471     D.setInvalidType();
9472     return;
9473 
9474     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
9475     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
9476     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
9477     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
9478     // one of these built-in scalar types.
9479 
9480   case InvalidKernelParam:
9481     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
9482     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
9483     // of event_t type.
9484     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
9485     // type for any function elsewhere.
9486     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
9487       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
9488 
9489       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
9490       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
9491       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
9492         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
9493         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
9494         if (Loc.isValid())
9495           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
9496         PT = Typedef->desugar();
9497       }
9498     }
9499 
9500     D.setInvalidType();
9501     return;
9502 
9503   case PtrKernelParam:
9504   case ValidKernelParam:
9505     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
9506     return;
9507 
9508   case RecordKernelParam:
9509     break;
9510   }
9511 
9512   // Track nested structs we will inspect
9513   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
9514 
9515   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
9516   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
9517   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
9518   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
9519 
9520   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
9521   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
9522   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
9523   const RecordType *RecTy =
9524       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9525   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
9526 
9527   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
9528   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
9529 
9530   do {
9531     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
9532     if (!Next) {
9533       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
9534       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
9535       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
9536         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
9537 
9538       continue;
9539     }
9540 
9541     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
9542     // field itself) to the history stack.
9543     const RecordDecl *RD;
9544     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
9545       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
9546 
9547       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
9548       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
9549       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
9550       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
9551              "Unexpected type.");
9552       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
9553 
9554       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
9555     } else {
9556       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
9557     }
9558 
9559     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
9560     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
9561 
9562     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
9563       QualType QT = FD->getType();
9564 
9565       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
9566         continue;
9567 
9568       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
9569       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
9570         continue;
9571 
9572       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
9573         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
9574         continue;
9575       }
9576 
9577       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
9578       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
9579       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
9580       // union. This restriction was lifted in OpenCL v2.0 with the introduction
9581       // of SVM.
9582       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
9583           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
9584         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
9585                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
9586           << PT->isUnionType()
9587           << PT;
9588       } else {
9589         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
9590       }
9591 
9592       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
9593           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
9594 
9595       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
9596       // the offending field came from
9597       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
9598                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
9599                E = HistoryStack.end();
9600            I != E; ++I) {
9601         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
9602         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
9603           << OuterField->getType();
9604       }
9605 
9606       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
9607         << QT->isPointerType()
9608         << QT;
9609       D.setInvalidType();
9610       return;
9611     }
9612   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
9613 }
9614 
9615 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
9616 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
9617 /// nothing.
9618 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9619   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9620     DC = DC->getParent();
9621   return DC;
9622 }
9623 
9624 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
9625 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
9626 /// nothing.
9627 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
9628   while (S->isClassScope() ||
9629          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
9630           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
9631          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
9632          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
9633     S = S->getParent();
9634   return S;
9635 }
9636 
9637 /// Determine whether a declaration matches a known function in namespace std.
9638 static bool isStdBuiltin(ASTContext &Ctx, FunctionDecl *FD,
9639                          unsigned BuiltinID) {
9640   switch (BuiltinID) {
9641   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
9642     // No type checking whatsoever.
9643     return Ctx.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
9644 
9645   case Builtin::BIaddressof:
9646   case Builtin::BI__addressof:
9647   case Builtin::BIforward:
9648   case Builtin::BIforward_like:
9649   case Builtin::BImove:
9650   case Builtin::BImove_if_noexcept:
9651   case Builtin::BIas_const: {
9652     // Ensure that we don't treat the algorithm
9653     //   OutputIt std::move(InputIt, InputIt, OutputIt)
9654     // as the builtin std::move.
9655     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9656     return FPT->getNumParams() == 1 && !FPT->isVariadic();
9657   }
9658 
9659   default:
9660     return false;
9661   }
9662 }
9663 
9664 NamedDecl*
9665 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
9666                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
9667                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
9668                               bool &AddToScope) {
9669   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
9670 
9671   assert(R->isFunctionType());
9672   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
9673     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
9674 
9675   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
9676   llvm::append_range(TemplateParamLists, TemplateParamListsRef);
9677   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
9678     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && !TemplateParamLists.back()->empty() &&
9679         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
9680       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
9681     else
9682       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
9683   }
9684 
9685   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
9686   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
9687   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
9688   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
9689 
9690   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9691     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9692          diag::err_invalid_thread)
9693       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9694 
9695   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
9696     adjustMemberFunctionCC(
9697         R, !(D.isStaticMember() || D.isExplicitObjectMemberFunction()),
9698         D.isCtorOrDtor(), D.getIdentifierLoc());
9699 
9700   bool isFriend = false;
9701   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
9702   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
9703   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9704 
9705   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9706   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
9707 
9708   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
9709 
9710   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
9711   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
9712 
9713   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
9714                                               isVirtualOkay);
9715   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
9716 
9717   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
9718     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
9719 
9720   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
9721   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
9722   // context will be different from the semantic context.
9723   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9724 
9725   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
9726     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
9727 
9728   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9729     // The rules for implicit inlines changed in C++20 for methods and friends
9730     // with an in-class definition (when such a definition is not attached to
9731     // the global module).  User-specified 'inline' overrides this (set when
9732     // the function decl is created above).
9733     // FIXME: We need a better way to separate C++ standard and clang modules.
9734     bool ImplicitInlineCXX20 = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlusModules ||
9735                                NewFD->isConstexpr() || NewFD->isConsteval() ||
9736                                !NewFD->getOwningModule() ||
9737                                NewFD->isFromGlobalModule() ||
9738                                NewFD->getOwningModule()->isHeaderLikeModule();
9739     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
9740     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
9741     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
9742     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
9743     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9744       // Pre-C++20 [class.friend]p5
9745       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
9746       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
9747       // Post C++20 [class.friend]p7
9748       //   Such a function is implicitly an inline function if it is attached
9749       //   to the global module.
9750       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(ImplicitInlineCXX20);
9751     }
9752 
9753     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
9754     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
9755     // return true).
9756     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
9757           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
9758       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
9759         NewFD->setIsPureVirtual(true);
9760 
9761       // C++ [class.union]p2
9762       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
9763       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) {
9764         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
9765         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9766       }
9767       if ((Parent->isClass() || Parent->isStruct()) &&
9768           Parent->hasAttr<SYCLSpecialClassAttr>() &&
9769           NewFD->getKind() == Decl::Kind::CXXMethod && NewFD->getIdentifier() &&
9770           NewFD->getName() == "__init" && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9771         if (auto *Def = Parent->getDefinition())
9772           Def->setInitMethod(true);
9773       }
9774     }
9775 
9776     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
9777     isMemberSpecialization = false;
9778     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9779     if (D.isInvalidType())
9780       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9781 
9782     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
9783     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
9784     bool Invalid = false;
9785     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId =
9786         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
9787             ? D.getName().TemplateId
9788             : nullptr;
9789     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
9790         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
9791             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9792             D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateId, TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
9793             isMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
9794     if (TemplateParams) {
9795       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9796       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
9797         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9798 
9799       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9800         // This is a function template
9801 
9802         // A destructor cannot be a template.
9803         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
9804           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
9805           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9806           // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9807         } else if (TemplateId) {
9808           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9809               << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9810           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9811         }
9812 
9813         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
9814         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
9815         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
9816         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
9817           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
9818           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
9819             Invalid = true;
9820         }
9821 
9822         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
9823                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
9824                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
9825                                                         NewFD);
9826         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9827         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
9828 
9829         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
9830         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
9831           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9832               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
9833                   .drop_back(1));
9834         }
9835       } else {
9836         // This is a function template specialization.
9837         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9838         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9839         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9840           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9841 
9842         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
9843         if (isFriend) {
9844           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
9845           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
9846 
9847           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
9848           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
9849           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
9850           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
9851           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
9852           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
9853           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9854             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
9855             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
9856           }
9857 
9858           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
9859             << Name << RemoveRange
9860             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
9861             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
9862           Invalid = true;
9863 
9864           // Recover by faking up an empty template argument list.
9865           HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9866           TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(InsertLoc);
9867           TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(InsertLoc);
9868         }
9869       }
9870     } else {
9871       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9872       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9873           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9874         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9875 
9876       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9877       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9878       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9879         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9880         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9881 
9882       // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9883       if (isFriend && TemplateId)
9884         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9885     }
9886 
9887     // If this is a function template specialization and the unqualified-id of
9888     // the declarator-id is a template-id, convert the template argument list
9889     // into our AST format and check for unexpanded packs.
9890     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && TemplateId) {
9891       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9892 
9893       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9894       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9895       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9896                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9897       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
9898 
9899       // FIXME: Should we check for unexpanded packs if this was an (invalid)
9900       // declaration of a function template partial specialization? Should we
9901       // consider the unexpanded pack context to be a partial specialization?
9902       for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &ArgLoc : TemplateArgs.arguments()) {
9903         if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(
9904                 ArgLoc, isFriend ? UPPC_FriendDeclaration
9905                                  : UPPC_ExplicitSpecialization))
9906           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9907       }
9908     }
9909 
9910     if (Invalid) {
9911       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9912       if (FunctionTemplate)
9913         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9914     }
9915 
9916     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9917     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9918     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9919     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9920     //
9921     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9922       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9923         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9924              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9925       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9926         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9927         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9928              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9929           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9930       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9931         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9932         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9933         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9934              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9935           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9936       } else {
9937         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9938         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9939       }
9940 
9941       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9942           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9943         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9944     }
9945 
9946     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9947     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9948     //  declaration.
9949     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9950       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9951         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9952         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9953              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9954           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9955       }
9956     }
9957 
9958     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9959     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9960     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9961     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9962     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9963         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9964       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9965         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9966         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9967              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9968             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9969       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9970                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9971         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9972         // or conversion function.
9973         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9974              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9975             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9976       }
9977     }
9978 
9979     ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9980     if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9981       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9982       // are implicitly inline.
9983       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9984 
9985       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9986       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9987       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9988       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9989           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9990            ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9991         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9992             << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9993         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9994                                     ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9995                                     : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9996       }
9997       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9998       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9999       // specifier.
10000       if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
10001           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
10002            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
10003            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
10004            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
10005         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
10006              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
10007             << NewFD;
10008         NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
10009       }
10010     }
10011 
10012     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
10013     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10014       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
10015         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
10016           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
10017         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10018           << 0
10019           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10020       } else {
10021         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
10022         if (FunctionTemplate)
10023           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
10024       }
10025     }
10026 
10027     if (isFriend) {
10028       if (FunctionTemplate) {
10029         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
10030         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
10031       }
10032       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
10033       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
10034     }
10035 
10036     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
10037     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
10038     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
10039     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
10040     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
10041       break;
10042 
10043     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
10044       NewFD->setDefaulted();
10045       break;
10046 
10047     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
10048       NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
10049       break;
10050     }
10051 
10052     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
10053         D.isFunctionDefinition() && !isInline) {
10054       // Pre C++20 [class.mfct]p2:
10055       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
10056       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
10057       // Post C++20 [class.mfct]p1:
10058       //   If a member function is attached to the global module and is defined
10059       //   in its class definition, it is inline.
10060       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(ImplicitInlineCXX20);
10061     }
10062 
10063     if (!isFriend && SC != SC_None) {
10064       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2:
10065       //   The declaration in an explicit-specialization shall not be an
10066       //   export-declaration. An explicit specialization shall not use a
10067       //   storage-class-specifier other than thread_local.
10068       //
10069       // We diagnose friend declarations with storage-class-specifiers
10070       // elsewhere.
10071       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || isMemberSpecialization) {
10072         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10073              diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
10074             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
10075                    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10076       }
10077 
10078       if (SC == SC_Static && !CurContext->isRecord() && DC->isRecord()) {
10079         assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
10080                "Out-of-line member function should be a CXXMethodDecl");
10081         // C++ [class.static]p1:
10082         //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
10083         //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
10084         //   the class.
10085 
10086         // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
10087         // member function definition.
10088 
10089         // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an
10090         // out-of-line member function template declaration and class member
10091         // template declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
10092         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10093              ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
10094                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
10095               (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
10096                NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
10097                  ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line
10098                  : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
10099             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
10100                    D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10101       }
10102     }
10103 
10104     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
10105     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
10106     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
10107     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10108     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
10109          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
10110         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
10111       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
10112           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
10113           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
10114 
10115     // C++20 [dcl.inline]/7
10116     // If an inline function or variable that is attached to a named module
10117     // is declared in a definition domain, it shall be defined in that
10118     // domain.
10119     // So, if the current declaration does not have a definition, we must
10120     // check at the end of the TU (or when the PMF starts) to see that we
10121     // have a definition at that point.
10122     if (isInline && !D.isFunctionDefinition() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
10123         NewFD->isInNamedModule()) {
10124       PendingInlineFuncDecls.insert(NewFD);
10125     }
10126   }
10127 
10128   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
10129   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
10130                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
10131                        isMemberSpecialization ||
10132                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
10133 
10134   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
10135   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
10136     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
10137     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
10138     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
10139                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
10140                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
10141   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
10142     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
10143       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
10144     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
10145       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
10146         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
10147         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
10148       } else
10149         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
10150             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
10151     }
10152   }
10153 
10154   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
10155   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
10156   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
10157   unsigned FTIIdx;
10158   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
10159     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
10160 
10161     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
10162     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
10163     // single void argument.
10164     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
10165     // already checks for that case.
10166     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
10167       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
10168         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
10169         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
10170         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
10171         Params.push_back(Param);
10172 
10173         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
10174           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10175       }
10176     }
10177 
10178     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10179       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
10180       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
10181       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
10182       // the TU.
10183       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
10184           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
10185       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
10186         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
10187 
10188         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
10189         // instead.
10190         if (!TD) {
10191           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
10192             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
10193         }
10194         if (!TD)
10195           continue;
10196         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
10197         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
10198           continue;
10199         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
10200         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
10201         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
10202 
10203         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
10204         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
10205         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
10206         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
10207         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
10208         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
10209           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
10210       }
10211     }
10212   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10213     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
10214     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
10215     // parameters for use in the declaration.
10216     //
10217     // @code
10218     // typedef void fn(int);
10219     // fn f;
10220     // @endcode
10221 
10222     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
10223     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
10224       ParmVarDecl *Param =
10225           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
10226       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
10227       Params.push_back(Param);
10228     }
10229   } else {
10230     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
10231            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
10232   }
10233 
10234   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
10235   NewFD->setParams(Params);
10236 
10237   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
10238     NewFD->addAttr(
10239         C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc()));
10240 
10241   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
10242   // because all functions have linkage.
10243   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10244       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10245     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
10246     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10247   }
10248 
10249   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
10250   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
10251       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
10252     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10253         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
10254         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation));
10255 
10256   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
10257   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
10258       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10259     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10260         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10261         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
10262     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10263                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
10264                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
10265                      NewFD))
10266       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10267   }
10268 
10269   // Apply an implicit StrictGuardStackCheckAttr if #pragma strict_gs_check is
10270   // active.
10271   if (StrictGuardStackCheckStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
10272       !NewFD->hasAttr<StrictGuardStackCheckAttr>())
10273     NewFD->addAttr(StrictGuardStackCheckAttr::CreateImplicit(
10274         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation));
10275 
10276   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
10277   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
10278   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10279     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
10280                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
10281       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
10282     }
10283   }
10284 
10285   // Handle attributes.
10286   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
10287   const auto *NewTVA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
10288   if (NewTVA && !NewTVA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10289       !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("fmv")) {
10290     // Don't add to scope fmv functions declarations if fmv disabled
10291     AddToScope = false;
10292     return NewFD;
10293   }
10294 
10295   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL || getLangOpts().HLSL) {
10296     // Neither OpenCL nor HLSL allow an address space qualifyer on a return
10297     // type.
10298     //
10299     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
10300     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
10301     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
10302     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
10303       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_return_value_with_address_space);
10304       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10305     }
10306   }
10307 
10308   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10309     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
10310     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
10311       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
10312 
10313     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
10314       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
10315 
10316     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10317       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
10318                                                   isMemberSpecialization,
10319                                                   D.isFunctionDefinition()));
10320     else if (!Previous.empty())
10321       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
10322       D.setRedeclaration(true);
10323     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
10324             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
10325            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
10326 
10327     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
10328     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
10329     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
10330     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
10331     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
10332       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
10333       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
10334         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
10335         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
10336         int DiagID =
10337             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
10338         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
10339             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
10340       }
10341     }
10342 
10343    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
10344        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
10345      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
10346                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
10347                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
10348   } else {
10349     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
10350     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
10351     //
10352     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
10353     //
10354     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
10355     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
10356     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
10357         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
10358         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
10359       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
10360            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
10361         << NewFD->getDeclName();
10362 
10363     if (Expr *TRC = NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) {
10364       // C++20 [dcl.decl.general]p4:
10365       //   The optional requires-clause in an init-declarator or
10366       //   member-declarator shall be present only if the declarator declares a
10367       //   templated function.
10368       //
10369       // C++20 [temp.pre]p8:
10370       //   An entity is templated if it is
10371       //     - a template,
10372       //     - an entity defined or created in a templated entity,
10373       //     - a member of a templated entity,
10374       //     - an enumerator for an enumeration that is a templated entity, or
10375       //     - the closure type of a lambda-expression appearing in the
10376       //       declaration of a templated entity.
10377       //
10378       //   [Note 6: A local class, a local or block variable, or a friend
10379       //   function defined in a templated entity is a templated entity.
10380       //   — end note]
10381       //
10382       //   A templated function is a function template or a function that is
10383       //   templated. A templated class is a class template or a class that is
10384       //   templated. A templated variable is a variable template or a variable
10385       //   that is templated.
10386       if (!FunctionTemplate) {
10387         if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || isMemberSpecialization) {
10388           // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p8 (proposed resolution for CWG2847):
10389           //   An explicit specialization shall not have a trailing
10390           //   requires-clause unless it declares a function template.
10391           //
10392           // Since a friend function template specialization cannot be
10393           // definition, and since a non-template friend declaration with a
10394           // trailing requires-clause must be a definition, we diagnose
10395           // friend function template specializations with trailing
10396           // requires-clauses on the same path as explicit specializations
10397           // even though they aren't necessarily prohibited by the same
10398           // language rule.
10399           Diag(TRC->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_temp_spec_requires_clause)
10400               << isFriend;
10401         } else if (isFriend && NewFD->isTemplated() &&
10402                    !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
10403           // C++ [temp.friend]p9:
10404           //   A non-template friend declaration with a requires-clause shall be
10405           //   a definition.
10406           Diag(NewFD->getBeginLoc(),
10407                diag::err_non_temp_friend_decl_with_requires_clause_must_be_def);
10408           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10409         } else if (!NewFD->isTemplated() ||
10410                    !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) || D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
10411           Diag(TRC->getBeginLoc(),
10412                diag::err_constrained_non_templated_function);
10413         }
10414       }
10415     }
10416 
10417     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
10418     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
10419     // templates and, after maybeAddHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
10420     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
10421     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
10422     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
10423     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
10424       CUDA().maybeAddHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
10425 
10426     // Handle explicit specializations of function templates
10427     // and friend function declarations with an explicit
10428     // template argument list.
10429     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
10430       bool isDependentSpecialization = false;
10431       if (isFriend) {
10432         // For friend function specializations, this is a dependent
10433         // specialization if its semantic context is dependent, its
10434         // type is dependent, or if its template-id is dependent.
10435         isDependentSpecialization =
10436             DC->isDependentContext() || NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() ||
10437             (HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
10438              TemplateSpecializationType::
10439                  anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
10440                      TemplateArgs.arguments()));
10441         assert((!isDependentSpecialization ||
10442                 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs == isDependentSpecialization)) &&
10443                "dependent friend function specialization without template "
10444                "args");
10445       } else {
10446         // For class-scope explicit specializations of function templates,
10447         // if the lexical context is dependent, then the specialization
10448         // is dependent.
10449         isDependentSpecialization =
10450             CurContext->isRecord() && CurContext->isDependentContext();
10451       }
10452 
10453       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs =
10454           HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr;
10455       if (isDependentSpecialization) {
10456         // If it's a dependent specialization, it may not be possible
10457         // to determine the primary template (for explicit specializations)
10458         // or befriended declaration (for friends) until the enclosing
10459         // template is instantiated. In such cases, we store the declarations
10460         // found by name lookup and defer resolution until instantiation.
10461         if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
10462                 NewFD, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Previous))
10463           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10464       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10465         if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
10466                                                 Previous))
10467           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10468       }
10469     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10470       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
10471           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10472     }
10473 
10474     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
10475     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
10476       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
10477 
10478     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
10479       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
10480 
10481     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10482       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
10483                                                   isMemberSpecialization,
10484                                                   D.isFunctionDefinition()));
10485     else if (!Previous.empty())
10486       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
10487       D.setRedeclaration(true);
10488 
10489     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || NewFD->isMultiVersion() ||
10490             !D.isRedeclaration() ||
10491             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
10492            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
10493 
10494     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
10495                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
10496                                 : NewFD);
10497 
10498     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
10499       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
10500       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10501         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
10502 
10503       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
10504       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
10505     }
10506 
10507     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
10508         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
10509       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
10510 
10511     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
10512     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
10513     if (FunctionTemplate) {
10514       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
10515                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
10516       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
10517                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
10518                                     : nullptr,
10519                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
10520                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
10521                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
10522                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
10523                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
10524                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
10525                                  DC->isDependentContext())
10526                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
10527                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
10528     }
10529 
10530     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10531       // Ignore all the rest of this.
10532     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
10533       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
10534                                        AddToScope };
10535       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
10536       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
10537         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
10538 
10539       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
10540       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10541         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
10542         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
10543 
10544         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
10545         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
10546         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
10547         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
10548         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
10549         // can actually do this check immediately.
10550         //
10551         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
10552         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
10553         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
10554         if (isFriend &&
10555             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
10556              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
10557           // ignore these
10558         } else if (NewFD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() ||
10559                    NewFD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) {
10560           // ignore this, we allow the redeclaration behavior here to create new
10561           // versions of the function.
10562         } else {
10563           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
10564           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
10565           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
10566           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
10567           //
10568           // class X {
10569           //   void f() const;
10570           // };
10571           //
10572           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
10573           //
10574           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
10575           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
10576           // whether the parameter types are references).
10577 
10578           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
10579                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
10580             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
10581             return Result;
10582           }
10583         }
10584 
10585         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
10586         // to something.
10587       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
10588         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
10589                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
10590           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
10591           return Result;
10592         }
10593       }
10594     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
10595                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
10596                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
10597                !isMemberSpecialization) {
10598       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
10599       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
10600       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
10601       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
10602       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
10603       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
10604       // generate them.
10605       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
10606         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10607     }
10608   }
10609 
10610   if (getLangOpts().HLSL && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
10611     // Any top level function could potentially be specified as an entry.
10612     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && S->getDepth() == 0 && Name.isIdentifier())
10613       HLSL().ActOnTopLevelFunction(NewFD);
10614 
10615     if (NewFD->hasAttr<HLSLShaderAttr>())
10616       HLSL().CheckEntryPoint(NewFD);
10617   }
10618 
10619   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
10620   // attributes as appropriate.
10621   if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
10622     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
10623       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
10624         bool InStdNamespace = Context.BuiltinInfo.isInStdNamespace(BuiltinID);
10625         if (!InStdNamespace &&
10626             NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
10627           if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
10628             // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
10629             // matching regardless of its declared type.
10630             if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
10631               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
10632             } else {
10633               ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10634               LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
10635               QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10636 
10637               if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
10638                   Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
10639                       NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
10640                 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
10641             }
10642           }
10643         } else if (InStdNamespace && NewFD->isInStdNamespace() &&
10644                    isStdBuiltin(Context, NewFD, BuiltinID)) {
10645           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
10646         }
10647       }
10648     }
10649   }
10650 
10651   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
10652   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
10653 
10654   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
10655 
10656   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
10657       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10658     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10659          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
10660       << NewFD;
10661     NewFD->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10662   }
10663 
10664   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10665   // member, set the visibility of this function.
10666   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
10667     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
10668 
10669   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
10670   // marking the function.
10671   ObjC().AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
10672 
10673   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply any
10674   // attributes (i.e. optnone and no_builtin) due to a pragma.
10675   if (D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
10676     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
10677     AddImplicitMSFunctionNoBuiltinAttr(NewFD);
10678     AddSectionMSAllocText(NewFD);
10679     ModifyFnAttributesMSPragmaOptimize(NewFD);
10680   }
10681 
10682   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
10683   // the map of such variables.
10684   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10685       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
10686     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
10687 
10688   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
10689   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
10690 
10691   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
10692     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10693     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
10694                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
10695                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
10696                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
10697   }
10698 
10699   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10700     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
10701     if (II && II->isStr(CUDA().getConfigureFuncName()) &&
10702         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10703         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
10704       if (!R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
10705         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
10706             << CUDA().getConfigureFuncName();
10707       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
10708     }
10709 
10710     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
10711     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
10712     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
10713     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
10714         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
10715          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
10716         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
10717           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
10718       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
10719     }
10720   }
10721 
10722   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
10723 
10724 
10725 
10726   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
10727     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
10728     if (SC == SC_Static) {
10729       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
10730       D.setInvalidType();
10731     }
10732 
10733     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
10734     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
10735       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10736       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
10737           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
10738                                 : FixItHint());
10739       D.setInvalidType();
10740     }
10741 
10742     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
10743     for (auto *Param : NewFD->parameters())
10744       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
10745 
10746     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
10747       if (DC->isRecord()) {
10748         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
10749         D.setInvalidType();
10750       }
10751       if (FunctionTemplate) {
10752         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
10753         D.setInvalidType();
10754       }
10755     }
10756   }
10757 
10758   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10759     // Precalculate whether this is a friend function template with a constraint
10760     // that depends on an enclosing template, per [temp.friend]p9.
10761     if (isFriend && FunctionTemplate &&
10762         FriendConstraintsDependOnEnclosingTemplate(NewFD)) {
10763       NewFD->setFriendConstraintRefersToEnclosingTemplate(true);
10764 
10765       // C++ [temp.friend]p9:
10766       //    A friend function template with a constraint that depends on a
10767       //    template parameter from an enclosing template shall be a definition.
10768       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
10769         Diag(NewFD->getBeginLoc(),
10770              diag::err_friend_decl_with_enclosing_temp_constraint_must_be_def);
10771         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10772       }
10773     }
10774 
10775     if (FunctionTemplate) {
10776       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10777         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
10778       return FunctionTemplate;
10779     }
10780 
10781     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10782       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
10783   }
10784 
10785   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
10786     QualType PT = Param->getType();
10787 
10788     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
10789     // types.
10790     if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) {
10791       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
10792         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
10793           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
10794             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
10795             D.setInvalidType();
10796           }
10797       }
10798     }
10799     // WebAssembly tables can't be used as function parameters.
10800     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm()) {
10801       if (PT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) {
10802         Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
10803              diag::err_wasm_table_as_function_parameter);
10804         D.setInvalidType();
10805       }
10806     }
10807   }
10808 
10809   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
10810   // that are run during load/unload.
10811   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
10812     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
10813       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10814           << 1;
10815       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10816     }
10817     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
10818       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10819           << 2;
10820       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10821     }
10822   }
10823 
10824   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
10825   // definition.
10826   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
10827   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
10828   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
10829   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
10830   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
10831   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
10832     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
10833     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
10834     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
10835       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
10836            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
10837           << NBA->getSpelling();
10838       break;
10839     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
10840       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
10841           << NBA->getSpelling();
10842       break;
10843     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
10844       break;
10845     }
10846 
10847   // Similar to no_builtin logic above, at this point of the code
10848   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() always returns `false`
10849   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
10850   if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() &&
10851       !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10852       D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration)
10853     ExternalDeclarations.push_back(NewFD);
10854 
10855   return NewFD;
10856 }
10857 
10858 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
10859 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
10860 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
10861 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
10862 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
10863 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
10864 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
10865 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
10866 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
10867 /// available since MS has removed the page.
10868 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10869   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
10870   if (!Method)
10871     return nullptr;
10872   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
10873   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10874     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10875     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10876     return NewAttr;
10877   }
10878 
10879   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
10880   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
10881   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10882    return nullptr;
10883 
10884   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
10885     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10886       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10887       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10888       return NewAttr;
10889     }
10890   }
10891   return nullptr;
10892 }
10893 
10894 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10895                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
10896   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
10897     return A;
10898   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
10899       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10900     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10901         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10902         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
10903   return nullptr;
10904 }
10905 
10906 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
10907                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
10908   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10909     return true;
10910 
10911   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
10912   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
10913   //
10914   //   int f();
10915   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
10916   //
10917   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
10918   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
10919       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
10920     return false;
10921 
10922   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
10923   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
10924   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
10925     return false;
10926 
10927   return true;
10928 }
10929 
10930 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
10931   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10932     return true;
10933 
10934   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
10935   // permit cases like
10936   //
10937   //   void func();
10938   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
10939   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
10940   //
10941   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
10942   //
10943   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10944   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10945   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10946   // the way of access checks.
10947   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10948     return false;
10949 
10950   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10951   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10952   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10953          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10954                                         PrevVD->getType());
10955 }
10956 
10957 /// Check the target or target_version attribute of the function for
10958 /// MultiVersion validity.
10959 ///
10960 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10961 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10962   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10963   const auto *TVA = FD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
10964   assert(
10965       (TA || TVA) &&
10966       "MultiVersion candidate requires a target or target_version attribute");
10967   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10968   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10969 
10970   if (TA) {
10971     ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo =
10972         S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().parseTargetAttr(TA->getFeaturesStr());
10973     if (!ParseInfo.CPU.empty() && !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.CPU)) {
10974       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10975           << Architecture << ParseInfo.CPU;
10976       return true;
10977     }
10978     for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10979       auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10980       if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10981         S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10982             << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10983         return true;
10984       }
10985 
10986       if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10987           !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10988         S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10989             << Feature << BareFeat;
10990         return true;
10991       }
10992     }
10993   }
10994 
10995   if (TVA) {
10996     llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> Feats;
10997     TVA->getFeatures(Feats);
10998     for (const auto &Feat : Feats) {
10999       if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(Feat)) {
11000         S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
11001             << Feature << Feat;
11002         return true;
11003       }
11004     }
11005   }
11006   return false;
11007 }
11008 
11009 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
11010 // multiversion functions.
11011 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
11012                                            MultiVersionKind MVKind) {
11013   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
11014   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
11015   switch (Kind) {
11016   default:
11017     return false;
11018   case attr::ArmLocallyStreaming:
11019     return MVKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion ||
11020            MVKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones;
11021   case attr::Used:
11022     return MVKind == MultiVersionKind::Target;
11023   case attr::NonNull:
11024   case attr::NoThrow:
11025     return true;
11026   }
11027 }
11028 
11029 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
11030                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
11031                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
11032                                                  MultiVersionKind MVKind) {
11033   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, MVKind](Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
11034     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
11035         << static_cast<unsigned>(MVKind) << A;
11036     if (CausedFD)
11037       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
11038     return true;
11039   };
11040 
11041   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
11042     switch (A->getKind()) {
11043     case attr::CPUDispatch:
11044     case attr::CPUSpecific:
11045       if (MVKind != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
11046           MVKind != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
11047         return Diagnose(S, A);
11048       break;
11049     case attr::Target:
11050       if (MVKind != MultiVersionKind::Target)
11051         return Diagnose(S, A);
11052       break;
11053     case attr::TargetVersion:
11054       if (MVKind != MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion &&
11055           MVKind != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones)
11056         return Diagnose(S, A);
11057       break;
11058     case attr::TargetClones:
11059       if (MVKind != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones &&
11060           MVKind != MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion)
11061         return Diagnose(S, A);
11062       break;
11063     default:
11064       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVKind))
11065         return Diagnose(S, A);
11066       break;
11067     }
11068   }
11069   return false;
11070 }
11071 
11072 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
11073     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11074     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
11075     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
11076     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
11077     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
11078     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
11079   enum DoesntSupport {
11080     FuncTemplates = 0,
11081     VirtFuncs = 1,
11082     DeducedReturn = 2,
11083     Constructors = 3,
11084     Destructors = 4,
11085     DeletedFuncs = 5,
11086     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
11087     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
11088     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
11089     Lambda = 9,
11090   };
11091   enum Different {
11092     CallingConv = 0,
11093     ReturnType = 1,
11094     ConstexprSpec = 2,
11095     InlineSpec = 3,
11096     Linkage = 4,
11097     LanguageLinkage = 5,
11098   };
11099 
11100   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
11101       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
11102     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
11103     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
11104     return true;
11105   }
11106 
11107   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
11108       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11109     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
11110 
11111   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
11112       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
11113     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11114            << FuncTemplates;
11115 
11116   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
11117     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
11118       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11119              << VirtFuncs;
11120 
11121     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
11122       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11123              << Constructors;
11124 
11125     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
11126       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11127              << Destructors;
11128   }
11129 
11130   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
11131     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11132            << DeletedFuncs;
11133 
11134   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
11135     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11136            << DefaultedFuncs;
11137 
11138   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
11139     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11140            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
11141 
11142   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
11143   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
11144   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
11145 
11146   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
11147     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
11148            << DeducedReturn;
11149 
11150   // Ensure the return type is identical.
11151   if (OldFD) {
11152     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
11153     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
11154     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
11155     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
11156 
11157     const auto *OldFPT = OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11158     const auto *NewFPT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11159 
11160     bool ArmStreamingCCMismatched = false;
11161     if (OldFPT && NewFPT) {
11162       unsigned Diff =
11163           OldFPT->getAArch64SMEAttributes() ^ NewFPT->getAArch64SMEAttributes();
11164       // Arm-streaming, arm-streaming-compatible and non-streaming versions
11165       // cannot be mixed.
11166       if (Diff & (FunctionType::SME_PStateSMEnabledMask |
11167                   FunctionType::SME_PStateSMCompatibleMask))
11168         ArmStreamingCCMismatched = true;
11169     }
11170 
11171     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC() || ArmStreamingCCMismatched)
11172       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
11173 
11174     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
11175 
11176     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
11177       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
11178 
11179     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
11180       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
11181 
11182     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
11183       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
11184 
11185     if (OldFD->getFormalLinkage() != NewFD->getFormalLinkage())
11186       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
11187 
11188     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
11189       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << LanguageLinkage;
11190 
11191     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(OldFPT, OldFD->getLocation(), NewFPT,
11192                                      NewFD->getLocation()))
11193       return true;
11194   }
11195   return false;
11196 }
11197 
11198 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
11199                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11200                                              bool CausesMV,
11201                                              MultiVersionKind MVKind) {
11202   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
11203     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
11204     if (OldFD)
11205       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11206     return true;
11207   }
11208 
11209   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVKind =
11210       MVKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
11211       MVKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
11212 
11213   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
11214       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVKind))
11215     return true;
11216 
11217   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVKind))
11218     return true;
11219 
11220   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
11221   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
11222     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
11223 
11224   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
11225       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
11226       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
11227                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
11228       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
11229                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
11230                               << static_cast<unsigned>(MVKind)),
11231       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
11232                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
11233       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
11234       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVKind,
11235       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
11236 }
11237 
11238 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
11239 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
11240 ///
11241 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
11242 ///
11243 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
11244 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
11245   MultiVersionKind MVKind = FD->getMultiVersionKind();
11246   assert(MVKind != MultiVersionKind::None &&
11247          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
11248   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11249   const auto *TVA = FD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
11250   // The target attribute only causes MV if this declaration is the default,
11251   // otherwise it is treated as a normal function.
11252   if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
11253     return false;
11254   // The target_version attribute only causes Multiversioning if this
11255   // declaration is NOT the default version.
11256   if (TVA && TVA->isDefaultVersion())
11257     return false;
11258 
11259   if ((TA || TVA) && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
11260     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11261     return true;
11262   }
11263 
11264   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVKind)) {
11265     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11266     return true;
11267   }
11268 
11269   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
11270   return false;
11271 }
11272 
11273 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
11274   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
11275     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
11276       return true;
11277   }
11278 
11279   return false;
11280 }
11281 
11282 static void patchDefaultTargetVersion(FunctionDecl *From, FunctionDecl *To) {
11283   if (!From->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isAArch64())
11284     return;
11285 
11286   MultiVersionKind MVKindFrom = From->getMultiVersionKind();
11287   MultiVersionKind MVKindTo = To->getMultiVersionKind();
11288 
11289   if (MVKindTo == MultiVersionKind::None &&
11290       (MVKindFrom == MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion ||
11291        MVKindFrom == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones))
11292     To->addAttr(TargetVersionAttr::CreateImplicit(
11293         To->getASTContext(), "default", To->getSourceRange()));
11294 }
11295 
11296 static bool CheckDeclarationCausesMultiVersioning(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD,
11297                                                   FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11298                                                   bool &Redeclaration,
11299                                                   NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
11300                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
11301   assert(!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && "Unexpected MultiVersion");
11302 
11303   // The definitions should be allowed in any order. If we have discovered
11304   // a new target version and the preceeding was the default, then add the
11305   // corresponding attribute to it.
11306   patchDefaultTargetVersion(NewFD, OldFD);
11307 
11308   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11309   const auto *NewTVA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
11310   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11311 
11312   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
11313   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
11314   if (NewTA && !NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
11315       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
11316     return false;
11317 
11318   // The target_version attribute only causes Multiversioning if this
11319   // declaration is NOT the default version.
11320   if (NewTVA && NewTVA->isDefaultVersion())
11321     return false;
11322 
11323   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
11324   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
11325                                        NewTVA ? MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion
11326                                               : MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
11327     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11328     return true;
11329   }
11330 
11331   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
11332     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11333     return true;
11334   }
11335 
11336   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
11337   if (NewTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && !OldTA) {
11338     Redeclaration = true;
11339     OldDecl = OldFD;
11340     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11341     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11342     return false;
11343   }
11344 
11345   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
11346     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
11347     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11348     return true;
11349   }
11350 
11351   if (NewTA) {
11352     ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed =
11353         S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().parseTargetAttr(
11354             OldTA->getFeaturesStr());
11355     llvm::sort(OldParsed.Features);
11356     ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed =
11357         S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().parseTargetAttr(
11358             NewTA->getFeaturesStr());
11359     // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
11360     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
11361     if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
11362       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
11363       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11364       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11365       return true;
11366     }
11367   }
11368 
11369   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
11370     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11371     const auto *CurTVA = FD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
11372     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
11373     // nothing after the fact.
11374     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
11375         ((NewTA && (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) ||
11376          (NewTVA && (!CurTVA || CurTVA->isInherited())))) {
11377       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
11378           << (NewTA ? 0 : 2);
11379       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
11380       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11381       return true;
11382     }
11383   }
11384 
11385   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11386   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11387   Redeclaration = false;
11388   OldDecl = nullptr;
11389   Previous.clear();
11390   return false;
11391 }
11392 
11393 static bool MultiVersionTypesCompatible(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New) {
11394   MultiVersionKind OldKind = Old->getMultiVersionKind();
11395   MultiVersionKind NewKind = New->getMultiVersionKind();
11396 
11397   if (OldKind == NewKind || OldKind == MultiVersionKind::None ||
11398       NewKind == MultiVersionKind::None)
11399     return true;
11400 
11401   if (Old->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isAArch64()) {
11402     switch (OldKind) {
11403     case MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion:
11404       return NewKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones;
11405     case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones:
11406       return NewKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion;
11407     default:
11408       return false;
11409     }
11410   } else {
11411     switch (OldKind) {
11412     case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch:
11413       return NewKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
11414     case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific:
11415       return NewKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch;
11416     default:
11417       return false;
11418     }
11419   }
11420 }
11421 
11422 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
11423 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
11424 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
11425     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11426     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
11427     const TargetClonesAttr *NewClones, bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
11428     LookupResult &Previous) {
11429 
11430   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
11431   if (!MultiVersionTypesCompatible(OldFD, NewFD)) {
11432     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
11433     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11434     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11435     return true;
11436   }
11437 
11438   // Add the default target_version attribute if it's missing.
11439   patchDefaultTargetVersion(OldFD, NewFD);
11440   patchDefaultTargetVersion(NewFD, OldFD);
11441 
11442   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11443   const auto *NewTVA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
11444   MultiVersionKind NewMVKind = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
11445   [[maybe_unused]] MultiVersionKind OldMVKind = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
11446 
11447   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
11448   if (NewTA) {
11449     NewParsed = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().parseTargetAttr(
11450         NewTA->getFeaturesStr());
11451     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
11452   }
11453   llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> NewFeats;
11454   if (NewTVA) {
11455     NewTVA->getFeatures(NewFeats);
11456     llvm::sort(NewFeats);
11457   }
11458 
11459   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
11460       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
11461 
11462   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks =
11463       AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, S.Context, NewFD);
11464 
11465   // Next, check ALL non-invalid non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration
11466   // of a previous member of the MultiVersion set.
11467   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
11468     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
11469     if (!CurFD || CurFD->isInvalidDecl())
11470       continue;
11471     if (MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
11472         S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
11473       continue;
11474 
11475     switch (NewMVKind) {
11476     case MultiVersionKind::None:
11477       assert(OldMVKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones &&
11478              "Only target_clones can be omitted in subsequent declarations");
11479       break;
11480     case MultiVersionKind::Target: {
11481       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11482       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
11483         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11484         Redeclaration = true;
11485         OldDecl = ND;
11486         return false;
11487       }
11488 
11489       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed =
11490           S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().parseTargetAttr(
11491               CurTA->getFeaturesStr());
11492       llvm::sort(CurParsed.Features);
11493       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
11494         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
11495         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11496         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11497         return true;
11498       }
11499       break;
11500     }
11501     case MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion: {
11502       if (const auto *CurTVA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>()) {
11503         if (CurTVA->getName() == NewTVA->getName()) {
11504           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11505           Redeclaration = true;
11506           OldDecl = ND;
11507           return false;
11508         }
11509         llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> CurFeats;
11510         CurTVA->getFeatures(CurFeats);
11511         llvm::sort(CurFeats);
11512 
11513         if (CurFeats == NewFeats) {
11514           S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
11515           S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11516           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11517           return true;
11518         }
11519       } else if (const auto *CurClones = CurFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>()) {
11520         // Default
11521         if (NewFeats.empty())
11522           break;
11523 
11524         for (unsigned I = 0; I < CurClones->featuresStrs_size(); ++I) {
11525           llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> CurFeats;
11526           CurClones->getFeatures(CurFeats, I);
11527           llvm::sort(CurFeats);
11528 
11529           if (CurFeats == NewFeats) {
11530             S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
11531             S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11532             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11533             return true;
11534           }
11535         }
11536       }
11537       break;
11538     }
11539     case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones: {
11540       assert(NewClones && "MultiVersionKind does not match attribute type");
11541       if (const auto *CurClones = CurFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>()) {
11542         if (CurClones->featuresStrs_size() != NewClones->featuresStrs_size() ||
11543             !std::equal(CurClones->featuresStrs_begin(),
11544                         CurClones->featuresStrs_end(),
11545                         NewClones->featuresStrs_begin())) {
11546           S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_target_clone_doesnt_match);
11547           S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11548           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11549           return true;
11550         }
11551       } else if (const auto *CurTVA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>()) {
11552         llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> CurFeats;
11553         CurTVA->getFeatures(CurFeats);
11554         llvm::sort(CurFeats);
11555 
11556         // Default
11557         if (CurFeats.empty())
11558           break;
11559 
11560         for (unsigned I = 0; I < NewClones->featuresStrs_size(); ++I) {
11561           NewFeats.clear();
11562           NewClones->getFeatures(NewFeats, I);
11563           llvm::sort(NewFeats);
11564 
11565           if (CurFeats == NewFeats) {
11566             S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
11567             S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11568             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11569             return true;
11570           }
11571         }
11572         break;
11573       }
11574       Redeclaration = true;
11575       OldDecl = CurFD;
11576       NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11577       return false;
11578     }
11579     case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific:
11580     case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch: {
11581       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
11582       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
11583       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
11584       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
11585       // the redeclaration errors.
11586       if (NewMVKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
11587           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
11588         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
11589             std::equal(
11590                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
11591                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
11592                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
11593                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
11594                 })) {
11595           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11596           Redeclaration = true;
11597           OldDecl = ND;
11598           return false;
11599         }
11600 
11601         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
11602         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
11603         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11604         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11605         return true;
11606       }
11607       if (NewMVKind == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
11608         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
11609             std::equal(
11610                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
11611                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
11612                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
11613                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
11614                 })) {
11615           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11616           Redeclaration = true;
11617           OldDecl = ND;
11618           return false;
11619         }
11620 
11621         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
11622         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
11623           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
11624             if (CurII == NewII) {
11625               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
11626                   << NewII;
11627               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11628               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11629               return true;
11630             }
11631           }
11632         }
11633       }
11634       break;
11635     }
11636     }
11637   }
11638 
11639   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
11640   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
11641   // handled in the attribute adding step.
11642   if ((NewMVKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion ||
11643        NewMVKind == MultiVersionKind::Target) &&
11644       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
11645     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11646     return true;
11647   }
11648 
11649   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
11650                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVKind)) {
11651     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11652     return true;
11653   }
11654 
11655   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
11656   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
11657     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11658     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11659     Redeclaration = true;
11660     OldDecl = OldFD;
11661     return false;
11662   }
11663 
11664   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11665   Redeclaration = false;
11666   OldDecl = nullptr;
11667   Previous.clear();
11668   return false;
11669 }
11670 
11671 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
11672 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
11673 ///
11674 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
11675 ///
11676 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
11677 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11678                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
11679                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
11680   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
11681   const auto *NewTVA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>();
11682   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
11683   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
11684   const auto *NewClones = NewFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>();
11685   MultiVersionKind MVKind = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
11686 
11687   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
11688   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint,
11689   // for 'target_version' only default is allowed.
11690   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
11691     if (MVKind != MultiVersionKind::None &&
11692         !(MVKind == MultiVersionKind::Target && !NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) &&
11693         !(MVKind == MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion &&
11694           NewTVA->isDefaultVersion())) {
11695       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
11696       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11697       return true;
11698     }
11699     return false;
11700   }
11701 
11702   const llvm::Triple &T = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
11703 
11704   // Target attribute on AArch64 is not used for multiversioning
11705   if (NewTA && T.isAArch64())
11706     return false;
11707 
11708   // Target attribute on RISCV is not used for multiversioning
11709   if (NewTA && T.isRISCV())
11710     return false;
11711 
11712   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
11713       !OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
11714           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11715     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
11716     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
11717     if (MVKind == MultiVersionKind::None)
11718       return false;
11719     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD);
11720   }
11721 
11722   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
11723 
11724   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVKind == MultiVersionKind::None)
11725     return false;
11726 
11727   // Multiversioned redeclarations aren't allowed to omit the attribute, except
11728   // for target_clones and target_version.
11729   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVKind == MultiVersionKind::None &&
11730       OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones &&
11731       OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion) {
11732     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
11733         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
11734     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11735     return true;
11736   }
11737 
11738   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
11739     switch (MVKind) {
11740     case MultiVersionKind::Target:
11741     case MultiVersionKind::TargetVersion:
11742       return CheckDeclarationCausesMultiVersioning(
11743           S, OldFD, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, Previous);
11744     case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones:
11745       if (OldFD->isUsed(false)) {
11746         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11747         return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
11748       }
11749       OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
11750       break;
11751 
11752     case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch:
11753     case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific:
11754     case MultiVersionKind::None:
11755       break;
11756     }
11757   }
11758 
11759   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
11760   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
11761   // still compatible with previous declarations.
11762   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewCPUDisp,
11763                                          NewCPUSpec, NewClones, Redeclaration,
11764                                          OldDecl, Previous);
11765 }
11766 
11767 static void CheckConstPureAttributesUsage(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) {
11768   bool IsPure = NewFD->hasAttr<PureAttr>();
11769   bool IsConst = NewFD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
11770 
11771   // If there are no pure or const attributes, there's nothing to check.
11772   if (!IsPure && !IsConst)
11773     return;
11774 
11775   // If the function is marked both pure and const, we retain the const
11776   // attribute because it makes stronger guarantees than the pure attribute, and
11777   // we drop the pure attribute explicitly to prevent later confusion about
11778   // semantics.
11779   if (IsPure && IsConst) {
11780     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_const_attr_with_pure_attr);
11781     NewFD->dropAttrs<PureAttr>();
11782   }
11783 
11784   // Constructors and destructors are functions which return void, so are
11785   // handled here as well.
11786   if (NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
11787     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_returns_void)
11788         << IsConst;
11789     NewFD->dropAttrs<PureAttr, ConstAttr>();
11790   }
11791 }
11792 
11793 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
11794                                     LookupResult &Previous,
11795                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization,
11796                                     bool DeclIsDefn) {
11797   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
11798          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
11799 
11800   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
11801   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
11802   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
11803   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11804                                !Previous.isShadowed();
11805 
11806   bool Redeclaration = false;
11807   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
11808   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
11809 
11810   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
11811   // the same name, if appropriate.
11812   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11813     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
11814     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
11815     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
11816     // function to the scope.
11817     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
11818       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11819       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
11820         Redeclaration = true;
11821         OldDecl = Candidate;
11822       }
11823     } else {
11824       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
11825       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
11826                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
11827       case Ovl_Match:
11828         Redeclaration = true;
11829         break;
11830 
11831       case Ovl_NonFunction:
11832         Redeclaration = true;
11833         break;
11834 
11835       case Ovl_Overload:
11836         Redeclaration = false;
11837         break;
11838       }
11839     }
11840   }
11841 
11842   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
11843   if (!Redeclaration &&
11844       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
11845     if (!Previous.empty()) {
11846       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
11847       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
11848       Redeclaration = true;
11849       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11850       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
11851 
11852       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
11853       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
11854           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
11855         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
11856           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
11857           Redeclaration = false;
11858           OldDecl = nullptr;
11859         }
11860       }
11861     }
11862   }
11863 
11864   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, Previous))
11865     return Redeclaration;
11866 
11867   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
11868   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
11869       PPC().CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
11870     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11871   }
11872 
11873   CheckConstPureAttributesUsage(*this, NewFD);
11874 
11875   // C++ [dcl.spec.auto.general]p12:
11876   //   Return type deduction for a templated function with a placeholder in its
11877   //   declared type occurs when the definition is instantiated even if the
11878   //   function body contains a return statement with a non-type-dependent
11879   //   operand.
11880   //
11881   // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
11882   //   An id-expression is type-dependent if it is a template-id that is not a
11883   //   concept-id and is dependent; or if its terminal name is:
11884   //   - [...]
11885   //   - associated by name lookup with one or more declarations of member
11886   //     functions of a class that is the current instantiation declared with a
11887   //     return type that contains a placeholder type,
11888   //   - [...]
11889   //
11890   // If this is a templated function with a placeholder in its return type,
11891   // make the placeholder type dependent since it won't be deduced until the
11892   // definition is instantiated. We do this here because it needs to happen
11893   // for implicitly instantiated member functions/member function templates.
11894   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
11895       (NewFD->isDependentContext() &&
11896        NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())) {
11897     const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
11898         NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11899     QualType NewReturnType = SubstAutoTypeDependent(FPT->getReturnType());
11900     NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(NewReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(),
11901                                            FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
11902   }
11903 
11904   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
11905   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
11906   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
11907   //
11908   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
11909   // definition of a static member function.
11910   //
11911   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
11912   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
11913   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
11914   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
11915       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
11916       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
11917     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
11918     if (OldDecl)
11919       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
11920     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
11921       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
11922         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11923       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
11924       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
11925       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
11926                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
11927 
11928       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
11929       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
11930       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
11931         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
11932         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
11933                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
11934           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
11935 
11936         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
11937           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
11938       }
11939     }
11940   }
11941 
11942   if (Redeclaration) {
11943     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
11944     // merged.
11945     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious,
11946                           DeclIsDefn)) {
11947       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11948       return Redeclaration;
11949     }
11950 
11951     Previous.clear();
11952     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
11953 
11954     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
11955             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
11956       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
11957       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
11958         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
11959       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
11960 
11961       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
11962       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
11963       // can add it as a redeclaration.
11964       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
11965 
11966       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
11967       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
11968         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
11969         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
11970       }
11971 
11972       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
11973       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
11974       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
11975           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
11976         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
11977         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
11978         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
11979         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
11980         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
11981           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
11982           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
11983           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
11984           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
11985         }
11986       }
11987 
11988     } else {
11989       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
11990         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
11991         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
11992         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
11993         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
11994           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
11995       }
11996     }
11997   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
11998              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
11999     assert((Previous.empty() ||
12000             llvm::any_of(Previous,
12001                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
12002                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
12003                          })) &&
12004            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
12005 
12006     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
12007       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
12008       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
12009     });
12010 
12011     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
12012       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12013            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
12014       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
12015            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
12016           << false;
12017 
12018       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
12019     }
12020   }
12021 
12022   if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
12023     OpenMP().ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD);
12024 
12025   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
12026 
12027   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12028     // C++-specific checks.
12029     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
12030       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
12031     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
12032                    dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
12033       // We check here for invalid destructor names.
12034       // If we have a friend destructor declaration that is dependent, we can't
12035       // diagnose right away because cases like this are still valid:
12036       // template <class T> struct A { friend T::X::~Y(); };
12037       // struct B { struct Y { ~Y(); }; using X = Y; };
12038       // template struct A<B>;
12039       if (NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FriendObjectKind::FOK_None ||
12040           !Destructor->getFunctionObjectParameterType()->isDependentType()) {
12041         CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
12042         QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
12043 
12044         DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
12045             Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
12046         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
12047           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
12048           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12049           return Redeclaration;
12050         }
12051       }
12052     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
12053       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
12054         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
12055 
12056       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
12057       // explicitly specialized.
12058       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
12059         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
12060             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
12061     }
12062 
12063     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
12064     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
12065       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
12066           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
12067           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
12068         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
12069       }
12070       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
12071         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
12072         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
12073         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
12074              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
12075 
12076       if (Method->isStatic())
12077         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
12078     }
12079 
12080     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
12081       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
12082 
12083     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
12084     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
12085         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
12086       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12087       return Redeclaration;
12088     }
12089 
12090     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
12091     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
12092         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
12093       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12094       return Redeclaration;
12095     }
12096 
12097     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
12098     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
12099     // during delayed parsing anyway.
12100     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
12101       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
12102 
12103     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
12104     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
12105     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
12106     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
12107     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
12108       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
12109       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
12110         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
12111             << NewFD << R;
12112       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
12113                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12114         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
12115     }
12116 
12117     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
12118     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
12119     //   [is] part of the function type
12120     //
12121     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
12122     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
12123     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
12124     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
12125     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
12126     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
12127       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
12128         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
12129         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
12130         // restricted prior to C++17.
12131         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
12132           T = RT->getPointeeType();
12133         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
12134           T = T->getPointeeType();
12135         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
12136           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
12137         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
12138           if (FPT->isNothrow())
12139             return true;
12140         return false;
12141       };
12142 
12143       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12144       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
12145       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
12146         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
12147       if (AnyNoexcept)
12148         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12149              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
12150             << NewFD;
12151     }
12152 
12153     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
12154       CUDA().checkTargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
12155   }
12156 
12157   // Check if the function definition uses any AArch64 SME features without
12158   // having the '+sme' feature enabled and warn user if sme locally streaming
12159   // function returns or uses arguments with VL-based types.
12160   if (DeclIsDefn) {
12161     const auto *Attr = NewFD->getAttr<ArmNewAttr>();
12162     bool UsesSM = NewFD->hasAttr<ArmLocallyStreamingAttr>();
12163     bool UsesZA = Attr && Attr->isNewZA();
12164     bool UsesZT0 = Attr && Attr->isNewZT0();
12165 
12166     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ArmLocallyStreamingAttr>()) {
12167       if (NewFD->getReturnType()->isSizelessVectorType())
12168         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12169              diag::warn_sme_locally_streaming_has_vl_args_returns)
12170             << /*IsArg=*/false;
12171       if (llvm::any_of(NewFD->parameters(), [](ParmVarDecl *P) {
12172             return P->getOriginalType()->isSizelessVectorType();
12173           }))
12174         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12175              diag::warn_sme_locally_streaming_has_vl_args_returns)
12176             << /*IsArg=*/true;
12177     }
12178     if (const auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
12179       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
12180       UsesSM |=
12181           EPI.AArch64SMEAttributes & FunctionType::SME_PStateSMEnabledMask;
12182       UsesZA |= FunctionType::getArmZAState(EPI.AArch64SMEAttributes) !=
12183                 FunctionType::ARM_None;
12184       UsesZT0 |= FunctionType::getArmZT0State(EPI.AArch64SMEAttributes) !=
12185                  FunctionType::ARM_None;
12186     }
12187 
12188     if (UsesSM || UsesZA) {
12189       llvm::StringMap<bool> FeatureMap;
12190       Context.getFunctionFeatureMap(FeatureMap, NewFD);
12191       if (!FeatureMap.contains("sme")) {
12192         if (UsesSM)
12193           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12194                diag::err_sme_definition_using_sm_in_non_sme_target);
12195         else
12196           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12197                diag::err_sme_definition_using_za_in_non_sme_target);
12198       }
12199     }
12200     if (UsesZT0) {
12201       llvm::StringMap<bool> FeatureMap;
12202       Context.getFunctionFeatureMap(FeatureMap, NewFD);
12203       if (!FeatureMap.contains("sme2")) {
12204         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
12205              diag::err_sme_definition_using_zt0_in_non_sme2_target);
12206       }
12207     }
12208   }
12209 
12210   return Redeclaration;
12211 }
12212 
12213 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
12214   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
12215   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
12216   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
12217   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
12218   //   appear in a declaration of main.
12219   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
12220   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
12221   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
12222     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12223          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
12224       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
12225   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
12226     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
12227       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
12228   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
12229     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
12230     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
12231     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
12232     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
12233       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
12234   }
12235   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
12236     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
12237         << FD->isConsteval()
12238         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
12239     FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
12240   }
12241 
12242   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12243     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
12244         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
12245     FD->setInvalidDecl();
12246     return;
12247   }
12248 
12249   // Functions named main in hlsl are default entries, but don't have specific
12250   // signatures they are required to conform to.
12251   if (getLangOpts().HLSL)
12252     return;
12253 
12254   QualType T = FD->getType();
12255   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
12256   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
12257 
12258   // Set default calling convention for main()
12259   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
12260     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
12261     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
12262     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
12263   }
12264 
12265   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12266     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
12267     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
12268     // implicit-return-zero rule.
12269 
12270     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
12271     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
12272       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
12273     else {
12274       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
12275       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
12276       if (RTRange.isValid())
12277         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
12278             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
12279     }
12280   } else {
12281     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
12282     // set the flag which tells us that.
12283     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
12284 
12285     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
12286     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
12287       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
12288     else {
12289       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
12290       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
12291       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
12292           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
12293                                 : FixItHint());
12294       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
12295     }
12296   }
12297 
12298   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
12299   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
12300 
12301   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
12302   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
12303   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
12304 
12305   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
12306 
12307   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
12308     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
12309     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
12310     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
12311   }
12312 
12313   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
12314   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
12315   // getting shifty.
12316   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
12317     HasExtraParameters = false;
12318 
12319   if (HasExtraParameters) {
12320     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
12321     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
12322     nparams = 3;
12323   }
12324 
12325   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
12326   // if we had some location information about types.
12327 
12328   QualType CharPP =
12329     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
12330   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
12331 
12332   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
12333     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
12334 
12335     bool mismatch = true;
12336 
12337     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
12338       mismatch = false;
12339     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
12340       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
12341       //   char const **
12342       //   char const * const *
12343       //   char * const *
12344 
12345       QualifierCollector qs;
12346       const PointerType* PT;
12347       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
12348           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
12349           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
12350                               Context.CharTy)) {
12351         qs.removeConst();
12352         mismatch = !qs.empty();
12353       }
12354     }
12355 
12356     if (mismatch) {
12357       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
12358       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
12359       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
12360     }
12361   }
12362 
12363   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12364     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
12365   }
12366 
12367   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
12368     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
12369     FD->setInvalidDecl();
12370   }
12371 }
12372 
12373 static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) {
12374 
12375   // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl
12376   if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain")
12377     return false;
12378 
12379   // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl
12380   const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
12381   if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
12382     return false;
12383 
12384   // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain
12385   // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows
12386   if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
12387     return true;
12388 
12389   return false;
12390 }
12391 
12392 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12393   QualType T = FD->getType();
12394   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
12395   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
12396 
12397   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
12398   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
12399   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
12400       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
12401       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
12402     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
12403     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
12404       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
12405 
12406   // Explicitly specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points
12407   if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) {
12408     if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) {
12409       if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) {
12410         FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(
12411             FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall));
12412         FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
12413       }
12414     } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
12415       FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT,
12416                                       FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
12417       FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
12418     }
12419   }
12420 
12421   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
12422     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
12423     FD->setInvalidDecl();
12424   }
12425 }
12426 
12427 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, unsigned DiagID) {
12428   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
12429   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
12430   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
12431   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
12432   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
12433   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
12434   //
12435   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
12436   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
12437   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
12438     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
12439            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
12440     return true;
12441   }
12442   const Expr *Culprit;
12443   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
12444     return false;
12445   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12446   return true;
12447 }
12448 
12449 namespace {
12450   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
12451   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
12452   class SelfReferenceChecker
12453       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
12454     Sema &S;
12455     Decl *OrigDecl;
12456     bool isRecordType;
12457     bool isPODType;
12458     bool isReferenceType;
12459 
12460     bool isInitList;
12461     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
12462 
12463   public:
12464     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
12465 
12466     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
12467                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
12468       isPODType = false;
12469       isRecordType = false;
12470       isReferenceType = false;
12471       isInitList = false;
12472       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
12473         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
12474         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
12475         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
12476       }
12477     }
12478 
12479     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
12480     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
12481     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
12482     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
12483       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
12484       if (!InitList) {
12485         Visit(E);
12486         return;
12487       }
12488 
12489       // Track and increment the index here.
12490       isInitList = true;
12491       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
12492       for (auto *Child : InitList->children()) {
12493         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
12494         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
12495       }
12496       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
12497     }
12498 
12499     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
12500     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
12501     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
12502       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
12503       Expr *Base = E;
12504       bool ReferenceField = false;
12505 
12506       // Get the field members used.
12507       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
12508         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
12509         if (!FD)
12510           return false;
12511         Fields.push_back(FD);
12512         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
12513           ReferenceField = true;
12514         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12515       }
12516 
12517       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
12518       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
12519       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
12520         return false;
12521 
12522       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
12523       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
12524         return true;
12525 
12526       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
12527       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
12528       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
12529         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
12530 
12531       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
12532       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
12533       // initialized, then the use is safe.
12534       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
12535                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
12536                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
12537                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
12538            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
12539         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
12540           return true;
12541         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
12542           break;
12543       }
12544 
12545       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
12546       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
12547       return true;
12548     }
12549 
12550     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
12551     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
12552     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
12553     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
12554       E = E->IgnoreParens();
12555       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
12556         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
12557         return;
12558       }
12559 
12560       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
12561         Visit(CO->getCond());
12562         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
12563         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
12564         return;
12565       }
12566 
12567       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
12568               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
12569         Visit(BCO->getCond());
12570         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
12571         return;
12572       }
12573 
12574       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
12575         if (Expr *SE = OVE->getSourceExpr())
12576           HandleValue(SE);
12577         return;
12578       }
12579 
12580       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
12581         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
12582           Visit(BO->getLHS());
12583           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
12584           return;
12585         }
12586       }
12587 
12588       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
12589         if (isInitList) {
12590           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
12591                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
12592             return;
12593         }
12594 
12595         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12596         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
12597           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
12598           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
12599             return;
12600           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12601         }
12602         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
12603           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
12604         return;
12605       }
12606 
12607       Visit(E);
12608     }
12609 
12610     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
12611     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
12612     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12613       if (isReferenceType)
12614         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
12615     }
12616 
12617     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
12618       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
12619         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
12620         return;
12621       }
12622 
12623       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
12624     }
12625 
12626     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
12627       if (isInitList) {
12628         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
12629           return;
12630       }
12631 
12632       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
12633       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
12634 
12635       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
12636       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
12637       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
12638       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
12639       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12640       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
12641         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
12642           Warn = false;
12643         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12644       }
12645 
12646       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
12647         if (Warn)
12648           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
12649         return;
12650       }
12651 
12652       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
12653       // Visit that expression.
12654       Visit(Base);
12655     }
12656 
12657     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
12658       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
12659 
12660       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
12661         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
12662 
12663       Visit(Callee);
12664       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
12665         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12666     }
12667 
12668     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
12669       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
12670       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
12671           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
12672         if (!isPODType)
12673           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
12674         return;
12675       }
12676 
12677       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
12678         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
12679         return;
12680       }
12681 
12682       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
12683     }
12684 
12685     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
12686 
12687     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
12688       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
12689         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
12690         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
12691           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
12692             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
12693         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
12694           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
12695             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
12696         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
12697         return;
12698       }
12699       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
12700     }
12701 
12702     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
12703       // Treat std::move as a use.
12704       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
12705         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
12706         return;
12707       }
12708 
12709       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
12710     }
12711 
12712     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
12713       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
12714         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
12715         Visit(E->getRHS());
12716         return;
12717       }
12718 
12719       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
12720     }
12721 
12722     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
12723     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
12724     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
12725     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
12726       Visit(E->getCond());
12727       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
12728     }
12729 
12730     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
12731       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
12732       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
12733       unsigned diag;
12734       if (isReferenceType) {
12735         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
12736       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
12737         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
12738       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
12739                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
12740                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
12741         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
12742       } else {
12743         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
12744         return;
12745       }
12746 
12747       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
12748                             S.PDiag(diag)
12749                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
12750                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
12751     }
12752   };
12753 
12754   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
12755   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
12756                                  bool DirectInit) {
12757     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
12758     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
12759     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
12760       return;
12761 
12762     E = E->IgnoreParens();
12763 
12764     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
12765     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
12766     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
12767       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
12768         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
12769           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
12770             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
12771               return;
12772 
12773     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
12774   }
12775 } // end anonymous namespace
12776 
12777 namespace {
12778   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
12779   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
12780   struct VarDeclOrName {
12781     VarDecl *VDecl;
12782     DeclarationName Name;
12783 
12784     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
12785     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
12786       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
12787     }
12788   };
12789 } // end anonymous namespace
12790 
12791 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
12792                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
12793                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
12794                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
12795                                             Expr *Init) {
12796   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
12797   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
12798          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
12799 
12800   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
12801 
12802   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
12803   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
12804 
12805   // Diagnose auto array declarations in C23, unless it's a supported extension.
12806   if (getLangOpts().C23 && Type->isArrayType() &&
12807       !isa_and_present<StringLiteral, InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12808       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_auto_not_allowed)
12809           << (int)Deduced->getContainedAutoType()->getKeyword()
12810           << /*in array decl*/ 23 << Range;
12811     return QualType();
12812   }
12813 
12814   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
12815   if (!Init) {
12816     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
12817 
12818     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
12819     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
12820     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
12821         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
12822         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
12823       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
12824         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
12825       return QualType();
12826     }
12827   }
12828 
12829   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
12830   if (Init)
12831     DeduceInits = Init;
12832 
12833   auto *PL = dyn_cast_if_present<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12834   if (DirectInit && PL)
12835     DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
12836 
12837   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
12838     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
12839     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12840     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12841         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12842     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
12843     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
12844     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
12845                                                        InitsCopy);
12846   }
12847 
12848   if (DirectInit) {
12849     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
12850       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
12851   }
12852 
12853   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
12854   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
12855     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
12856     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
12857     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
12858                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
12859                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
12860         << VN << Type << Range;
12861     return QualType();
12862   }
12863 
12864   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
12865     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
12866          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
12867                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
12868         << VN << Type << Range;
12869     return QualType();
12870   }
12871 
12872   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
12873   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
12874     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
12875                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
12876                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
12877         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
12878     return QualType();
12879   }
12880 
12881   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
12882   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
12883   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
12884       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
12885     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12886     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12887       return QualType();
12888     }
12889     Init = Result.get();
12890     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
12891   }
12892 
12893   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
12894   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
12895   //   is present, e has type cv A
12896   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
12897       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
12898       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
12899     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
12900                                     Type.getQualifiers());
12901 
12902   QualType DeducedType;
12903   TemplateDeductionInfo Info(DeduceInit->getExprLoc());
12904   TemplateDeductionResult Result =
12905       DeduceAutoType(TSI->getTypeLoc(), DeduceInit, DeducedType, Info);
12906   if (Result != TemplateDeductionResult::Success &&
12907       Result != TemplateDeductionResult::AlreadyDiagnosed) {
12908     if (!IsInitCapture)
12909       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
12910     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
12911       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
12912            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
12913           << VN
12914           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
12915                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
12916           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
12917     else
12918       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
12919           << VN << TSI->getType()
12920           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
12921                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
12922           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
12923   }
12924 
12925   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
12926   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
12927   // checks.
12928   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
12929   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
12930   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
12931       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
12932     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12933     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
12934   }
12935 
12936   return DeducedType;
12937 }
12938 
12939 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
12940                                          Expr *Init) {
12941   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
12942   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
12943       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
12944       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
12945   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
12946     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12947     return true;
12948   }
12949 
12950   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
12951   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
12952 
12953   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
12954   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && ObjC().inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
12955     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12956 
12957   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
12958     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
12959 
12960   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
12961   // the previously declared type.
12962   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
12963     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
12964     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
12965     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
12966   }
12967 
12968   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
12969   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
12970   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
12971 }
12972 
12973 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
12974                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
12975   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12976     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
12977 
12978   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
12979     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
12980 
12981   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12982   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12983           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
12984          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
12985   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12986     for (auto *I : ILE->inits()) {
12987       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
12988           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12989         continue;
12990       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
12991       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
12992     }
12993     return;
12994   }
12995 
12996   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
12997     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12998       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
12999                             NTCUK_Init);
13000   } else {
13001     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
13002     // object.
13003     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
13004     // copy-elision.
13005     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13006       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
13007   }
13008 }
13009 
13010 namespace {
13011 
13012 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
13013   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
13014   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
13015   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
13016   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
13017   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
13018   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
13019 }
13020 
13021 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
13022     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
13023                                     void> {
13024   using Super =
13025       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
13026                                     void>;
13027 
13028   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
13029       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
13030       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
13031       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
13032 
13033   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
13034                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13035     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
13036       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
13037                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
13038     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13039   }
13040 
13041   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
13042                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13043     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13044       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13045           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
13046   }
13047 
13048   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13049     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13050       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13051           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
13052   }
13053 
13054   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13055     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
13056     if (RD->isUnion()) {
13057       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
13058         bool IsUnion = false;
13059         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
13060           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
13061         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
13062             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
13063         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
13064         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
13065       }
13066       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
13067     }
13068 
13069     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13070       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13071           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
13072 
13073     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
13074       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
13075         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13076   }
13077 
13078   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13079 
13080   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
13081   // non-trivial C union.
13082   QualType OrigTy;
13083   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
13084   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
13085   Sema &S;
13086 };
13087 
13088 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
13089     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
13090   using Super =
13091       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
13092 
13093   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
13094       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
13095       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
13096       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
13097 
13098   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
13099                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13100     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
13101       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
13102                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
13103     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13104   }
13105 
13106   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
13107                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13108     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13109       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13110           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
13111   }
13112 
13113   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13114     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13115       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13116           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
13117   }
13118 
13119   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13120     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
13121     if (RD->isUnion()) {
13122       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
13123         bool IsUnion = false;
13124         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
13125           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
13126         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
13127             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
13128         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
13129         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
13130       }
13131       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
13132     }
13133 
13134     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13135       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13136           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
13137 
13138     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
13139       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
13140         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13141   }
13142 
13143   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13144   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
13145                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13146 
13147   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
13148   // non-trivial C union.
13149   QualType OrigTy;
13150   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
13151   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
13152   Sema &S;
13153 };
13154 
13155 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
13156     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
13157   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
13158 
13159   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
13160                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
13161                                  Sema &S)
13162       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
13163 
13164   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
13165                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13166     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
13167       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
13168                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
13169     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13170   }
13171 
13172   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
13173                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13174     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13175       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13176           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
13177   }
13178 
13179   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13180     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13181       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13182           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
13183   }
13184 
13185   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
13186     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
13187     if (RD->isUnion()) {
13188       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
13189         bool IsUnion = false;
13190         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
13191           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
13192         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
13193             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
13194         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
13195         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
13196       }
13197       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
13198     }
13199 
13200     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
13201       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
13202           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
13203 
13204     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
13205       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
13206         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
13207   }
13208 
13209   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
13210                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13211   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13212   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
13213                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
13214 
13215   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
13216   // non-trivial C union.
13217   QualType OrigTy;
13218   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
13219   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
13220   Sema &S;
13221 };
13222 
13223 } // namespace
13224 
13225 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
13226                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
13227                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
13228   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
13229           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13230           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
13231          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
13232 
13233   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
13234       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
13235     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
13236         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
13237   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
13238       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
13239     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
13240         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
13241   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13242     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
13243         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
13244 }
13245 
13246 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
13247   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
13248   // the initializer.
13249   if (!RealDecl) {
13250     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
13251     return;
13252   }
13253 
13254   if (auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
13255     if (!Method->isInvalidDecl()) {
13256       // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
13257       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
13258           << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
13259       Method->setInvalidDecl();
13260     }
13261     return;
13262   }
13263 
13264   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
13265   if (!VDecl) {
13266     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
13267     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
13268     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13269     return;
13270   }
13271 
13272   if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
13273     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
13274     SmallVector<Expr *> SubExprs;
13275     if (Res.isUsable())
13276       SubExprs.push_back(Res.get());
13277     ExprResult Recovery =
13278         CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), SubExprs);
13279     if (Expr *E = Recovery.get())
13280       VDecl->setInit(E);
13281     return;
13282   }
13283 
13284   // WebAssembly tables can't be used to initialise a variable.
13285   if (Init && !Init->getType().isNull() &&
13286       Init->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) {
13287     Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_wasm_table_art) << 0;
13288     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13289     return;
13290   }
13291 
13292   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
13293   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
13294     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
13295     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
13296     // TypoExpr.
13297     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
13298     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
13299       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
13300       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
13301       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13302       return;
13303     }
13304     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
13305       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
13306       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13307       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
13308       return;
13309     }
13310     Init = Res.get();
13311 
13312     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
13313       return;
13314   }
13315 
13316   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
13317   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
13318     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
13319     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13320     return;
13321   }
13322 
13323   // C99 6.7.8p5. If the declaration of an identifier has block scope, and
13324   // the identifier has external or internal linkage, the declaration shall
13325   // have no initializer for the identifier.
13326   // C++14 [dcl.init]p5 is the same restriction for C++.
13327   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
13328     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
13329     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13330     return;
13331   }
13332 
13333   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
13334     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
13335     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
13336     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
13337     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
13338     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
13339       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
13340     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
13341                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
13342       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13343       return;
13344     }
13345 
13346     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
13347     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
13348                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13349                                AbstractVariableType))
13350       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13351   }
13352 
13353   // C++ [module.import/6] external definitions are not permitted in header
13354   // units.
13355   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlusModules && currentModuleIsHeaderUnit() &&
13356       !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && VDecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13357       VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == Linkage::External && !VDecl->isInline() &&
13358       !VDecl->isTemplated() && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(VDecl) &&
13359       !VDecl->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
13360     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_def_in_header_unit);
13361     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13362   }
13363 
13364   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
13365   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
13366   // handle the situation.
13367   if (VarDecl *Def = VDecl->getDefinition())
13368     if (Def != VDecl &&
13369         (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
13370         !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
13371         checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
13372       return;
13373 
13374   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13375     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
13376     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
13377     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
13378     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
13379     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
13380     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
13381     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
13382     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
13383     //
13384     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
13385     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
13386     // declaration with an initializer.
13387     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
13388       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
13389           << VDecl->getDeclName();
13390       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
13391            diag::note_previous_initializer)
13392           << 0;
13393       return;
13394     }
13395 
13396     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
13397       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13398 
13399     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
13400       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13401       return;
13402     }
13403   }
13404 
13405   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
13406   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
13407   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
13408     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
13409     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13410     return;
13411   }
13412 
13413   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
13414   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
13415     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
13416     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13417     return;
13418   }
13419 
13420   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
13421   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
13422   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
13423 
13424   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
13425   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
13426   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
13427       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
13428     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
13429     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
13430       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13431       return;
13432     }
13433     Init = Result.get();
13434   }
13435 
13436   // Perform the initialization.
13437   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
13438   bool IsParenListInit = false;
13439   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
13440     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
13441     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
13442         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
13443 
13444     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
13445     if (CXXDirectInit)
13446       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
13447                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
13448 
13449     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
13450     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
13451       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
13452           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
13453           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
13454             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
13455             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
13456           });
13457       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
13458         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13459       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
13460         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
13461       }
13462     }
13463     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
13464       return;
13465 
13466     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
13467                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
13468                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
13469     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
13470     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
13471       // If the provided initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
13472       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
13473       auto RecoveryExpr =
13474           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
13475       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
13476         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
13477       // In general, for error recovery purposes, the initializer doesn't play
13478       // part in the valid bit of the declaration. There are a few exceptions:
13479       //  1) if the var decl has a deduced auto type, and the type cannot be
13480       //     deduced by an invalid initializer;
13481       //  2) if the var decl is a decomposition decl with a non-deduced type,
13482       //      and the initialization fails (e.g. `int [a] = {1, 2};`);
13483       // Case 1) was already handled elsewhere.
13484       if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl)) // Case 2)
13485         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13486       return;
13487     }
13488 
13489     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
13490     IsParenListInit = !InitSeq.steps().empty() &&
13491                       InitSeq.step_begin()->Kind ==
13492                           InitializationSequence::SK_ParenthesizedListInit;
13493     QualType VDeclType = VDecl->getType();
13494     if (Init && !Init->getType().isNull() &&
13495         !Init->getType()->isDependentType() && !VDeclType->isDependentType() &&
13496         Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(VDeclType) &&
13497         Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Init->getType())) {
13498       // Bail out if it is not possible to deduce array size from the
13499       // initializer.
13500       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
13501           << VDeclType;
13502       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13503       return;
13504     }
13505   }
13506 
13507   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
13508   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
13509   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
13510   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
13511   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13512     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
13513         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())
13514       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
13515 
13516   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
13517   // completed by the initializer. For example:
13518   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
13519   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
13520   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
13521     VDecl->setType(DclT);
13522 
13523   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
13524     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
13525 
13526     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
13527       ObjC().checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
13528 
13529     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
13530     // Although this code can still have problems:
13531     //   id x = self.weakProp;
13532     //   id y = self.weakProp;
13533     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
13534     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
13535     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
13536     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
13537       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
13538            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
13539           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
13540                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
13541         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
13542   }
13543 
13544   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
13545   //
13546   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
13547   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
13548   // full-expression. For instance, in:
13549   //
13550   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
13551   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
13552   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
13553   //
13554   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
13555   ExprResult Result =
13556       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
13557                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
13558   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
13559     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13560     return;
13561   }
13562   Init = Result.get();
13563 
13564   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
13565   VDecl->setInit(Init);
13566 
13567   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
13568     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
13569     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
13570       // do nothing
13571 
13572     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
13573     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
13574     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
13575       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init);
13576 
13577       // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
13578     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13579       // do nothing
13580 
13581     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
13582     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
13583     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
13584       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init);
13585 
13586       // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
13587       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
13588       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
13589       // constant expressions.
13590     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
13591                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
13592       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant);
13593     }
13594 
13595     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
13596       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
13597         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
13598           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
13599   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
13600              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
13601     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
13602     //
13603     // struct S {
13604     //   static const int value = 17;
13605     // };
13606 
13607     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
13608     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
13609     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
13610     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
13611     //
13612     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
13613     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
13614     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
13615     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
13616     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
13617     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
13618     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
13619     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
13620     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
13621 
13622     // Do nothing on dependent types.
13623     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
13624 
13625     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
13626     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
13627     // type.
13628     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
13629 
13630     // Require constness.
13631     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
13632       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
13633         << Init->getSourceRange();
13634       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13635 
13636     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
13637     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13638       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
13639       SourceLocation Loc;
13640       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
13641         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
13642         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
13643         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
13644       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
13645         ; // Nothing to check.
13646       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
13647         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
13648       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
13649                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
13650         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
13651       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
13652         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
13653         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
13654         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
13655           << Init->getSourceRange();
13656       } else {
13657         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
13658         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
13659         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
13660           << Init->getSourceRange();
13661         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13662       }
13663 
13664     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
13665     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
13666       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
13667       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
13668       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13669         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
13670              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
13671             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
13672         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
13673              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
13674             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
13675       } else {
13676         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
13677           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
13678 
13679         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
13680           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
13681             << Init->getSourceRange();
13682           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13683         }
13684       }
13685 
13686     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
13687     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
13688       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
13689           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
13690           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
13691       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
13692 
13693     } else {
13694       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
13695         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
13696       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13697     }
13698   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
13699     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
13700     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an initializer makes it a
13701     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
13702     // In C++, extern is often used to give implicitly static const variables
13703     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
13704     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
13705     // C++ rules.
13706     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
13707         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
13708          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
13709         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
13710         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
13711       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
13712 
13713     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
13714     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
13715     // __declspec(dllexport).
13716     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
13717         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
13718         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
13719       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
13720 
13721     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
13722     // Avoid duplicate diagnostics for constexpr variables.
13723     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
13724         !VDecl->isConstexpr())
13725       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init);
13726   }
13727 
13728   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
13729   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
13730       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
13731        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
13732     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
13733 
13734   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
13735   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
13736   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
13737   //
13738   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
13739   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
13740   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
13741   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
13742   // special case code.
13743 
13744   // C++ 8.5p11:
13745   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
13746   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
13747   // class type.
13748   if (CXXDirectInit) {
13749     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
13750     VDecl->setInitStyle(IsParenListInit ? VarDecl::ParenListInit
13751                                         : VarDecl::CallInit);
13752   } else if (DirectInit) {
13753     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
13754     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
13755   }
13756 
13757   if (LangOpts.OpenMP &&
13758       (LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice || !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty()) &&
13759       VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
13760     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(VDecl);
13761   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
13762 }
13763 
13764 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
13765   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
13766   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
13767   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
13768 
13769   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
13770   if (!VD) return;
13771 
13772   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
13773   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
13774     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
13775       BD->setInvalidDecl();
13776 
13777   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
13778   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
13779     D->setInvalidDecl();
13780     return;
13781   }
13782 
13783   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
13784   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
13785 
13786   // Require a complete type.
13787   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
13788                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
13789                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
13790     VD->setInvalidDecl();
13791     return;
13792   }
13793 
13794   // Require a non-abstract type.
13795   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
13796                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13797                              AbstractVariableType)) {
13798     VD->setInvalidDecl();
13799     return;
13800   }
13801 
13802   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
13803   // though.
13804 }
13805 
13806 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
13807   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
13808   if (!RealDecl)
13809     return;
13810 
13811   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
13812     QualType Type = Var->getType();
13813 
13814     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
13815     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
13816       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
13817       Var->setInvalidDecl();
13818       return;
13819     }
13820 
13821     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
13822         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
13823       return;
13824 
13825     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
13826     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
13827     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
13828     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
13829     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
13830     // member.
13831     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13832         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
13833       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
13834         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
13835         // a definition there.
13836         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
13837             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
13838           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
13839                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
13840               << Var;
13841           Var->setInvalidDecl();
13842           return;
13843         }
13844       } else {
13845         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
13846         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13847         return;
13848       }
13849     }
13850 
13851     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
13852     // be initialized.
13853     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
13854         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
13855         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
13856       bool HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = false;
13857       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
13858         for (auto *Ctor : RD->ctors()) {
13859           if (Ctor->isConstexpr() && Ctor->getNumParams() == 0 &&
13860               Ctor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace() ==
13861                   LangAS::opencl_constant) {
13862             HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = true;
13863           }
13864         }
13865       }
13866       if (!HasConstExprDefaultConstructor) {
13867         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
13868         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13869         return;
13870       }
13871     }
13872 
13873     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
13874       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
13875         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
13876             << Var;
13877         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13878         return;
13879       }
13880       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
13881                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
13882         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13883         return;
13884       }
13885       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
13886         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
13887           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
13888           Var->setInvalidDecl();
13889           return;
13890         }
13891       }
13892       // The declaration is uninitialized, no need for further checks.
13893       return;
13894     }
13895 
13896     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
13897     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
13898         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
13899       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
13900                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
13901 
13902 
13903     switch (DefKind) {
13904     case VarDecl::Definition:
13905       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
13906         break;
13907 
13908       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
13909       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
13910       // a declaration.
13911       //
13912       [[fallthrough]];
13913 
13914     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
13915       // It's only a declaration.
13916 
13917       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
13918       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
13919       // object shall be complete.
13920       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
13921           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
13922           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
13923                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
13924         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13925 
13926       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
13927       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
13928           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
13929                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13930                                  AbstractVariableType))
13931         Var->setInvalidDecl();
13932       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
13933           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
13934         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
13935         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
13936       }
13937 
13938       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() &&
13939           !Var->isInvalidDecl())
13940         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
13941 
13942       return;
13943 
13944     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
13945       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
13946       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
13947       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
13948       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
13949       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
13950       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
13951         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
13952                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
13953           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
13954                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
13955                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
13956             Var->setInvalidDecl();
13957         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
13958           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
13959           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
13960           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
13961           // NOTE: code such as the following
13962           //     static struct s;
13963           //     struct s { int a; };
13964           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
13965           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
13966           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
13967           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
13968             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
13969                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
13970         }
13971       }
13972 
13973       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
13974       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
13975         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
13976       return;
13977     }
13978 
13979     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
13980     // definitions with incomplete array type.
13981     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
13982       if (Var->isConstexpr())
13983         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13984             << Var;
13985       else
13986         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
13987              diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
13988       Var->setInvalidDecl();
13989       return;
13990     }
13991 
13992     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
13993     // definitions with reference type.
13994     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
13995       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
13996           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
13997       return;
13998     }
13999 
14000     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
14001     // variable with dependent type.
14002     if (Type->isDependentType())
14003       return;
14004 
14005     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
14006       return;
14007 
14008     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
14009       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
14010                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
14011                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
14012         Var->setInvalidDecl();
14013         return;
14014       }
14015     } else {
14016       return;
14017     }
14018 
14019     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
14020     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
14021                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14022                                AbstractVariableType)) {
14023       Var->setInvalidDecl();
14024       return;
14025     }
14026 
14027     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
14028     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
14029     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
14030     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
14031     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
14032     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
14033     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
14034     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
14035     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
14036     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
14037     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
14038       if (const RecordType *Record
14039             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14040         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
14041         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
14042         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
14043         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
14044         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
14045           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
14046       }
14047     }
14048     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
14049     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
14050     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
14051         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
14052       return;
14053     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
14054     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
14055     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
14056     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
14057     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
14058     //   type shall have a user-declared default
14059     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
14060     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
14061     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
14062     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
14063     //   program is ill-formed.
14064     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
14065     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
14066     //   default-initialized; [...].
14067     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
14068     InitializationKind Kind
14069       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
14070 
14071     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, std::nullopt);
14072     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, std::nullopt);
14073 
14074     if (Init.get()) {
14075       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
14076       // This is important for template substitution.
14077       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
14078     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
14079       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
14080       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
14081       auto RecoveryExpr =
14082           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
14083       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
14084         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
14085     }
14086 
14087     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
14088   }
14089 }
14090 
14091 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
14092   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
14093   if (!D)
14094     return;
14095 
14096   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
14097   if (!VD) {
14098     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
14099     D->setInvalidDecl();
14100     return;
14101   }
14102 
14103   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
14104 
14105   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
14106   int Error = -1;
14107   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
14108   case SC_None:
14109     break;
14110   case SC_Extern:
14111     Error = 0;
14112     break;
14113   case SC_Static:
14114     Error = 1;
14115     break;
14116   case SC_PrivateExtern:
14117     Error = 2;
14118     break;
14119   case SC_Auto:
14120     Error = 3;
14121     break;
14122   case SC_Register:
14123     Error = 4;
14124     break;
14125   }
14126 
14127   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't.
14128   switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) {
14129   case TSCS_thread_local:
14130     Error = 6;
14131     break;
14132   case TSCS___thread:
14133   case TSCS__Thread_local:
14134   case TSCS_unspecified:
14135     break;
14136   }
14137 
14138   if (Error != -1) {
14139     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
14140         << VD << Error;
14141     D->setInvalidDecl();
14142   }
14143 }
14144 
14145 StmtResult Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
14146                                             IdentifierInfo *Ident,
14147                                             ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14148   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
14149   //   A range-based for statement of the form
14150   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
14151   //   is equivalent to
14152   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
14153   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
14154 
14155   const char *PrevSpec;
14156   unsigned DiagID;
14157   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
14158                      getPrintingPolicy());
14159 
14160   Declarator D(DS, ParsedAttributesView::none(), DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
14161   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
14162   D.takeAttributes(Attrs);
14163 
14164   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
14165                 IdentLoc);
14166   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
14167   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
14168   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
14169   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
14170                        Attrs.Range.getEnd().isValid() ? Attrs.Range.getEnd()
14171                                                       : IdentLoc);
14172 }
14173 
14174 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
14175   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
14176 
14177   CUDA().MaybeAddConstantAttr(var);
14178 
14179   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14180     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
14181     // initialiser
14182     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
14183         !var->hasInit()) {
14184       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
14185           << 1 /*Init*/;
14186       var->setInvalidDecl();
14187       return;
14188     }
14189   }
14190 
14191   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
14192   // local retaining variable.
14193   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
14194       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
14195     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
14196     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
14197     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
14198     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
14199       break;
14200 
14201     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
14202     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
14203       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
14204       break;
14205     }
14206   }
14207 
14208   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
14209       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
14210     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
14211 
14212   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
14213   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
14214   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
14215   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
14216   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
14217   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
14218       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
14219       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
14220       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
14221       var->getStorageClass() != SC_Register &&
14222       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
14223       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
14224       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
14225                                   var->getLocation())) {
14226     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
14227     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
14228     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
14229       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
14230 
14231     if (!prev) {
14232       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
14233       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14234           << /* variable */ 0;
14235     }
14236   }
14237 
14238   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
14239   std::optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
14240   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
14241   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
14242     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
14243       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
14244             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
14245     return *CacheHasConstInit;
14246   };
14247 
14248   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
14249     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
14250       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
14251       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
14252       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
14253       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
14254       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14255         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
14256     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
14257       if (!checkConstInit()) {
14258         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
14259         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
14260         //   initialization.
14261         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
14262         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
14263           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
14264         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14265           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
14266       }
14267     }
14268   }
14269 
14270 
14271   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
14272       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
14273     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
14274     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
14275     if (NumInits > 2)
14276       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
14277         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
14278         if (!Init)
14279           break;
14280         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
14281         if (!SL)
14282           break;
14283 
14284         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
14285         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
14286         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
14287         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
14288         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
14289           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
14290           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
14291             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
14292             if (!Init)
14293               break;
14294             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
14295             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
14296               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
14297               break;
14298             }
14299           }
14300 
14301           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
14302             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
14303             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
14304               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
14305                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
14306 
14307             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
14308                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
14309                 << Hints;
14310             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
14311                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
14312           }
14313           // In any case, stop now.
14314           break;
14315         }
14316       }
14317   }
14318 
14319 
14320   QualType type = var->getType();
14321 
14322   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
14323     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
14324 
14325   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
14326   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
14327   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
14328   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
14329   bool HasConstInit = true;
14330 
14331   if (getLangOpts().C23 && var->isConstexpr() && !Init)
14332     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
14333         << var;
14334 
14335   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
14336   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || (getLangOpts().C23 && var->isConstexpr())) &&
14337       !type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() &&
14338       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
14339        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
14340     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
14341     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
14342     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
14343     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
14344     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
14345     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !getLangOpts().C23) {
14346       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
14347       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
14348       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
14349       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
14350       // -Wglobal-constructors.
14351       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
14352 
14353       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
14354       // constant initializer.
14355       if (HasConstInit) {
14356         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
14357         Notes.clear();
14358       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
14359         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
14360                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
14361         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
14362       }
14363     } else {
14364       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
14365       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
14366     }
14367 
14368     if (HasConstInit) {
14369       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
14370     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
14371       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
14372       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
14373       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
14374       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
14375                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
14376         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
14377         Notes.clear();
14378       }
14379       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
14380           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
14381       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
14382         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
14383     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
14384       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
14385       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
14386           << Init->getSourceRange();
14387       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
14388           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
14389       for (auto &it : Notes)
14390         Diag(it.first, it.second);
14391     } else if (IsGlobal &&
14392                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
14393                                            var->getLocation())) {
14394       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
14395       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
14396       // warned about them.
14397       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
14398       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
14399         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
14400         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
14401         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
14402         if (!checkConstInit())
14403           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
14404               << Init->getSourceRange();
14405       }
14406     }
14407   }
14408 
14409   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
14410   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
14411       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
14412     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
14413     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
14414     bool MSVCEnv =
14415         Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
14416     std::optional<QualType::NonConstantStorageReason> Reason;
14417     if (HasConstInit &&
14418         !(Reason = var->getType().isNonConstantStorage(Context, true, false))) {
14419       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
14420     } else {
14421       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
14422       Stack = var->hasInit() && HasConstInit ? &DataSegStack : &BSSSegStack;
14423     }
14424     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
14425       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
14426         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
14427       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
14428     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
14429       if (Stack != &ConstSegStack && MSVCEnv &&
14430           ConstSegStack.CurrentValue != ConstSegStack.DefaultValue &&
14431           var->getType().isConstQualified()) {
14432         assert((!Reason || Reason != QualType::NonConstantStorageReason::
14433                                          NonConstNonReferenceType) &&
14434                "This case should've already been handled elsewhere");
14435         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_section_msvc_compat)
14436                 << var << ConstSegStack.CurrentValue << (int)(!HasConstInit
14437             ? QualType::NonConstantStorageReason::NonTrivialCtor
14438             : *Reason);
14439       }
14440       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
14441       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
14442       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionName,
14443                                                Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
14444                                                SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
14445       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
14446         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
14447     }
14448 
14449     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
14450     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
14451     // attribute.
14452     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
14453       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
14454                                                CurInitSegLoc));
14455   }
14456 
14457   // All the following checks are C++ only.
14458   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14459     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
14460     // current module.
14461     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
14462       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
14463     return;
14464   }
14465 
14466   // Require the destructor.
14467   if (!type->isDependentType())
14468     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
14469       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
14470 
14471   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
14472   // module.
14473   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
14474     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
14475 
14476   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
14477   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
14478     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
14479 }
14480 
14481 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
14482   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
14483 
14484   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
14485 
14486   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
14487   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
14488          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
14489          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
14490     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
14491   }
14492 
14493   if (!FD)
14494     return;
14495 
14496   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
14497   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
14498     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
14499     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
14500     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
14501   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
14502     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
14503     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
14504     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
14505 
14506     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
14507     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
14508     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
14509       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
14510 
14511   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
14512     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
14513     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
14514     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
14515   }
14516 }
14517 
14518 void Sema::CheckThreadLocalForLargeAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
14519   assert(VD->getTLSKind());
14520 
14521   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
14522   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
14523   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
14524   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
14525     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
14526     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
14527     if (!VD->hasDependentAlignment()) {
14528       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
14529       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
14530         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
14531             << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
14532             << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
14533       }
14534     }
14535   }
14536 }
14537 
14538 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
14539   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
14540   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
14541 
14542   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
14543   if (!VD)
14544     return;
14545 
14546   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
14547   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
14548       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
14549     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
14550       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
14551           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
14552           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation));
14553     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
14554       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
14555           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
14556           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation));
14557     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
14558       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
14559           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
14560           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation));
14561     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
14562       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
14563           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
14564           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation));
14565   }
14566 
14567   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
14568     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
14569       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
14570     }
14571   }
14572 
14573   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
14574 
14575   if (VD->isStaticLocal())
14576     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
14577 
14578   if (VD->getTLSKind())
14579     CheckThreadLocalForLargeAlignment(VD);
14580 
14581   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
14582   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
14583   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
14584   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
14585   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
14586   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
14587     CUDA().checkAllowedInitializer(VD);
14588 
14589   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
14590   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
14591 
14592   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
14593   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
14594     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
14595         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
14596       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
14597       // with a warning.
14598       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
14599         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
14600       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
14601           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
14602           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
14603 
14604       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
14605            IsClassTemplateMember
14606                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
14607                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
14608       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14609       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
14610         VD->setInvalidDecl();
14611     }
14612   }
14613 
14614   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
14615   // isn't exported with the variable.
14616   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
14617     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
14618     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
14619       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
14620       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
14621       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
14622       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
14623     } else {
14624       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
14625                                                                     << DLLAttr;
14626       VD->setInvalidDecl();
14627     }
14628   }
14629 
14630   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
14631     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
14632       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
14633           << Attr;
14634       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
14635     }
14636   }
14637   if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
14638     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
14639       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
14640           << Attr;
14641       VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>();
14642     }
14643   }
14644 
14645   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
14646   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
14647   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
14648   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
14649     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
14650 
14651   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
14652   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
14653     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
14654 
14655   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
14656   // tag values.
14657   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
14658       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
14659     return;
14660 
14661   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
14662     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
14663     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
14664       continue;
14665     }
14666     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
14667     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
14668       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
14669            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
14670         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
14671       continue;
14672     }
14673     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
14674       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
14675            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
14676         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
14677       continue;
14678     }
14679     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
14680     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
14681                                MagicValue,
14682                                I->getMatchingCType(),
14683                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
14684                                I->getMustBeNull());
14685   }
14686 }
14687 
14688 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
14689   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
14690   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
14691 }
14692 
14693 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
14694                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
14695   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
14696 
14697   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
14698     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
14699 
14700   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
14701   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
14702   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
14703   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
14704   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
14705 
14706   for (Decl *D : Group) {
14707     if (!D)
14708       continue;
14709     // Check if the Decl has been declared in '#pragma omp declare target'
14710     // directive and has static storage duration.
14711     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
14712         LangOpts.OpenMP && VD && VD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>() &&
14713         VD->hasGlobalStorage())
14714       OpenMP().ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetInitializer(D);
14715     // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
14716     // to perform.
14717     if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
14718       if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
14719         FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
14720       if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
14721         FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
14722       if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
14723           !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
14724         FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
14725 
14726       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
14727         // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
14728         // declaration in the same group.
14729         if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
14730           Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
14731                diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
14732               << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
14733               << DD->getSourceRange();
14734           DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
14735         }
14736 
14737         // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
14738         // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
14739         // declarator in the same group.
14740         if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
14741           Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
14742                diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
14743               << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
14744                      ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
14745               << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
14746               << DD->getSourceRange();
14747           DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
14748         }
14749       }
14750     }
14751 
14752     Decls.push_back(D);
14753   }
14754 
14755   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
14756     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
14757       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
14758       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
14759           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14760         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
14761     }
14762   }
14763 
14764   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
14765 }
14766 
14767 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
14768 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
14769   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
14770   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
14771   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
14772   if (Group.size() > 1) {
14773     QualType Deduced;
14774     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
14775     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14776       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
14777       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
14778         break;
14779       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
14780       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
14781         continue;
14782       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
14783         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
14784         DeducedDecl = D;
14785       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
14786         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
14787         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
14788                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
14789                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
14790                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
14791                    << D->getDeclName();
14792         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
14793           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
14794         if (D->getInit())
14795           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
14796         D->setInvalidDecl();
14797         break;
14798       }
14799     }
14800   }
14801 
14802   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
14803 
14804   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
14805       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
14806 }
14807 
14808 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
14809   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
14810 }
14811 
14812 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
14813   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
14814   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
14815     return;
14816 
14817   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
14818                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
14819       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
14820                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
14821     return;
14822 
14823   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
14824     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
14825     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
14826     // additional declaration references:
14827     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
14828     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
14829     //   'struct S *pS;'
14830     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
14831     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
14832     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
14833       Group = Group.slice(1);
14834     }
14835   }
14836 
14837   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
14838   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
14839   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
14840   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
14841 }
14842 
14843 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
14844   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
14845   // parameter.
14846   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14847     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
14848 
14849   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
14850   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
14851     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
14852       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
14853   }
14854 
14855   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
14856   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
14857   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
14858   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
14859     break;
14860 
14861   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
14862   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
14863   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
14864   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
14865   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
14866   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
14867   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
14868     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
14869       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
14870     break;
14871 
14872   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
14873   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
14874     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
14875     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
14876     break;
14877   }
14878 }
14879 
14880 static void CheckExplicitObjectParameter(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *P,
14881                                          SourceLocation ExplicitThisLoc) {
14882   if (!ExplicitThisLoc.isValid())
14883     return;
14884   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14885          "explicit parameter in non-cplusplus mode");
14886   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
14887     S.Diag(ExplicitThisLoc, diag::err_cxx20_deducing_this)
14888         << P->getSourceRange();
14889 
14890   // C++2b [dcl.fct/7] An explicit object parameter shall not be a function
14891   // parameter pack.
14892   if (P->isParameterPack()) {
14893     S.Diag(P->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_explicit_object_parameter_pack)
14894         << P->getSourceRange();
14895     return;
14896   }
14897   P->setExplicitObjectParameterLoc(ExplicitThisLoc);
14898   if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda())
14899     LSI->ExplicitObjectParameter = P;
14900 }
14901 
14902 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
14903                                  SourceLocation ExplicitThisLoc) {
14904   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
14905 
14906   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
14907 
14908   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
14909   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
14910   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
14911     SC = SC_Register;
14912     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
14913     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
14914     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
14915       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
14916            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
14917                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
14918         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
14919     }
14920   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14921              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
14922     SC = SC_Auto;
14923   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
14924     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
14925          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
14926     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
14927   }
14928 
14929   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
14930     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
14931       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
14932   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
14933     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
14934         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
14935   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
14936     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
14937         << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
14938 
14939   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
14940 
14941   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
14942 
14943   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D);
14944   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
14945 
14946   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
14947   const IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14948   if (II) {
14949     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
14950                    RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
14951     LookupName(R, S);
14952     if (!R.empty()) {
14953       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *R.begin();
14954       if (R.isSingleResult() && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14955         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14956         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
14957         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14958         PrevDecl = nullptr;
14959       }
14960       if (PrevDecl && S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
14961         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
14962         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14963         // Recover by removing the name
14964         II = nullptr;
14965         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
14966         D.setInvalidType(true);
14967       }
14968     }
14969   }
14970 
14971   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
14972   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
14973   // looking like class members in C++.
14974   ParmVarDecl *New =
14975       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
14976                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
14977 
14978   if (D.isInvalidType())
14979     New->setInvalidDecl();
14980 
14981   CheckExplicitObjectParameter(*this, New, ExplicitThisLoc);
14982 
14983   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
14984   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
14985   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
14986                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
14987 
14988   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
14989   S->AddDecl(New);
14990   if (II)
14991     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
14992 
14993   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
14994 
14995   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14996     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
14997         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
14998         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
14999 
15000   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
15001     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
15002   }
15003 
15004   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
15005     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
15006 
15007   return New;
15008 }
15009 
15010 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
15011                                               SourceLocation Loc,
15012                                               QualType T) {
15013   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
15014      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
15015      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
15016   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
15017                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
15018                                            SC_None, nullptr);
15019   Param->setImplicit();
15020   return Param;
15021 }
15022 
15023 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
15024   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
15025   // will already have done so in the template itself.
15026   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
15027     return;
15028 
15029   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
15030     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
15031         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() &&
15032         !Parameter->getIdentifier()->isPlaceholder()) {
15033       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
15034         << Parameter->getDeclName();
15035     }
15036   }
15037 }
15038 
15039 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
15040     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
15041   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
15042     return;
15043 
15044   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
15045   // threshold.
15046   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
15047     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
15048     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
15049       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
15050   }
15051 
15052   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
15053   // threshold.
15054   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
15055     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
15056     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
15057       continue;
15058     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
15059     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
15060       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
15061           << Parameter << Size;
15062   }
15063 }
15064 
15065 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
15066                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
15067                                   const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType T,
15068                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, StorageClass SC) {
15069   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
15070   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
15071       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
15072       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
15073 
15074     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
15075 
15076     // Special cases for arrays:
15077     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
15078     //   - otherwise, it's an error
15079     if (T->isArrayType()) {
15080       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
15081         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
15082           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
15083               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
15084               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
15085         else
15086           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
15087               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
15088       }
15089       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
15090     } else {
15091       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
15092     }
15093     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
15094   }
15095 
15096   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
15097                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
15098                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
15099 
15100   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
15101   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
15102   // lambda scope.
15103   if (New->isParameterPack())
15104     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
15105       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
15106 
15107   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
15108       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
15109     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
15110                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
15111 
15112   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
15113   // passed by reference.
15114   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
15115     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
15116         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
15117     Diag(NameLoc,
15118          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
15119       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
15120     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
15121     New->setType(T);
15122   }
15123 
15124   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
15125   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
15126   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
15127   // an address space.
15128   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
15129       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
15130       // to be qualified with an address space.
15131       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
15132         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private)) &&
15133       // WebAssembly allows reference types as parameters. Funcref in particular
15134       // lives in a different address space.
15135       !(T->isFunctionPointerType() &&
15136         T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::wasm_funcref)) {
15137     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
15138     New->setInvalidDecl();
15139   }
15140 
15141   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
15142   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
15143       PPC().CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
15144     New->setInvalidDecl();
15145   }
15146 
15147   return New;
15148 }
15149 
15150 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
15151                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
15152   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
15153 
15154   // C99 6.9.1p6 "If a declarator includes an identifier list, each declaration
15155   // in the declaration list shall have at least one declarator, those
15156   // declarators shall only declare identifiers from the identifier list, and
15157   // every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared.
15158   //
15159   // C89 3.7.1p5 "If a declarator includes an identifier list, only the
15160   // identifiers it names shall be declared in the declaration list."
15161   //
15162   // This is why we only diagnose in C99 and later. Note, the other conditions
15163   // listed are checked elsewhere.
15164   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
15165     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
15166       --i;
15167       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
15168         if (getLangOpts().C99) {
15169           SmallString<256> Code;
15170           llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
15171               << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
15172           Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
15173               << FTI.Params[i].Ident
15174               << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
15175         }
15176 
15177         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
15178         // type.
15179         AttributeFactory attrs;
15180         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
15181         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
15182         unsigned DiagID; // unused
15183         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
15184                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
15185         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
15186         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
15187         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
15188         Declarator ParamD(DS, ParsedAttributesView::none(),
15189                           DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
15190         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
15191         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
15192       }
15193     }
15194   }
15195 }
15196 
15197 Decl *
15198 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
15199                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15200                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody, FnBodyKind BodyKind) {
15201   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
15202   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
15203   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
15204 
15205   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
15206   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
15207   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
15208   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
15209   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
15210   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
15211   // `omp begin declare variant`.
15212   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
15213   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && OpenMP().isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
15214     OpenMP().ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
15215         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
15216 
15217   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
15218   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
15219   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody, BodyKind);
15220 
15221   if (!Bases.empty())
15222     OpenMP().ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl,
15223                                                                         Bases);
15224 
15225   return Dcl;
15226 }
15227 
15228 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
15229   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
15230 }
15231 
15232 static bool FindPossiblePrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
15233                                   const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
15234   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
15235        Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
15236     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
15237     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
15238     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
15239       continue;
15240 
15241     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
15242     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
15243   }
15244   return false;
15245 }
15246 
15247 static bool
15248 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
15249                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
15250   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
15251   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
15252     return false;
15253 
15254   // Or declarations that aren't global.
15255   if (!FD->isGlobal())
15256     return false;
15257 
15258   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
15259   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
15260     return false;
15261 
15262   // Don't warn about 'main'.
15263   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15264     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
15265       if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main"))
15266         return false;
15267 
15268   if (FD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
15269     return false;
15270 
15271   // Don't warn about inline functions.
15272   if (FD->isInlined())
15273     return false;
15274 
15275   // Don't warn about function templates.
15276   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
15277     return false;
15278 
15279   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
15280   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
15281     return false;
15282 
15283   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
15284   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
15285     return false;
15286 
15287   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
15288   if (FD->isDeleted())
15289     return false;
15290 
15291   // Don't warn on implicitly local functions (such as having local-typed
15292   // parameters).
15293   if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
15294     return false;
15295 
15296   // If we were able to find a potential prototype, don't warn.
15297   if (FindPossiblePrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype))
15298     return false;
15299 
15300   return true;
15301 }
15302 
15303 void
15304 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
15305                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
15306                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15307   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
15308   if (!Definition &&
15309       !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
15310     return;
15311 
15312   if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
15313     if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
15314       if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
15315         // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
15316         // the same class, is OK.
15317         if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
15318             declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
15319                                cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
15320           return;
15321       }
15322     }
15323   }
15324 
15325   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
15326     return;
15327 
15328   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
15329   // definition.
15330   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
15331     return;
15332 
15333   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
15334   // a template, skip the new definition.
15335   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
15336       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == Linkage::Internal ||
15337        Definition->isInlined() || Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
15338        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
15339     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15340     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
15341     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
15342       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
15343     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
15344     return;
15345   }
15346 
15347   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
15348       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
15349     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
15350         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
15351   else
15352     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
15353 
15354   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15355   FD->setInvalidDecl();
15356 }
15357 
15358 LambdaScopeInfo *Sema::RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
15359   CXXRecordDecl *LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
15360 
15361   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = PushLambdaScope();
15362   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
15363   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
15364   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
15365   // This function in calls in situation where the context of the call operator
15366   // is not entered, so we set AfterParameterList to false, so that
15367   // `tryCaptureVariable` finds explicit captures in the appropriate context.
15368   LSI->AfterParameterList = false;
15369   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
15370 
15371   if (LCD == LCD_None)
15372     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
15373   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
15374     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
15375   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
15376     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
15377   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
15378 
15379   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
15380   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
15381   if (CallOperator->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction())
15382     LSI->ExplicitObjectParameter = CallOperator->getParamDecl(0);
15383 
15384   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
15385   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
15386   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
15387   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
15388     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
15389       ValueDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
15390       if (VD->isInitCapture())
15391         CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
15392       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
15393       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
15394           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
15395           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
15396                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
15397           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
15398 
15399     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
15400       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
15401                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
15402     } else {
15403       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
15404                              I->getType());
15405     }
15406     ++I;
15407   }
15408   return LSI;
15409 }
15410 
15411 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
15412                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody,
15413                                     FnBodyKind BodyKind) {
15414   if (!D) {
15415     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
15416     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
15417     PushFunctionScope();
15418     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
15419     return D;
15420   }
15421 
15422   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
15423 
15424   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
15425     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
15426   else
15427     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
15428 
15429   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
15430   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
15431   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
15432     // [expr.const]/p14.1
15433     // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if it is
15434     // potentially evaluated and either: its innermost enclosing non-block scope
15435     // is a function parameter scope of an immediate function.
15436     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
15437         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext
15438                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
15439 
15440   // Each ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord also keeps track of whether the
15441   // context is nested in an immediate function context, so smaller contexts
15442   // that appear inside immediate functions (like variable initializers) are
15443   // considered to be inside an immediate function context even though by
15444   // themselves they are not immediate function contexts. But when a new
15445   // function is entered, we need to reset this tracking, since the entered
15446   // function might be not an immediate function.
15447   ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateFunctionContext = FD->isConsteval();
15448   ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext =
15449       getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && FD->isImmediateEscalating();
15450 
15451   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
15452   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
15453     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
15454     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
15455     FD->setInvalidDecl();
15456   }
15457   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
15458     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
15459     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
15460     FD->setInvalidDecl();
15461   }
15462   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<TargetVersionAttr>()) {
15463     if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("fmv") &&
15464         !Attr->isDefaultVersion()) {
15465       // If function multi versioning disabled skip parsing function body
15466       // defined with non-default target_version attribute
15467       if (SkipBody)
15468         SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15469       return nullptr;
15470     }
15471   }
15472 
15473   if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
15474     if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
15475         Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
15476         Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
15477       // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
15478       // default arguments.
15479       InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
15480     }
15481   }
15482 
15483   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
15484   // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
15485   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
15486       !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
15487     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
15488 
15489     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
15490     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
15491       return D;
15492   }
15493 
15494   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
15495   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
15496   // this function.
15497   FD->setWillHaveBody();
15498 
15499   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
15500   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
15501   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
15502   // LambdaScopeInfo.
15503   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
15504   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
15505   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
15506   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
15507   // have the LSI properly restored.
15508   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
15509     // C++2c 7.5.5.2p17 A member of a closure type shall not be explicitly
15510     // instantiated, explicitly specialized.
15511     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()
15512             ->isExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization()) {
15513       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_lambda_explicit_spec);
15514       FD->setInvalidDecl();
15515       PushFunctionScope();
15516     } else {
15517       assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
15518              "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
15519              "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
15520       RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D));
15521     }
15522   } else {
15523     // Enter a new function scope
15524     PushFunctionScope();
15525   }
15526 
15527   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
15528   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
15529     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
15530         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
15531       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
15532       FD->setInvalidDecl();
15533     }
15534   }
15535 
15536   // The return type of a function definition must be complete (C99 6.9.1p3).
15537   // C++23 [dcl.fct.def.general]/p2
15538   // The type of [...] the return for a function definition
15539   // shall not be a (possibly cv-qualified) class type that is incomplete
15540   // or abstract within the function body unless the function is deleted.
15541   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
15542   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
15543       !FD->isInvalidDecl() && BodyKind != FnBodyKind::Delete &&
15544       (RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
15545                            diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result) ||
15546        RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getReturnType(),
15547                               diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
15548                               AbstractReturnType)))
15549     FD->setInvalidDecl();
15550 
15551   if (FnBodyScope)
15552     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
15553 
15554   // Check the validity of our function parameters
15555   if (BodyKind != FnBodyKind::Delete)
15556     CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
15557                              /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
15558 
15559   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
15560   // scope.
15561   if (FnBodyScope) {
15562     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
15563       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
15564       if (!NonParmDecl)
15565         continue;
15566       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
15567              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
15568 
15569       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
15570       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
15571         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
15572 
15573       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
15574       // accessible in this scope.
15575       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
15576         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
15577           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
15578       }
15579     }
15580   }
15581 
15582   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
15583   for (auto *Param : FD->parameters()) {
15584     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
15585 
15586     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
15587     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
15588       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
15589 
15590       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
15591     }
15592   }
15593 
15594   // C++ [module.import/6] external definitions are not permitted in header
15595   // units.  Deleted and Defaulted functions are implicitly inline (but the
15596   // inline state is not set at this point, so check the BodyKind explicitly).
15597   // FIXME: Consider an alternate location for the test where the inlined()
15598   // state is complete.
15599   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlusModules && currentModuleIsHeaderUnit() &&
15600       !FD->isInvalidDecl() && !FD->isInlined() &&
15601       BodyKind != FnBodyKind::Delete && BodyKind != FnBodyKind::Default &&
15602       FD->getFormalLinkage() == Linkage::External && !FD->isTemplated() &&
15603       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
15604     assert(FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
15605     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_def_in_header_unit);
15606     FD->setInvalidDecl();
15607   }
15608 
15609   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
15610   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
15611     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
15612 
15613   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
15614   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
15615       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
15616     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
15617     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
15618     FD->setInvalidDecl();
15619     return D;
15620   }
15621 
15622   // Some function attributes (like OptimizeNoneAttr) need actions before
15623   // parsing body started.
15624   applyFunctionAttributesBeforeParsingBody(D);
15625 
15626   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
15627   // a function template).
15628   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
15629   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
15630       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
15631       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
15632     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
15633 
15634   return D;
15635 }
15636 
15637 void Sema::applyFunctionAttributesBeforeParsingBody(Decl *FD) {
15638   if (!FD || FD->isInvalidDecl())
15639     return;
15640   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FD))
15641     FD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
15642   if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) {
15643     FPOptionsOverride FPO;
15644     FPO.setDisallowOptimizations();
15645     CurFPFeatures.applyChanges(FPO);
15646     FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue =
15647         CurFPFeatures.getChangesFrom(FPOptions(LangOpts));
15648   }
15649 }
15650 
15651 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
15652   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
15653 
15654   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
15655     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
15656       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
15657         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
15658     }
15659   }
15660 }
15661 
15662 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
15663   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
15664   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
15665     return false;
15666 
15667   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
15668   // return type (yet).
15669   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
15670     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
15671     // we can still delay parsing it.
15672     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
15673       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
15674       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
15675           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
15676         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
15677         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
15678       }
15679     }
15680     return false;
15681   }
15682 
15683   return true;
15684 }
15685 
15686 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
15687   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
15688   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
15689   // rest of the file.
15690   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
15691   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
15692   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
15693     if (FD->isConstexpr())
15694       return false;
15695     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
15696     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
15697     // "undeduced".
15698     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
15699       return false;
15700   }
15701   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
15702 }
15703 
15704 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
15705   if (!Decl)
15706     return nullptr;
15707   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
15708     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
15709   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
15710     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
15711   return Decl;
15712 }
15713 
15714 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
15715   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, /*IsInstantiation=*/false);
15716 }
15717 
15718 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
15719 /// body.
15720 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
15721 public:
15722   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
15723   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
15724     if (!IsLambda)
15725       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
15726   }
15727 
15728 private:
15729   Sema &S;
15730   bool IsLambda = false;
15731 };
15732 
15733 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
15734   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
15735 
15736   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
15737     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
15738       return EscapeInfo[BD];
15739 
15740     bool R = false;
15741     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
15742 
15743     do {
15744       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
15745       if (R)
15746         break;
15747       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
15748     } while (CurBD);
15749 
15750     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
15751   };
15752 
15753   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
15754   // block, emit a diagnostic.
15755   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
15756        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
15757     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
15758       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
15759           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
15760 }
15761 
15762 static bool methodHasName(const FunctionDecl *FD, StringRef Name) {
15763   return isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && FD->param_empty() &&
15764          FD->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && FD->getName() == Name;
15765 }
15766 
15767 bool Sema::CanBeGetReturnObject(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
15768   return methodHasName(FD, "get_return_object");
15769 }
15770 
15771 bool Sema::CanBeGetReturnTypeOnAllocFailure(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
15772   return FD->isStatic() &&
15773          methodHasName(FD, "get_return_object_on_allocation_failure");
15774 }
15775 
15776 void Sema::CheckCoroutineWrapper(FunctionDecl *FD) {
15777   RecordDecl *RD = FD->getReturnType()->getAsRecordDecl();
15778   if (!RD || !RD->getUnderlyingDecl()->hasAttr<CoroReturnTypeAttr>())
15779     return;
15780   // Allow some_promise_type::get_return_object().
15781   if (CanBeGetReturnObject(FD) || CanBeGetReturnTypeOnAllocFailure(FD))
15782     return;
15783   if (!FD->hasAttr<CoroWrapperAttr>())
15784     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_coroutine_return_type) << RD;
15785 }
15786 
15787 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
15788                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
15789   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
15790   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
15791 
15792   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && FD && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
15793     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
15794 
15795   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
15796   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
15797 
15798   // If we skip function body, we can't tell if a function is a coroutine.
15799   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FD && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) {
15800     if (FSI->isCoroutine())
15801       CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
15802     else
15803       CheckCoroutineWrapper(FD);
15804   }
15805 
15806   {
15807     // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because
15808     // one is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr().
15809     // This is meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
15810     ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
15811     if (FD) {
15812       // If this is called by Parser::ParseFunctionDefinition() after marking
15813       // the declaration as deleted, and if the deleted-function-body contains
15814       // a message (C++26), then a DefaultedOrDeletedInfo will have already been
15815       // added to store that message; do not overwrite it in that case.
15816       //
15817       // Since this would always set the body to 'nullptr' in that case anyway,
15818       // which is already done when the function decl is initially created,
15819       // always skipping this irrespective of whether there is a delete message
15820       // should not be a problem.
15821       if (!FD->isDeletedAsWritten())
15822         FD->setBody(Body);
15823       FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
15824       CheckImmediateEscalatingFunctionDefinition(FD, FSI);
15825 
15826       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
15827         if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
15828             FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
15829           // For a function with a deduced result type to return void,
15830           // the result type as written must be 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)',
15831           // possibly cv-qualified or constrained, but not ref-qualified.
15832           if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
15833             Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
15834                 << FD->getReturnType();
15835             FD->setInvalidDecl();
15836           } else {
15837             // Falling off the end of the function is the same as 'return;'.
15838             Expr *Dummy = nullptr;
15839             if (DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(
15840                     FD, dcl->getLocation(), Dummy,
15841                     FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()))
15842               FD->setInvalidDecl();
15843           }
15844         }
15845       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
15846         // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
15847         // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
15848         auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
15849         if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
15850           deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
15851 
15852           // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
15853           //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
15854           //   [the deduced type is] the type void
15855           QualType RetType =
15856               LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
15857 
15858           // Update the return type to the deduced type.
15859           const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
15860           FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
15861                                               Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
15862         }
15863       }
15864 
15865       // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
15866       // don't complain about missing return statements.
15867       if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
15868         WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
15869 
15870       // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
15871       // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
15872       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPureVirtual() &&
15873           !FD->isOutOfLine())
15874         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
15875 
15876       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
15877         // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted, deleted or naked
15878         // functions.
15879         if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody() &&
15880             !FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
15881           DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
15882         DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
15883                                                FD->getReturnType(), FD);
15884 
15885         // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
15886         if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
15887           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
15888         else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
15889                      dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
15890           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
15891 
15892         // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
15893         // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
15894         // to deduce an implicit return type.
15895         if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
15896             (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
15897           computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
15898       }
15899 
15900       // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
15901       //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
15902       //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
15903       //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
15904       //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
15905       const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
15906       if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
15907         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
15908 
15909         if (PossiblePrototype) {
15910           // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
15911           // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
15912           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
15913             TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
15914             if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
15915               Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
15916                    diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
15917                   << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
15918                   << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
15919                                                     FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
15920                                               : FixItHint{});
15921           }
15922         } else {
15923           // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
15924           auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
15925                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
15926             std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
15927             if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
15928               return false;
15929 
15930             bool Invalid = false;
15931             StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
15932             if (Invalid)
15933               return false;
15934 
15935             if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
15936               return false;
15937 
15938             const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
15939             StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
15940 
15941             return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
15942                    (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
15943                     StartTok.starts_with("/*") || StartTok.starts_with("//"));
15944           };
15945 
15946           auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
15947             // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
15948             // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
15949             if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
15950                  FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
15951                 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
15952               // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
15953 
15954               if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
15955                                getLangOpts()))
15956 
15957                 return FD->getBeginLoc();
15958             }
15959             return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
15960           };
15961           Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
15962                diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
15963               << /* function */ 1
15964               << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
15965                       ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
15966                       : FixItHint{});
15967         }
15968       }
15969 
15970       // We might not have found a prototype because we didn't wish to warn on
15971       // the lack of a missing prototype. Try again without the checks for
15972       // whether we want to warn on the missing prototype.
15973       if (!PossiblePrototype)
15974         (void)FindPossiblePrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype);
15975 
15976       // If the function being defined does not have a prototype, then we may
15977       // need to diagnose it as changing behavior in C23 because we now know
15978       // whether the function accepts arguments or not. This only handles the
15979       // case where the definition has no prototype but does have parameters
15980       // and either there is no previous potential prototype, or the previous
15981       // potential prototype also has no actual prototype. This handles cases
15982       // like:
15983       //   void f(); void f(a) int a; {}
15984       //   void g(a) int a; {}
15985       // See MergeFunctionDecl() for other cases of the behavior change
15986       // diagnostic. See GetFullTypeForDeclarator() for handling of a function
15987       // type without a prototype.
15988       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() != 0 &&
15989           (!PossiblePrototype || (!PossiblePrototype->hasWrittenPrototype() &&
15990                                   !PossiblePrototype->isImplicit()))) {
15991         // The function definition has parameters, so this will change behavior
15992         // in C23. If there is a possible prototype, it comes before the
15993         // function definition.
15994         // FIXME: The declaration may have already been diagnosed as being
15995         // deprecated in GetFullTypeForDeclarator() if it had no arguments, but
15996         // there's no way to test for the "changes behavior" condition in
15997         // SemaType.cpp when forming the declaration's function type. So, we do
15998         // this awkward dance instead.
15999         //
16000         // If we have a possible prototype and it declares a function with a
16001         // prototype, we don't want to diagnose it; if we have a possible
16002         // prototype and it has no prototype, it may have already been
16003         // diagnosed in SemaType.cpp as deprecated depending on whether
16004         // -Wstrict-prototypes is enabled. If we already warned about it being
16005         // deprecated, add a note that it also changes behavior. If we didn't
16006         // warn about it being deprecated (because the diagnostic is not
16007         // enabled), warn now that it is deprecated and changes behavior.
16008 
16009         // This K&R C function definition definitely changes behavior in C23,
16010         // so diagnose it.
16011         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_non_prototype_changes_behavior)
16012             << /*definition*/ 1 << /* not supported in C23 */ 0;
16013 
16014         // If we have a possible prototype for the function which is a user-
16015         // visible declaration, we already tested that it has no prototype.
16016         // This will change behavior in C23. This gets a warning rather than a
16017         // note because it's the same behavior-changing problem as with the
16018         // definition.
16019         if (PossiblePrototype)
16020           Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
16021                diag::warn_non_prototype_changes_behavior)
16022               << /*declaration*/ 0 << /* conflicting */ 1 << /*subsequent*/ 1
16023               << /*definition*/ 1;
16024       }
16025 
16026       // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
16027       if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
16028         if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
16029           if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
16030             Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
16031                  diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
16032 
16033       if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
16034         const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
16035         if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
16036             MD->isVirtual() &&
16037             (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
16038             MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
16039           // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
16040           if (FD->isInlined() &&
16041               !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
16042             Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
16043 
16044             // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
16045             // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
16046             KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
16047             const FunctionDecl *Definition;
16048             if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
16049               MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
16050           } else {
16051             // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
16052             MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
16053           }
16054         }
16055       }
16056 
16057       assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambdas=*/true)) &&
16058              "Function parsing confused");
16059     } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
16060       assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
16061       MD->setBody(Body);
16062       if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
16063         DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
16064                                                MD->getReturnType(), MD);
16065 
16066         if (Body)
16067           computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
16068       }
16069       if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
16070         Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
16071             << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
16072         FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
16073       }
16074       if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
16075         const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
16076         bool isDesignated =
16077             MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
16078         assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
16079         (void)isDesignated;
16080 
16081         auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
16082           auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
16083           if (!IFace)
16084             return false;
16085           auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
16086           if (!SuperD)
16087             return false;
16088           return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
16089                  ObjC().NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
16090         };
16091         // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
16092         // of NSObject.
16093         if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
16094           Diag(MD->getLocation(),
16095                diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
16096           Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
16097                diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
16098         }
16099         FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
16100       }
16101       if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
16102         // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits.
16103         if (!MD->isUnavailable())
16104           Diag(MD->getLocation(),
16105                diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
16106         FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
16107       }
16108 
16109       diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
16110     } else {
16111       // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
16112       // we pushed on.
16113       PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
16114       return nullptr;
16115     }
16116 
16117     if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
16118       DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
16119 
16120     assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
16121            "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
16122            "handled in the block above.");
16123 
16124     // Verify and clean out per-function state.
16125     if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
16126       // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
16127       // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
16128       // Verify this.
16129       if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
16130         DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
16131 
16132       // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
16133       if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() && !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
16134         DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
16135 
16136       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
16137         if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
16138           CheckDestructor(Destructor);
16139 
16140         MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
16141                                                Destructor->getParent());
16142       }
16143 
16144       // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
16145       // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up
16146       // for deletion in some later function.
16147       if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
16148           hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() ||
16149           getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
16150         DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
16151       }
16152       if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
16153         // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
16154         // enabled.
16155         ActivePolicy = &WP;
16156       }
16157 
16158       if (!IsInstantiation && FD &&
16159           (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->hasAttr<MSConstexprAttr>()) &&
16160           !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
16161           !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
16162         FD->setInvalidDecl();
16163 
16164       if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
16165         for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
16166           // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
16167           // require prologue.
16168           bool RegisterVariables = false;
16169           if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
16170             for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
16171               if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
16172                 RegisterVariables =
16173                     Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
16174                 if (!RegisterVariables)
16175                   break;
16176               }
16177             }
16178           }
16179           if (RegisterVariables)
16180             continue;
16181           if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
16182             Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
16183             Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
16184             FD->setInvalidDecl();
16185             break;
16186           }
16187         }
16188       }
16189 
16190       assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
16191                  ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
16192              "Leftover temporaries in function");
16193       assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
16194              "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
16195       assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
16196              "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
16197     }
16198   } // Pops the ExitFunctionBodyRAII scope, which needs to happen before we pop
16199     // the declaration context below. Otherwise, we're unable to transform
16200     // 'this' expressions when transforming immediate context functions.
16201 
16202   if (!IsInstantiation)
16203     PopDeclContext();
16204 
16205   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
16206   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
16207   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
16208   // deletion in some later function.
16209   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
16210     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
16211   }
16212 
16213   if (FD && ((LangOpts.OpenMP && (LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice ||
16214                                   !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty())) ||
16215              LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
16216     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
16217     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
16218         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
16219       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(FD);
16220   }
16221 
16222   if (FD && !FD->isDeleted())
16223     checkTypeSupport(FD->getType(), FD->getLocation(), FD);
16224 
16225   return dcl;
16226 }
16227 
16228 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
16229 /// relevant Decl.
16230 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
16231                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
16232   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
16233   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
16234     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
16235   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
16236   ProcessAPINotes(D);
16237 
16238   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
16239     if (Method->isStatic())
16240       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
16241 }
16242 
16243 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
16244                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
16245   // It is not valid to implicitly define a function in C23.
16246   assert(LangOpts.implicitFunctionsAllowed() &&
16247          "Implicit function declarations aren't allowed in this language mode");
16248 
16249   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
16250   // DeclContext.
16251   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
16252   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
16253   // instead.
16254   Scope *BlockScope = S;
16255   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
16256     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
16257 
16258   // Loop until we find a DeclContext that is either a function/method or the
16259   // translation unit, which are the only two valid places to implicitly define
16260   // a function. This avoids accidentally defining the function within a tag
16261   // declaration, for example.
16262   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
16263   while (!ContextScope->getEntity() ||
16264          (!ContextScope->getEntity()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
16265           !ContextScope->getEntity()->isTranslationUnit()))
16266     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
16267   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
16268 
16269   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
16270   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
16271   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
16272   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
16273   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
16274   if (ExternCPrev) {
16275     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
16276     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
16277     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
16278 
16279     // C89 footnote 38:
16280     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
16281     //   the behavior is undefined.
16282     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
16283         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
16284             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
16285             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
16286       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
16287           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
16288       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16289       return ExternCPrev;
16290     }
16291   }
16292 
16293   // Extension in C99 (defaults to error). Legal in C89, but warn about it.
16294   unsigned diag_id;
16295   if (II.getName().starts_with("__builtin_"))
16296     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
16297   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
16298   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
16299     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl_c99;
16300   else
16301     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
16302 
16303   TypoCorrection Corrected;
16304   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
16305   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
16306   //
16307   // Perform the correction before issuing the main diagnostic, as some
16308   // consumers use typo-correction callbacks to enhance the main diagnostic.
16309   if (S && !ExternCPrev &&
16310       (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error)) {
16311     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
16312     Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
16313                             S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError);
16314   }
16315 
16316   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
16317   if (Corrected) {
16318     // If the correction is going to suggest an implicitly defined function,
16319     // skip the correction as not being a particularly good idea.
16320     bool Diagnose = true;
16321     if (const auto *D = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl())
16322       Diagnose = !D->isImplicit();
16323     if (Diagnose)
16324       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
16325                    /*ErrorRecovery*/ false);
16326   }
16327 
16328   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
16329   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
16330   // more to do.
16331   if (ExternCPrev)
16332     return ExternCPrev;
16333 
16334   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
16335   const char *Dummy;
16336   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
16337   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
16338   unsigned DiagID;
16339   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
16340                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
16341   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
16342   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
16343   SourceLocation NoLoc;
16344   Declarator D(DS, ParsedAttributesView::none(), DeclaratorContext::Block);
16345   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
16346                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
16347                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
16348                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
16349                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
16350                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
16351                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
16352                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
16353                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
16354                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
16355                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
16356                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
16357                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
16358                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
16359                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
16360                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
16361                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/std::nullopt,
16362                                              Loc, Loc, D),
16363                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
16364   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
16365 
16366   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
16367   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
16368   FD->setImplicit();
16369 
16370   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
16371 
16372   return FD;
16373 }
16374 
16375 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
16376     FunctionDecl *FD) {
16377   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
16378     return;
16379 
16380   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
16381       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
16382     return;
16383 
16384   std::optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
16385   bool IsNothrow = false;
16386   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
16387     return;
16388 
16389   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
16390   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
16391   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
16392   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
16393   //   throwing an exception [...]
16394   //
16395   // However, -fcheck-new invalidates this possible assumption, so don't add
16396   // NonNull when that is enabled.
16397   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>() &&
16398       !getLangOpts().CheckNew)
16399     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16400 
16401   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
16402   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
16403   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
16404   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
16405   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
16406   //
16407   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
16408   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
16409 
16410   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
16411   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
16412   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
16413   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
16414   //   requested size.
16415   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
16416     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
16417         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
16418         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
16419   }
16420 
16421   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
16422   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
16423   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
16424   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
16425   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
16426   //         specified by the value of this argument.
16427   if (AlignmentParam && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
16428     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
16429         Context, ParamIdx(*AlignmentParam, FD), FD->getLocation()));
16430   }
16431 
16432   // FIXME:
16433   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
16434   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
16435   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
16436   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
16437   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
16438   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
16439   //         requested size.
16440   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
16441   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
16442 }
16443 
16444 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
16445   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
16446     return;
16447 
16448   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
16449   // actual attributes.
16450   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
16451     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
16452     unsigned FormatIdx;
16453     bool HasVAListArg;
16454     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
16455       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
16456         const char *fmt = "printf";
16457         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
16458         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
16459             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
16460           fmt = "NSString";
16461         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
16462                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
16463                                                FormatIdx+1,
16464                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
16465                                                FD->getLocation()));
16466       }
16467     }
16468     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
16469                                              HasVAListArg)) {
16470      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
16471        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
16472                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
16473                                               FormatIdx+1,
16474                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
16475                                               FD->getLocation()));
16476     }
16477 
16478     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
16479     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
16480     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
16481         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
16482       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
16483           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
16484 
16485     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and/or floating point exceptions
16486     // that are the only thing preventing the function from being const. This
16487     // allows IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
16488     bool NoExceptions =
16489         getLangOpts().getDefaultExceptionMode() == LangOptions::FPE_Ignore;
16490     bool ConstWithoutErrnoAndExceptions =
16491         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrnoAndExceptions(BuiltinID);
16492     bool ConstWithoutExceptions =
16493         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutExceptions(BuiltinID);
16494     if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
16495         (ConstWithoutErrnoAndExceptions || ConstWithoutExceptions) &&
16496         (!ConstWithoutErrnoAndExceptions ||
16497          (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && NoExceptions)) &&
16498         (!ConstWithoutExceptions || NoExceptions))
16499       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16500 
16501     // We make "fma" on GNU or Windows const because we know it does not set
16502     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
16503     // C standard.
16504     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
16505     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
16506         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
16507       switch (BuiltinID) {
16508       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
16509       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
16510       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
16511       case Builtin::BIfma:
16512       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
16513       case Builtin::BIfmal:
16514         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16515         break;
16516       default:
16517         break;
16518       }
16519     }
16520 
16521     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
16522         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
16523       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
16524                                          FD->getLocation()));
16525     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
16526       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16527     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
16528       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16529     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
16530       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16531     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
16532         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
16533       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
16534       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
16535       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
16536       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
16537           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
16538         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16539       else
16540         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16541     }
16542 
16543     // Add known guaranteed alignment for allocation functions.
16544     switch (BuiltinID) {
16545     case Builtin::BImemalign:
16546     case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc:
16547       if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>())
16548         FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
16549                                                    FD->getLocation()));
16550       break;
16551     default:
16552       break;
16553     }
16554 
16555     // Add allocsize attribute for allocation functions.
16556     switch (BuiltinID) {
16557     case Builtin::BIcalloc:
16558       FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
16559           Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), ParamIdx(2, FD), FD->getLocation()));
16560       break;
16561     case Builtin::BImemalign:
16562     case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc:
16563     case Builtin::BIrealloc:
16564       FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(2, FD),
16565                                                 ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
16566       break;
16567     case Builtin::BImalloc:
16568       FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
16569                                                 ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
16570       break;
16571     default:
16572       break;
16573     }
16574 
16575     // Add lifetime attribute to std::move, std::fowrard et al.
16576     switch (BuiltinID) {
16577     case Builtin::BIaddressof:
16578     case Builtin::BI__addressof:
16579     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
16580     case Builtin::BIas_const:
16581     case Builtin::BIforward:
16582     case Builtin::BIforward_like:
16583     case Builtin::BImove:
16584     case Builtin::BImove_if_noexcept:
16585       if (ParmVarDecl *P = FD->getParamDecl(0u);
16586           !P->hasAttr<LifetimeBoundAttr>())
16587         P->addAttr(
16588             LifetimeBoundAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16589       break;
16590     default:
16591       break;
16592     }
16593   }
16594 
16595   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
16596 
16597   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
16598   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
16599   // across.
16600   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
16601       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
16602     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
16603     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
16604       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
16605   }
16606 
16607   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
16608   if (!Name)
16609     return;
16610   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
16611       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
16612        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
16613            LinkageSpecLanguageIDs::C)) {
16614     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
16615     // about.
16616   } else
16617     return;
16618 
16619   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
16620     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
16621     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
16622     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
16623       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
16624                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
16625                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
16626                                              FD->getLocation()));
16627   }
16628 
16629   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
16630     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
16631     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
16632     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
16633       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
16634                                                 FD->getLocation()));
16635   }
16636 }
16637 
16638 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
16639                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
16640   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
16641   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
16642 
16643   if (!TInfo) {
16644     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
16645     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
16646   }
16647 
16648   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
16649   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
16650       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
16651                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
16652 
16653   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
16654   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
16655     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
16656     return NewTD;
16657   }
16658 
16659   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
16660     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
16661       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
16662           << 2 << NewTD
16663           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
16664           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
16665                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
16666     else
16667       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
16668   }
16669 
16670   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
16671   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
16672   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
16673   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
16674   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
16675   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
16676   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
16677   case TST_enum:
16678   case TST_struct:
16679   case TST_interface:
16680   case TST_union:
16681   case TST_class: {
16682     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
16683     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
16684     break;
16685   }
16686 
16687   default:
16688     break;
16689   }
16690 
16691   return NewTD;
16692 }
16693 
16694 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
16695   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
16696   QualType T = TI->getType();
16697 
16698   if (T->isDependentType())
16699     return false;
16700 
16701   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
16702   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
16703   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
16704     if (BT->isInteger())
16705       return false;
16706 
16707   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
16708          << T << T->isBitIntType();
16709 }
16710 
16711 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
16712                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
16713                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
16714   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
16715     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
16716       << Prev->isScoped();
16717     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16718     return true;
16719   }
16720 
16721   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
16722     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
16723         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
16724         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
16725                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
16726       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
16727       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
16728         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
16729       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
16730           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
16731       return true;
16732     }
16733   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
16734     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
16735       << Prev->isFixed();
16736     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16737     return true;
16738   }
16739 
16740   return false;
16741 }
16742 
16743 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
16744 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
16745 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
16746 ///
16747 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
16748 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
16749   switch (Tag) {
16750   case TagTypeKind::Struct:
16751     return 0;
16752   case TagTypeKind::Interface:
16753     return 1;
16754   case TagTypeKind::Class:
16755     return 2;
16756   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
16757   }
16758 }
16759 
16760 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
16761 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
16762 ///
16763 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
16764 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
16765 {
16766   return Tag == TagTypeKind::Struct || Tag == TagTypeKind::Class ||
16767          Tag == TagTypeKind::Interface;
16768 }
16769 
16770 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
16771                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
16772   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
16773     return NTK_Typedef;
16774   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
16775     return NTK_TypeAlias;
16776   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
16777     return NTK_Template;
16778   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
16779     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
16780   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
16781     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
16782   switch (TTK) {
16783   case TagTypeKind::Struct:
16784   case TagTypeKind::Interface:
16785   case TagTypeKind::Class:
16786     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
16787   case TagTypeKind::Union:
16788     return NTK_NonUnion;
16789   case TagTypeKind::Enum:
16790     return NTK_NonEnum;
16791   }
16792   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
16793 }
16794 
16795 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
16796                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
16797                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
16798                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
16799   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
16800   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
16801   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
16802   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
16803   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
16804   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
16805   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
16806   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
16807   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
16808   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
16809   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
16810   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
16811   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
16812   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
16813   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
16814       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
16815     return false;
16816 
16817   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
16818   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
16819   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
16820     return true;
16821 
16822   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
16823   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
16824   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
16825   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
16826   // declarations.
16827   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
16828     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
16829                                       Loc);
16830   };
16831   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
16832     return true;
16833 
16834   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
16835     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
16836   };
16837   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
16838     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
16839     if (!Previous)
16840       return true;
16841     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
16842   }
16843 
16844   bool isTemplate = false;
16845   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
16846     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
16847 
16848   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
16849     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
16850       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
16851       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
16852       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
16853         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
16854         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
16855       // FIXME: Note previous location?
16856     }
16857     return true;
16858   }
16859 
16860   if (isDefinition) {
16861     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
16862     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
16863     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
16864       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
16865       return true;
16866     }
16867 
16868     bool previousMismatch = false;
16869     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
16870       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
16871         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
16872         if (IsIgnored(I))
16873           continue;
16874 
16875         if (!previousMismatch) {
16876           previousMismatch = true;
16877           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
16878             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
16879             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
16880         }
16881         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
16882           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
16883           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
16884                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
16885       }
16886     }
16887     return true;
16888   }
16889 
16890   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
16891   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
16892   // (non-ignored) declaration.
16893   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
16894   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
16895     PrevDef = nullptr;
16896   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
16897   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
16898     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
16899       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
16900       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
16901     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
16902 
16903     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
16904     if (PrevDef) {
16905       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
16906         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
16907         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
16908              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
16909     }
16910   }
16911 
16912   return true;
16913 }
16914 
16915 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
16916 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
16917 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
16918 ///   namespace N {
16919 ///     struct X;
16920 ///     namespace M {
16921 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
16922 ///     }
16923 ///   }
16924 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
16925                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
16926   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
16927   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
16928   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
16929   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
16930   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16931   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
16932     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
16933     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
16934     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
16935     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
16936       return FixItHint();
16937     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
16938     Namespaces.push_back(II);
16939     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
16940         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
16941     if (Lookup == Namespace)
16942       break;
16943   }
16944 
16945   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
16946   // build an NNS.
16947   SmallString<64> Insertion;
16948   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
16949   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
16950     OS << "::";
16951   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
16952   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
16953     OS << II->getName() << "::";
16954   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
16955 }
16956 
16957 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
16958 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
16959 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
16960 /// using-declaration).
16961 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
16962                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
16963   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
16964   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
16965 
16966   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
16967     return true;
16968 
16969   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
16970   // encloses the other).
16971   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
16972       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
16973     return true;
16974 
16975   return false;
16976 }
16977 
16978 DeclResult
16979 Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
16980                CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
16981                const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
16982                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
16983                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
16984                bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
16985                bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
16986                bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
16987                OffsetOfKind OOK, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
16988   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
16989   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
16990   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TagUseKind::Definition) &&
16991          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
16992   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TagUseKind::Reference);
16993 
16994   OwnedDecl = false;
16995   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
16996   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
16997 
16998   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
16999   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
17000   bool Invalid = false;
17001 
17002   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
17003   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
17004   // for non-C++ cases.
17005   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
17006       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TagUseKind::Reference)) {
17007     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
17008         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
17009             KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
17010             TUK == TagUseKind::Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
17011 
17012     // C++23 [dcl.type.elab] p2:
17013     //   If an elaborated-type-specifier is the sole constituent of a
17014     //   declaration, the declaration is ill-formed unless it is an explicit
17015     //   specialization, an explicit instantiation or it has one of the
17016     //   following forms: [...]
17017     // C++23 [dcl.enum] p1:
17018     //   If the enum-head-name of an opaque-enum-declaration contains a
17019     //   nested-name-specifier, the declaration shall be an explicit
17020     //   specialization.
17021     //
17022     // FIXME: Class template partial specializations can be forward declared
17023     // per CWG2213, but the resolution failed to allow qualified forward
17024     // declarations. This is almost certainly unintentional, so we allow them.
17025     if (TUK == TagUseKind::Declaration && SS.isNotEmpty() &&
17026         !isMemberSpecialization)
17027       Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
17028           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << SS.getRange();
17029 
17030     if (TemplateParams) {
17031       if (Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17032         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
17033         return true;
17034       }
17035 
17036       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
17037         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
17038         // be a member of another template).
17039 
17040         if (Invalid)
17041           return true;
17042 
17043         OwnedDecl = false;
17044         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
17045             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
17046             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
17047             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
17048             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
17049         return Result.get();
17050       } else {
17051         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
17052         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
17053           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
17054         isMemberSpecialization = true;
17055       }
17056     }
17057 
17058     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
17059         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
17060       return true;
17061   }
17062 
17063   if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend && Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17064     // C++23 [dcl.type.elab]p4:
17065     //   If an elaborated-type-specifier appears with the friend specifier as
17066     //   an entire member-declaration, the member-declaration shall have one
17067     //   of the following forms:
17068     //     friend class-key nested-name-specifier(opt) identifier ;
17069     //     friend class-key simple-template-id ;
17070     //     friend class-key nested-name-specifier template(opt)
17071     //       simple-template-id ;
17072     //
17073     // Since enum is not a class-key, so declarations like "friend enum E;"
17074     // are ill-formed. Although CWG2363 reaffirms that such declarations are
17075     // invalid, most implementations accept so we issue a pedantic warning.
17076     Diag(KWLoc, diag::ext_enum_friend) << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
17077         ScopedEnum ? SourceRange(KWLoc, ScopedEnumKWLoc) : KWLoc);
17078     assert(ScopedEnum || !ScopedEnumUsesClassTag);
17079     Diag(KWLoc, diag::note_enum_friend)
17080         << (ScopedEnum + ScopedEnumUsesClassTag);
17081   }
17082 
17083   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
17084   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
17085   // redeclaration.
17086   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
17087   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
17088 
17089   if (Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17090     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
17091       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
17092       // type, default to int.
17093       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
17094     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
17095       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
17096       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
17097       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
17098       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
17099       EnumUnderlying = TI;
17100 
17101       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
17102         // Recover by falling back to int.
17103         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
17104 
17105       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
17106                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
17107         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
17108 
17109     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17110       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
17111       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
17112       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
17113       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
17114       if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
17115         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
17116     }
17117   }
17118 
17119   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
17120   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
17121   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
17122   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
17123 
17124   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
17125   if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend || TUK == TagUseKind::Reference)
17126     Redecl = RedeclarationKind::NotForRedeclaration;
17127 
17128   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
17129   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
17130   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
17131   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
17132     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
17133     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
17134     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
17135     // keyword.
17136     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
17137     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
17138 
17139     if (Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17140       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
17141                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
17142       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
17143       if (TUK != TagUseKind::Definition && !Invalid)
17144         return nullptr;
17145       if (EnumUnderlying) {
17146         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
17147         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
17148           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
17149         else
17150           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
17151         QualType EnumTy = ED->getIntegerType();
17152         ED->setPromotionType(Context.isPromotableIntegerType(EnumTy)
17153                                  ? Context.getPromotedIntegerType(EnumTy)
17154                                  : EnumTy);
17155       }
17156     } else { // struct/union
17157       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
17158                                nullptr);
17159     }
17160 
17161     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
17162       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
17163       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
17164       //
17165       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
17166       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
17167       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
17168       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
17169       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
17170       // parsing of the struct).
17171       if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition &&
17172           (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
17173         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
17174         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
17175       }
17176     }
17177     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
17178     return New;
17179   };
17180 
17181   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
17182   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
17183     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
17184 
17185     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
17186     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
17187       Name = nullptr;
17188       goto CreateNewDecl;
17189     }
17190 
17191     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
17192     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
17193     if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend || TUK == TagUseKind::Reference) {
17194       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
17195       if (!DC) {
17196         IsDependent = true;
17197         return true;
17198       }
17199     } else {
17200       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
17201       if (!DC) {
17202         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
17203           << SS.getRange();
17204         return true;
17205       }
17206     }
17207 
17208     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
17209       return true;
17210 
17211     SearchDC = DC;
17212     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
17213     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
17214 
17215     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
17216       return true;
17217 
17218     if (Previous.empty()) {
17219       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
17220       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
17221       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
17222       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
17223       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
17224       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
17225       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
17226           (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend)) {
17227         IsDependent = true;
17228         return true;
17229       }
17230 
17231       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
17232       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
17233           << llvm::to_underlying(Kind) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
17234       Name = nullptr;
17235       Invalid = true;
17236       goto CreateNewDecl;
17237     }
17238   } else if (Name) {
17239     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
17240     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
17241     //   name different from T:
17242     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
17243     if (TUK != TagUseKind::Reference && TUK != TagUseKind::Friend &&
17244         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
17245       return true;
17246 
17247     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
17248     // declaration or definition.
17249     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
17250     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
17251     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
17252     LookupName(Previous, S);
17253 
17254     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
17255     // by types using'ed into this scope.
17256     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
17257         (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition || TUK == TagUseKind::Declaration)) {
17258       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
17259       while (F.hasNext()) {
17260         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
17261         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
17262                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
17263           F.erase();
17264       }
17265       F.done();
17266     }
17267 
17268     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
17269     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
17270     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
17271     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
17272     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
17273     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
17274     //
17275     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
17276     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
17277     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
17278     //
17279     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
17280     // semantic context?
17281     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TagUseKind::Friend) {
17282       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
17283       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
17284       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
17285       while (F.hasNext()) {
17286         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
17287         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
17288         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
17289             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
17290           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
17291             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
17292           else
17293             F.erase();
17294         }
17295       }
17296       F.done();
17297 
17298       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
17299       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
17300       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
17301         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
17302         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
17303             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
17304       }
17305     }
17306 
17307     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
17308     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
17309       return true;
17310 
17311     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TagUseKind::Reference) {
17312       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
17313       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
17314       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
17315       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
17316       while (isa<RecordDecl, EnumDecl, ObjCContainerDecl>(SearchDC))
17317         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
17318     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17319       // Inside ObjCContainer want to keep it as a lexical decl context but go
17320       // past it (most often to TranslationUnit) to find the semantic decl
17321       // context.
17322       while (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(SearchDC))
17323         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
17324     }
17325   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17326     // Don't use ObjCContainerDecl as the semantic decl context for anonymous
17327     // TagDecl the same way as we skip it for named TagDecl.
17328     while (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(SearchDC))
17329       SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
17330   }
17331 
17332   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
17333       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
17334     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17335     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
17336     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17337     Previous.clear();
17338   }
17339 
17340   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
17341       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
17342     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
17343       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
17344       isStdBadAlloc = true;
17345 
17346       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
17347       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
17348       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
17349       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
17350         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
17351     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
17352       isStdAlignValT = true;
17353       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
17354         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
17355     }
17356   }
17357 
17358   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
17359   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
17360   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
17361   // there's a shadow friend decl.
17362   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
17363       (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend ||
17364        IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
17365     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
17366     assert(SS.isEmpty());
17367 
17368     if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
17369       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
17370       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
17371       //
17372       //          class-key identifier
17373       //
17374       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
17375       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
17376       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
17377       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
17378       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
17379       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
17380       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
17381       //      declaration.
17382       //
17383       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
17384       // C structs and unions.
17385       //
17386       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
17387       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
17388       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
17389       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
17390       //
17391       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
17392       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
17393       //
17394       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
17395       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
17396       // lexical context,
17397       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
17398 
17399       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
17400       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
17401     } else {
17402       assert(TUK == TagUseKind::Friend);
17403       CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(SearchDC);
17404 
17405       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
17406       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
17407       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
17408       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
17409       SearchDC = RD->isLocalClass() ? RD->isLocalClass()
17410                                     : SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
17411     }
17412 
17413     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
17414     // diagnose some problems.
17415     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
17416     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
17417     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
17418     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
17419     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17420       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
17421       // which are meaningless.
17422       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17423       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
17424     } else {
17425       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17426       LookupName(Previous, S);
17427     }
17428   }
17429 
17430   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
17431   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
17432     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
17433 
17434   if (!Previous.empty()) {
17435     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
17436     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
17437 
17438     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
17439     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
17440     // with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen in C++.
17441     //
17442     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
17443     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
17444     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
17445     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
17446     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17447       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17448         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
17449           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
17450           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
17451               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
17452                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
17453             PrevDecl = Tag;
17454             Previous.clear();
17455             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
17456             Previous.resolveKind();
17457           }
17458         }
17459       }
17460     }
17461 
17462     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
17463     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
17464     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
17465     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
17466       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
17467       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TagUseKind::Reference &&
17468           TUK != TagUseKind::Friend &&
17469           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
17470           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
17471                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
17472         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
17473         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
17474              diag::note_using_decl_target);
17475         Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
17476             << 0;
17477         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
17478         Previous.clear();
17479         goto CreateNewDecl;
17480       }
17481     }
17482 
17483     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17484       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
17485       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
17486       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
17487       if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend ||
17488           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
17489                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
17490         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
17491         // struct or something similar.
17492         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
17493                                           TUK == TagUseKind::Definition, KWLoc,
17494                                           Name)) {
17495           bool SafeToContinue =
17496               (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TagTypeKind::Enum &&
17497                Kind != TagTypeKind::Enum);
17498           if (SafeToContinue)
17499             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
17500               << Name
17501               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
17502                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
17503           else
17504             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
17505           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
17506 
17507           if (SafeToContinue)
17508             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
17509           else {
17510             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
17511             Name = nullptr;
17512             Previous.clear();
17513             Invalid = true;
17514           }
17515         }
17516 
17517         if (Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum &&
17518             PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17519           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
17520           if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend)
17521             return PrevTagDecl;
17522 
17523           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
17524           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
17525             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
17526           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
17527             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
17528 
17529           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
17530           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
17531           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
17532           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
17533                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
17534                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
17535             return TUK == TagUseKind::Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
17536         }
17537 
17538         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
17539         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
17540         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
17541         //   and then later defined.
17542         if (TUK == TagUseKind::Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
17543             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
17544           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
17545           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
17546         }
17547 
17548         if (!Invalid) {
17549           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
17550           // we have attributes.
17551           if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend) {
17552             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
17553               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
17554               // declaration to hold them.
17555             } else if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference &&
17556                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
17557                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
17558                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
17559                        SS.isEmpty()) {
17560               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
17561               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
17562               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
17563               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
17564               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
17565               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
17566               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
17567               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
17568                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
17569                 return PrevTagDecl;
17570               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
17571               // that scope.
17572               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
17573             } else {
17574               return PrevTagDecl;
17575             }
17576           }
17577 
17578           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
17579           if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition) {
17580             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
17581               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
17582               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
17583               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
17584               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
17585               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
17586                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
17587                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
17588                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
17589                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
17590                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
17591                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
17592                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
17593                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
17594               }
17595 
17596               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
17597               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
17598               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
17599               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
17600               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
17601               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
17602                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
17603                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
17604                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
17605                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
17606                 // use it in place of this one.
17607                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17608                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
17609                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
17610                   // comparison.
17611                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
17612                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
17613                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
17614                   return Def;
17615                 } else {
17616                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
17617                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
17618                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
17619                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
17620                   // skip starting the definition later.
17621                 }
17622               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
17623                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
17624                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
17625                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
17626                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
17627                 else
17628                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
17629                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
17630                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
17631                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
17632                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
17633                 // references get the previous definition.
17634                 Name = nullptr;
17635                 Previous.clear();
17636                 Invalid = true;
17637               }
17638             } else {
17639               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
17640               // about a nested redefinition.
17641               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
17642               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
17643                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
17644                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
17645                      diag::note_previous_definition);
17646                 Name = nullptr;
17647                 Previous.clear();
17648                 Invalid = true;
17649               }
17650             }
17651 
17652             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
17653             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
17654           }
17655 
17656           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
17657           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
17658           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
17659           if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend || TUK == TagUseKind::Reference) {
17660             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
17661             AS = AS_none;
17662           }
17663         }
17664         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
17665         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
17666 
17667       } else {
17668         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
17669         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
17670         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
17671         // have distinct types.
17672         Previous.clear();
17673       }
17674       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
17675       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
17676       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
17677 
17678     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
17679     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
17680     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
17681     } else {
17682       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
17683       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
17684       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
17685       if ((TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend) &&
17686           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
17687         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
17688         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag)
17689             << PrevDecl << NTK << llvm::to_underlying(Kind);
17690         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
17691         Invalid = true;
17692 
17693       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
17694       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
17695                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
17696         // do nothing
17697 
17698       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
17699       } else if (TUK == TagUseKind::Reference || TUK == TagUseKind::Friend) {
17700         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
17701         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
17702         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
17703         Invalid = true;
17704 
17705       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
17706       // case here.
17707       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17708         unsigned Kind = 0;
17709         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
17710         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
17711           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
17712         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
17713         Invalid = true;
17714 
17715       // Otherwise, diagnose.
17716       } else {
17717         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
17718         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
17719         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
17720         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
17721         Name = nullptr;
17722         Invalid = true;
17723       }
17724 
17725       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
17726       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
17727       Previous.clear();
17728     }
17729   }
17730 
17731 CreateNewDecl:
17732 
17733   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
17734   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
17735     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
17736 
17737   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
17738   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
17739   // keyword.
17740   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
17741 
17742   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
17743   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
17744   // PrevDecl.
17745   TagDecl *New;
17746 
17747   if (Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) {
17748     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
17749     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
17750     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
17751                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
17752                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
17753 
17754     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
17755       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
17756 
17757     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
17758     if (TUK != TagUseKind::Definition && !Invalid) {
17759       TagDecl *Def;
17760       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
17761         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
17762         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
17763       }
17764       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
17765         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
17766           << New;
17767         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17768       } else {
17769         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
17770         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
17771           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
17772         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17773           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
17774         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
17775       }
17776     }
17777 
17778     if (EnumUnderlying) {
17779       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
17780       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
17781         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
17782       else
17783         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
17784       QualType EnumTy = ED->getIntegerType();
17785       ED->setPromotionType(Context.isPromotableIntegerType(EnumTy)
17786                                ? Context.getPromotedIntegerType(EnumTy)
17787                                : EnumTy);
17788       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
17789     }
17790   } else {
17791     // struct/union/class
17792 
17793     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
17794     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
17795     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17796       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
17797       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
17798                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
17799 
17800       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
17801         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
17802     } else
17803       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
17804                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
17805   }
17806 
17807   // Only C23 and later allow defining new types in 'offsetof()'.
17808   if (OOK != OOK_Outside && TUK == TagUseKind::Definition &&
17809       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C23)
17810     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_type_defined_in_offsetof)
17811         << (OOK == OOK_Macro) << New->getSourceRange();
17812 
17813   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
17814   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
17815   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17816       (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
17817       TUK == TagUseKind::Definition) {
17818     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
17819       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
17820     Invalid = true;
17821   }
17822 
17823   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TagUseKind::Definition &&
17824       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
17825     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
17826       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
17827     Invalid = true;
17828   }
17829 
17830   // Maybe add qualifier info.
17831   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
17832     if (SS.isSet()) {
17833       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
17834       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
17835       if ((TUK == TagUseKind::Definition || TUK == TagUseKind::Declaration) &&
17836           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
17837                                        /*TemplateId=*/nullptr,
17838                                        isMemberSpecialization))
17839         Invalid = true;
17840 
17841       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
17842       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
17843         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
17844       }
17845     }
17846     else
17847       Invalid = true;
17848   }
17849 
17850   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
17851     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
17852     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
17853     //
17854     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
17855     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
17856     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
17857     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
17858     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
17859     // parsing of the struct).
17860     if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
17861       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
17862       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
17863     }
17864   }
17865 
17866   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
17867     if (isMemberSpecialization)
17868       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
17869         << 2
17870         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
17871     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
17872     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
17873     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
17874     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
17875       New->setModulePrivate();
17876   }
17877 
17878   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
17879   // check the specialization.
17880   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
17881     Invalid = true;
17882 
17883   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
17884   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
17885   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
17886   if ((Name || Kind == TagTypeKind::Enum) &&
17887       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
17888     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17889       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
17890       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
17891       if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
17892         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
17893             << Name;
17894         Invalid = true;
17895       }
17896     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
17897       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
17898     }
17899   }
17900 
17901   if (Invalid)
17902     New->setInvalidDecl();
17903 
17904   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
17905   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
17906   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
17907 
17908   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
17909   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
17910   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
17911   // the tag name visible.
17912   if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend)
17913     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
17914 
17915   // Set the access specifier.
17916   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
17917     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
17918 
17919   if (PrevDecl)
17920     CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, PrevDecl);
17921 
17922   if (TUK == TagUseKind::Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
17923     New->startDefinition();
17924 
17925   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17926   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17927 
17928   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
17929   if (TUK == TagUseKind::Friend) {
17930     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
17931     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
17932     if (PrevDecl)
17933       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
17934 
17935     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
17936     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
17937     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
17938       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
17939         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
17940   } else if (Name) {
17941     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17942     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
17943   } else {
17944     CurContext->addDecl(New);
17945   }
17946 
17947   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
17948   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
17949     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
17950         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
17951         II->isStr("FILE"))
17952       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
17953 
17954   if (PrevDecl)
17955     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
17956 
17957   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) {
17958     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
17959     inferNullableClassAttribute(CXXRD);
17960   }
17961 
17962   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
17963   // record.
17964   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
17965 
17966   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
17967     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
17968 
17969   OwnedDecl = true;
17970   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
17971   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
17972   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17973     if (New->isBeingDefined())
17974       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
17975         RD->completeDefinition();
17976     return true;
17977   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
17978     return SkipBody->Previous;
17979   } else {
17980     return New;
17981   }
17982 }
17983 
17984 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
17985   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
17986   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
17987 
17988   // Enter the tag context.
17989   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
17990 
17991   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
17992 
17993   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
17994   // record.
17995   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
17996 }
17997 
17998 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(Decl *Prev, SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
17999   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
18000     return false;
18001 
18002   // Make the previous decl visible.
18003   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
18004   return true;
18005 }
18006 
18007 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
18008                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
18009                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
18010                                            bool IsAbstract,
18011                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
18012   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
18013   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
18014 
18015   FieldCollector->StartClass();
18016 
18017   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
18018     return;
18019 
18020   if (IsAbstract)
18021     Record->markAbstract();
18022 
18023   if (FinalLoc.isValid()) {
18024     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(Context, FinalLoc,
18025                                       IsFinalSpelledSealed
18026                                           ? FinalAttr::Keyword_sealed
18027                                           : FinalAttr::Keyword_final));
18028   }
18029   // C++ [class]p2:
18030   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
18031   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
18032   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
18033   //   as if it were a public member name.
18034   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
18035       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
18036       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
18037       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
18038       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
18039   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
18040   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
18041   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
18042   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
18043       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
18044   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
18045   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
18046          "Broken injected-class-name");
18047 }
18048 
18049 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
18050                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
18051   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
18052   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
18053   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
18054 
18055   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
18056   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
18057     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
18058     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
18059       RD->completeDefinition();
18060   }
18061 
18062   if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
18063     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
18064     if (RD->hasAttr<SYCLSpecialClassAttr>()) {
18065       auto *Def = RD->getDefinition();
18066       assert(Def && "The record is expected to have a completed definition");
18067       unsigned NumInitMethods = 0;
18068       for (auto *Method : Def->methods()) {
18069         if (!Method->getIdentifier())
18070             continue;
18071         if (Method->getName() == "__init")
18072           NumInitMethods++;
18073       }
18074       if (NumInitMethods > 1 || !Def->hasInitMethod())
18075         Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::err_sycl_special_type_num_init_method);
18076     }
18077 
18078     // If we're defining a dynamic class in a module interface unit, we always
18079     // need to produce the vtable for it, even if the vtable is not used in the
18080     // current TU.
18081     //
18082     // The case where the current class is not dynamic is handled in
18083     // MarkVTableUsed.
18084     if (getCurrentModule() && getCurrentModule()->isInterfaceOrPartition())
18085       MarkVTableUsed(RD->getLocation(), RD, /*DefinitionRequired=*/true);
18086   }
18087 
18088   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
18089   PopDeclContext();
18090 
18091   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
18092       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
18093     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
18094 
18095   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
18096   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
18097     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
18098 
18099   // Clangs implementation of #pragma align(packed) differs in bitfield layout
18100   // from XLs and instead matches the XL #pragma pack(1) behavior.
18101   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSAIX() &&
18102       AlignPackStack.hasValue()) {
18103     AlignPackInfo APInfo = AlignPackStack.CurrentValue;
18104     // Only diagnose #pragma align(packed).
18105     if (!APInfo.IsAlignAttr() || APInfo.getAlignMode() != AlignPackInfo::Packed)
18106       return;
18107     const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
18108     if (!RD)
18109       return;
18110     // Only warn if there is at least 1 bitfield member.
18111     if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(),
18112                      [](const FieldDecl *FD) { return FD->isBitField(); }))
18113       Diag(BraceRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_pragma_align_not_xl_compatible);
18114   }
18115 }
18116 
18117 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
18118   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
18119   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
18120   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
18121 
18122   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
18123   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
18124     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
18125       RD->completeDefinition();
18126   }
18127 
18128   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
18129   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
18130   // the FieldCollector.
18131 
18132   PopDeclContext();
18133 }
18134 
18135 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
18136 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
18137                                 const IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
18138                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
18139                                 Expr *BitWidth) {
18140   assert(BitWidth);
18141   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
18142     return ExprError();
18143 
18144   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
18145   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
18146   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
18147     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
18148     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
18149                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
18150       return ExprError();
18151     if (FieldName)
18152       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
18153         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
18154     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
18155       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
18156   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
18157                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
18158     return ExprError();
18159 
18160   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
18161   // it now.
18162   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
18163     return BitWidth;
18164 
18165   llvm::APSInt Value;
18166   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
18167   if (ICE.isInvalid())
18168     return ICE;
18169   BitWidth = ICE.get();
18170 
18171   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
18172   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
18173     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width)
18174            << FieldName << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
18175 
18176   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
18177     if (FieldName)
18178       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
18179                << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
18180     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
18181       << toString(Value, 10);
18182   }
18183 
18184   // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
18185   // size.
18186   if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
18187     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
18188            << !FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
18189   }
18190 
18191   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
18192     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
18193     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
18194     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
18195 
18196     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
18197     // ABI.
18198     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
18199         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
18200     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
18201         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
18202         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
18203     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
18204       unsigned DiagWidth =
18205           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
18206       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
18207              << (bool)FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
18208              << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
18209     }
18210 
18211     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
18212     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
18213     // 'bool'.
18214     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
18215       Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
18216           << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
18217           << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
18218     }
18219   }
18220 
18221   return BitWidth;
18222 }
18223 
18224 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
18225                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
18226   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_if_present<RecordDecl>(TagD), DeclStart,
18227                                D, BitfieldWidth,
18228                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
18229   return Res;
18230 }
18231 
18232 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
18233                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
18234                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
18235                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
18236                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
18237   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
18238     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
18239     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
18240       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
18241     return nullptr;
18242   }
18243 
18244   const IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
18245   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
18246   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
18247 
18248   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D);
18249   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
18250   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
18251     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
18252 
18253     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
18254                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
18255       D.setInvalidType();
18256       T = Context.IntTy;
18257       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
18258     }
18259   }
18260 
18261   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
18262 
18263   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
18264     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
18265         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
18266   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
18267     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
18268          diag::err_invalid_thread)
18269       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
18270 
18271   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
18272   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
18273   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
18274                         RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
18275   LookupName(Previous, S);
18276   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
18277     case LookupResult::Found:
18278     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
18279       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
18280       break;
18281 
18282     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
18283       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
18284       break;
18285 
18286     case LookupResult::NotFound:
18287     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
18288     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
18289       break;
18290   }
18291   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
18292 
18293   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
18294     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
18295     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
18296     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
18297     PrevDecl = nullptr;
18298   }
18299 
18300   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
18301     PrevDecl = nullptr;
18302 
18303   bool Mutable
18304     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
18305   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
18306   FieldDecl *NewFD
18307     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
18308                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
18309 
18310   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
18311     Record->setInvalidDecl();
18312 
18313   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
18314     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
18315 
18316   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
18317     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
18318     // with the same name in the same scope.
18319   } else if (II) {
18320     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
18321   } else
18322     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
18323 
18324   return NewFD;
18325 }
18326 
18327 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
18328                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
18329                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
18330                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
18331                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
18332                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
18333                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
18334                                 Declarator *D) {
18335   const IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
18336   bool InvalidDecl = false;
18337   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
18338 
18339   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
18340   // marking this declaration as invalid.
18341   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
18342     InvalidDecl = true;
18343     T = Context.IntTy;
18344   }
18345 
18346   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
18347   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
18348     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
18349                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
18350       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
18351       Record->setInvalidDecl();
18352       InvalidDecl = true;
18353     } else {
18354       NamedDecl *Def;
18355       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
18356       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
18357         Record->setInvalidDecl();
18358         InvalidDecl = true;
18359       }
18360     }
18361   }
18362 
18363   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
18364   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
18365       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
18366     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
18367     Record->setInvalidDecl();
18368     InvalidDecl = true;
18369   }
18370 
18371   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
18372     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
18373     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
18374     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
18375         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
18376       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
18377       Record->setInvalidDecl();
18378       InvalidDecl = true;
18379     }
18380     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported, unless Clang extension
18381     // is enabled.
18382     if (BitWidth && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
18383                         "__cl_clang_bitfields", LangOpts)) {
18384       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
18385       InvalidDecl = true;
18386     }
18387   }
18388 
18389   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
18390   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
18391       T.hasQualifiers()) {
18392     InvalidDecl = true;
18393     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
18394   }
18395 
18396   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
18397   // than a variably modified type.
18398   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
18399     if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
18400             TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size))
18401       InvalidDecl = true;
18402   }
18403 
18404   // Fields can not have abstract class types
18405   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
18406                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
18407                                              AbstractFieldType))
18408     InvalidDecl = true;
18409 
18410   if (InvalidDecl)
18411     BitWidth = nullptr;
18412   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
18413   if (BitWidth) {
18414     BitWidth =
18415         VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth).get();
18416     if (!BitWidth) {
18417       InvalidDecl = true;
18418       BitWidth = nullptr;
18419     }
18420   }
18421 
18422   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
18423   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
18424     unsigned DiagID = 0;
18425     if (T->isReferenceType())
18426       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
18427                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
18428     else if (T.isConstQualified())
18429       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
18430 
18431     if (DiagID) {
18432       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
18433       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
18434         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
18435       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
18436       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
18437         Mutable = false;
18438         InvalidDecl = true;
18439       }
18440     }
18441   }
18442 
18443   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
18444   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
18445   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
18446   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
18447     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
18448 
18449   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
18450                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
18451   if (InvalidDecl)
18452     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18453 
18454   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) &&
18455       !PrevDecl->isPlaceholderVar(getLangOpts())) {
18456     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
18457     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
18458     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18459   }
18460 
18461   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
18462     if (Record->isUnion()) {
18463       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
18464         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
18465         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
18466           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
18467           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
18468           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
18469           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
18470           // objects.
18471           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
18472             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18473         }
18474       }
18475 
18476       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
18477       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
18478       // enabled.
18479       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
18480         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
18481                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
18482                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
18483           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
18484         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
18485           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18486       }
18487     }
18488   }
18489 
18490   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
18491   // representation, not a parser representation.
18492   if (D) {
18493     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
18494     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
18495 
18496     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
18497       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
18498   }
18499 
18500   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
18501   // retainable type.
18502   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && ObjC().inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
18503     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18504 
18505   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
18506     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
18507 
18508   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
18509   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
18510       PPC().CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
18511     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
18512 
18513   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
18514   return NewFD;
18515 }
18516 
18517 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
18518   assert(FD);
18519   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
18520 
18521   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
18522     return false;
18523 
18524   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
18525   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
18526     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
18527     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
18528       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
18529       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
18530       // copy constructors.
18531 
18532       CXXSpecialMemberKind member = CXXSpecialMemberKind::Invalid;
18533       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
18534       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
18535       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
18536       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
18537       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
18538       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
18539         member = CXXSpecialMemberKind::CopyConstructor;
18540       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
18541         member = CXXSpecialMemberKind::DefaultConstructor;
18542       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
18543         member = CXXSpecialMemberKind::CopyAssignment;
18544       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
18545         member = CXXSpecialMemberKind::Destructor;
18546 
18547       if (member != CXXSpecialMemberKind::Invalid) {
18548         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
18549             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
18550           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
18551           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
18552           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
18553           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
18554           // members unavailable.
18555           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
18556           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
18557             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
18558               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
18559                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
18560             return false;
18561           }
18562         }
18563 
18564         Diag(
18565             FD->getLocation(),
18566             getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
18567                 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member
18568                 : diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
18569             << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName()
18570             << llvm::to_underlying(member);
18571         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
18572         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
18573       }
18574     }
18575   }
18576 
18577   return false;
18578 }
18579 
18580 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
18581                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
18582   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
18583     return;
18584 
18585   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
18586   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
18587 
18588   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
18589     return;
18590   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
18591   if (!ID) {
18592     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
18593       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
18594         return;
18595     }
18596     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
18597     else
18598       return;
18599   }
18600   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
18601   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
18602   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
18603 
18604   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
18605                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
18606                               Context.CharTy,
18607                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
18608                                                                DeclLoc),
18609                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
18610                               true);
18611   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
18612 }
18613 
18614 /// [class.dtor]p4:
18615 ///   At the end of the definition of a class, overload resolution is
18616 ///   performed among the prospective destructors declared in that class with
18617 ///   an empty argument list to select the destructor for the class, also
18618 ///   known as the selected destructor.
18619 ///
18620 /// We do the overload resolution here, then mark the selected constructor in the AST.
18621 /// Later CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor() will return the selected constructor.
18622 static void ComputeSelectedDestructor(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
18623   if (!Record->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
18624     return;
18625   }
18626 
18627   SourceLocation Loc = Record->getLocation();
18628   OverloadCandidateSet OCS(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
18629 
18630   for (auto *Decl : Record->decls()) {
18631     if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Decl)) {
18632       if (DD->isInvalidDecl())
18633         continue;
18634       S.AddOverloadCandidate(DD, DeclAccessPair::make(DD, DD->getAccess()), {},
18635                              OCS);
18636       assert(DD->isIneligibleOrNotSelected() && "Selecting a destructor but a destructor was already selected.");
18637     }
18638   }
18639 
18640   if (OCS.empty()) {
18641     return;
18642   }
18643   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
18644   unsigned Msg = 0;
18645   OverloadCandidateDisplayKind DisplayKind;
18646 
18647   switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, Loc, Best)) {
18648   case OR_Success:
18649   case OR_Deleted:
18650     Record->addedSelectedDestructor(dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Best->Function));
18651     break;
18652 
18653   case OR_Ambiguous:
18654     Msg = diag::err_ambiguous_destructor;
18655     DisplayKind = OCD_AmbiguousCandidates;
18656     break;
18657 
18658   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
18659     Msg = diag::err_no_viable_destructor;
18660     DisplayKind = OCD_AllCandidates;
18661     break;
18662   }
18663 
18664   if (Msg) {
18665     // OpenCL have got their own thing going with destructors. It's slightly broken,
18666     // but we allow it.
18667     if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL) {
18668       PartialDiagnostic Diag = S.PDiag(Msg) << Record;
18669       OCS.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(Loc, Diag), S, DisplayKind, {});
18670       Record->setInvalidDecl();
18671     }
18672     // It's a bit hacky: At this point we've raised an error but we want the
18673     // rest of the compiler to continue somehow working. However almost
18674     // everything we'll try to do with the class will depend on there being a
18675     // destructor. So let's pretend the first one is selected and hope for the
18676     // best.
18677     Record->addedSelectedDestructor(dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(OCS.begin()->Function));
18678   }
18679 }
18680 
18681 /// [class.mem.special]p5
18682 /// Two special member functions are of the same kind if:
18683 /// - they are both default constructors,
18684 /// - they are both copy or move constructors with the same first parameter
18685 ///   type, or
18686 /// - they are both copy or move assignment operators with the same first
18687 ///   parameter type and the same cv-qualifiers and ref-qualifier, if any.
18688 static bool AreSpecialMemberFunctionsSameKind(ASTContext &Context,
18689                                               CXXMethodDecl *M1,
18690                                               CXXMethodDecl *M2,
18691                                               CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM) {
18692   // We don't want to compare templates to non-templates: See
18693   // https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/59206
18694   if (CSM == CXXSpecialMemberKind::DefaultConstructor)
18695     return bool(M1->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) ==
18696            bool(M2->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
18697   // FIXME: better resolve CWG
18698   // https://cplusplus.github.io/CWG/issues/2787.html
18699   if (!Context.hasSameType(M1->getNonObjectParameter(0)->getType(),
18700                            M2->getNonObjectParameter(0)->getType()))
18701     return false;
18702   if (!Context.hasSameType(M1->getFunctionObjectParameterReferenceType(),
18703                            M2->getFunctionObjectParameterReferenceType()))
18704     return false;
18705 
18706   return true;
18707 }
18708 
18709 /// [class.mem.special]p6:
18710 /// An eligible special member function is a special member function for which:
18711 /// - the function is not deleted,
18712 /// - the associated constraints, if any, are satisfied, and
18713 /// - no special member function of the same kind whose associated constraints
18714 ///   [CWG2595], if any, are satisfied is more constrained.
18715 static void SetEligibleMethods(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Record,
18716                                ArrayRef<CXXMethodDecl *> Methods,
18717                                CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM) {
18718   SmallVector<bool, 4> SatisfactionStatus;
18719 
18720   for (CXXMethodDecl *Method : Methods) {
18721     const Expr *Constraints = Method->getTrailingRequiresClause();
18722     if (!Constraints)
18723       SatisfactionStatus.push_back(true);
18724     else {
18725       ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction;
18726       if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction))
18727         SatisfactionStatus.push_back(false);
18728       else
18729         SatisfactionStatus.push_back(Satisfaction.IsSatisfied);
18730     }
18731   }
18732 
18733   for (size_t i = 0; i < Methods.size(); i++) {
18734     if (!SatisfactionStatus[i])
18735       continue;
18736     CXXMethodDecl *Method = Methods[i];
18737     CXXMethodDecl *OrigMethod = Method;
18738     if (FunctionDecl *MF = OrigMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
18739       OrigMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MF);
18740 
18741     const Expr *Constraints = OrigMethod->getTrailingRequiresClause();
18742     bool AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained = false;
18743     for (size_t j = 0; j < Methods.size(); j++) {
18744       if (i == j || !SatisfactionStatus[j])
18745         continue;
18746       CXXMethodDecl *OtherMethod = Methods[j];
18747       if (FunctionDecl *MF = OtherMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
18748         OtherMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MF);
18749 
18750       if (!AreSpecialMemberFunctionsSameKind(S.Context, OrigMethod, OtherMethod,
18751                                              CSM))
18752         continue;
18753 
18754       const Expr *OtherConstraints = OtherMethod->getTrailingRequiresClause();
18755       if (!OtherConstraints)
18756         continue;
18757       if (!Constraints) {
18758         AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained = true;
18759         break;
18760       }
18761       if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(OtherMethod, {OtherConstraints}, OrigMethod,
18762                                    {Constraints},
18763                                    AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained)) {
18764         // There was an error with the constraints comparison. Exit the loop
18765         // and don't consider this function eligible.
18766         AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained = true;
18767       }
18768       if (AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained)
18769         break;
18770     }
18771     // FIXME: Do not consider deleted methods as eligible after implementing
18772     // DR1734 and DR1496.
18773     if (!AnotherMethodIsMoreConstrained) {
18774       Method->setIneligibleOrNotSelected(false);
18775       Record->addedEligibleSpecialMemberFunction(Method,
18776                                                  1 << llvm::to_underlying(CSM));
18777     }
18778   }
18779 }
18780 
18781 static void ComputeSpecialMemberFunctionsEligiblity(Sema &S,
18782                                                     CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
18783   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> DefaultConstructors;
18784   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> CopyConstructors;
18785   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> MoveConstructors;
18786   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> CopyAssignmentOperators;
18787   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> MoveAssignmentOperators;
18788 
18789   for (auto *Decl : Record->decls()) {
18790     auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
18791     if (!MD) {
18792       auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl);
18793       if (FTD)
18794         MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FTD->getTemplatedDecl());
18795     }
18796     if (!MD)
18797       continue;
18798     if (auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
18799       if (CD->isInvalidDecl())
18800         continue;
18801       if (CD->isDefaultConstructor())
18802         DefaultConstructors.push_back(MD);
18803       else if (CD->isCopyConstructor())
18804         CopyConstructors.push_back(MD);
18805       else if (CD->isMoveConstructor())
18806         MoveConstructors.push_back(MD);
18807     } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
18808       CopyAssignmentOperators.push_back(MD);
18809     } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
18810       MoveAssignmentOperators.push_back(MD);
18811     }
18812   }
18813 
18814   SetEligibleMethods(S, Record, DefaultConstructors,
18815                      CXXSpecialMemberKind::DefaultConstructor);
18816   SetEligibleMethods(S, Record, CopyConstructors,
18817                      CXXSpecialMemberKind::CopyConstructor);
18818   SetEligibleMethods(S, Record, MoveConstructors,
18819                      CXXSpecialMemberKind::MoveConstructor);
18820   SetEligibleMethods(S, Record, CopyAssignmentOperators,
18821                      CXXSpecialMemberKind::CopyAssignment);
18822   SetEligibleMethods(S, Record, MoveAssignmentOperators,
18823                      CXXSpecialMemberKind::MoveAssignment);
18824 }
18825 
18826 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
18827                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
18828                        SourceLocation RBrac,
18829                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
18830   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
18831 
18832   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
18833   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
18834   // it will now change.
18835   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
18836     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
18837     switch (DC->getKind()) {
18838     default: break;
18839     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
18840       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
18841       break;
18842     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
18843       Context.
18844         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
18845       break;
18846     }
18847   }
18848 
18849   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
18850   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
18851 
18852   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
18853   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
18854   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
18855   if (Record) {
18856     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
18857       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
18858         if (IFD->getDeclName())
18859           ++NumNamedMembers;
18860     }
18861   }
18862 
18863   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
18864   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
18865 
18866   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
18867        i != end; ++i) {
18868     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
18869 
18870     // Get the type for the field.
18871     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
18872 
18873     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
18874       // Remember all fields written by the user.
18875       RecFields.push_back(FD);
18876     }
18877 
18878     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
18879     // diagnostics about it.
18880     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
18881       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
18882       continue;
18883     }
18884 
18885     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
18886     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
18887     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
18888     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
18889     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
18890     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
18891     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
18892     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
18893     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
18894     //   array.
18895     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
18896     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
18897       // Field declared as a function.
18898       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
18899         << FD->getDeclName();
18900       FD->setInvalidDecl();
18901       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
18902       continue;
18903     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
18904                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
18905       if (Record) {
18906         // Flexible array member.
18907         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
18908         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
18909         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
18910         unsigned DiagID = 0;
18911         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
18912           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
18913               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType()
18914               << llvm::to_underlying(Record->getTagKind());
18915           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
18916           FD->setInvalidDecl();
18917           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
18918           continue;
18919         } else if (Record->isUnion())
18920           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
18921                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
18922                        : diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu;
18923         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
18924           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
18925                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
18926                        : diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu;
18927 
18928         if (DiagID)
18929           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID)
18930               << FD->getDeclName() << llvm::to_underlying(Record->getTagKind());
18931         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
18932         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
18933         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
18934         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
18935         // of the type.
18936         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
18937           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
18938               << FD->getDeclName() << llvm::to_underlying(Record->getTagKind());
18939         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
18940           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
18941               << FD->getDeclName() << llvm::to_underlying(Record->getTagKind());
18942 
18943         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
18944         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
18945         //
18946         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
18947         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
18948         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
18949         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
18950           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
18951             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
18952           FD->setInvalidDecl();
18953           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
18954           continue;
18955         }
18956         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
18957         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
18958       } else {
18959         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
18960         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
18961         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
18962       }
18963     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
18964                RequireCompleteSizedType(
18965                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
18966                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
18967       // Incomplete type
18968       FD->setInvalidDecl();
18969       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
18970       continue;
18971     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
18972       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
18973         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
18974         // flexible array member.
18975         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
18976         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
18977           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
18978           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
18979           // structures.
18980           if (!IsLastField)
18981             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
18982               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
18983           else {
18984             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
18985             // other structs as an extension.
18986             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
18987               << FD->getDeclName();
18988           }
18989         }
18990       }
18991       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
18992           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
18993                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
18994                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
18995         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
18996         FD->setInvalidDecl();
18997       }
18998       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
18999         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
19000       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
19001         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
19002     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
19003       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
19004       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
19005         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
19006       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
19007       FD->setType(T);
19008     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
19009                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
19010                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
19011                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
19012                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
19013                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
19014       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
19015       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
19016       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
19017       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
19018       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
19019       // ARC.
19020       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
19021           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
19022           FD->getLocation()));
19023     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
19024                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
19025                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
19026       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
19027           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
19028         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
19029       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
19030         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
19031         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
19032             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
19033           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
19034         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
19035                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
19036                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
19037       }
19038     }
19039 
19040     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
19041         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
19042       QualType FT = FD->getType();
19043       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
19044         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
19045         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
19046             Record->isUnion())
19047           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
19048       }
19049       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
19050       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
19051         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
19052         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
19053           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
19054       }
19055       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
19056         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
19057         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
19058         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
19059           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
19060       }
19061 
19062       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
19063         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
19064             RecordArgPassingKind::CanNeverPassInRegs)
19065           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(
19066               RecordArgPassingKind::CanNeverPassInRegs);
19067       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
19068         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(
19069             RecordArgPassingKind::CanNeverPassInRegs);
19070     }
19071 
19072     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
19073       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
19074     // Keep track of the number of named members.
19075     if (FD->getIdentifier())
19076       ++NumNamedMembers;
19077   }
19078 
19079   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
19080   if (Record) {
19081     bool Completed = false;
19082     if (S) {
19083       Scope *Parent = S->getParent();
19084       if (Parent && Parent->isTypeAliasScope() &&
19085           Parent->isTemplateParamScope())
19086         Record->setInvalidDecl();
19087     }
19088 
19089     if (CXXRecord) {
19090       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
19091         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
19092         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
19093                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
19094                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
19095           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
19096       }
19097 
19098       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
19099       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
19100 
19101       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
19102         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
19103           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
19104           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
19105           // problem now.
19106           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
19107             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
19108             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
19109 
19110             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
19111                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
19112                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
19113               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
19114                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
19115                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
19116                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
19117                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
19118                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
19119                   continue;
19120 
19121                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
19122                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
19123                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
19124                 //   program is ill-formed.
19125                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
19126                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
19127                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
19128                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
19129                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
19130                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
19131                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
19132                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
19133                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
19134                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
19135 
19136                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
19137               }
19138             }
19139             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
19140             Completed = true;
19141           }
19142         }
19143         ComputeSelectedDestructor(*this, CXXRecord);
19144         ComputeSpecialMemberFunctionsEligiblity(*this, CXXRecord);
19145       }
19146     }
19147 
19148     if (!Completed)
19149       Record->completeDefinition();
19150 
19151     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
19152     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
19153 
19154     // Check to see if a FieldDecl is a pointer to a function.
19155     auto IsFunctionPointerOrForwardDecl = [&](const Decl *D) {
19156       const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
19157       if (!FD) {
19158         // Check whether this is a forward declaration that was inserted by
19159         // Clang. This happens when a non-forward declared / defined type is
19160         // used, e.g.:
19161         //
19162         //   struct foo {
19163         //     struct bar *(*f)();
19164         //     struct bar *(*g)();
19165         //   };
19166         //
19167         // "struct bar" shows up in the decl AST as a "RecordDecl" with an
19168         // incomplete definition.
19169         if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
19170           return !TD->isCompleteDefinition();
19171         return false;
19172       }
19173       QualType FieldType = FD->getType().getDesugaredType(Context);
19174       if (isa<PointerType>(FieldType)) {
19175         QualType PointeeType = cast<PointerType>(FieldType)->getPointeeType();
19176         return PointeeType.getDesugaredType(Context)->isFunctionType();
19177       }
19178       return false;
19179     };
19180 
19181     // Maybe randomize the record's decls. We automatically randomize a record
19182     // of function pointers, unless it has the "no_randomize_layout" attribute.
19183     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
19184         (Record->hasAttr<RandomizeLayoutAttr>() ||
19185          (!Record->hasAttr<NoRandomizeLayoutAttr>() &&
19186           llvm::all_of(Record->decls(), IsFunctionPointerOrForwardDecl))) &&
19187         !Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().RandstructSeed.empty() &&
19188         !Record->isRandomized()) {
19189       SmallVector<Decl *, 32> NewDeclOrdering;
19190       if (randstruct::randomizeStructureLayout(Context, Record,
19191                                                NewDeclOrdering))
19192         Record->reorderDecls(NewDeclOrdering);
19193     }
19194 
19195     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
19196     if (CXXRecord) {
19197       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
19198       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
19199           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXSpecialMemberKind::Destructor)) {
19200         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
19201         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
19202       }
19203     }
19204 
19205     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
19206       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
19207 
19208       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
19209         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
19210                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
19211                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
19212     }
19213 
19214     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
19215     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
19216     // compatibility problems.
19217     bool CheckForZeroSize;
19218     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
19219       CheckForZeroSize = true;
19220     } else {
19221       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
19222       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
19223       CheckForZeroSize =
19224           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
19225           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
19226           CXXRecord->isCLike();
19227     }
19228     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
19229       bool ZeroSize = true;
19230       bool IsEmpty = true;
19231       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
19232       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
19233                                       E = Record->field_end();
19234            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
19235         IsEmpty = false;
19236         if (I->isUnnamedBitField()) {
19237           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
19238             ZeroSize = false;
19239         } else {
19240           ++NonBitFields;
19241           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
19242           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
19243               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
19244             ZeroSize = false;
19245         }
19246       }
19247 
19248       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
19249       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
19250       // extern "C" block.
19251       if (ZeroSize) {
19252         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
19253                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
19254                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
19255           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
19256       }
19257 
19258       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
19259       // but are accepted by GCC.
19260       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
19261         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
19262                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
19263           << Record->isUnion();
19264       }
19265     }
19266   } else {
19267     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
19268       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
19269     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
19270       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
19271       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
19272       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
19273         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
19274         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
19275       }
19276       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
19277       // duplicates.
19278       if (ID->getSuperClass())
19279         ObjC().DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
19280     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
19281                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
19282       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
19283       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
19284         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
19285         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
19286         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
19287       ObjC().CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(),
19288                                       RBrac);
19289       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
19290       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
19291     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
19292                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
19293       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
19294       // reported as errors elsewhere.
19295       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
19296       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
19297       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
19298       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
19299       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
19300       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
19301         if (IDecl) {
19302           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
19303               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
19304             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
19305                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
19306             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
19307             continue;
19308           }
19309           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
19310             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
19311                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
19312               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
19313                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
19314               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
19315               continue;
19316             }
19317           }
19318         }
19319         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
19320         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
19321       }
19322       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
19323       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
19324     }
19325   }
19326   ProcessAPINotes(Record);
19327 }
19328 
19329 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
19330 /// the given type T.
19331 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
19332                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
19333                                         QualType T) {
19334   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
19335          "Integral type required!");
19336   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
19337 
19338   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
19339     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
19340       --BitWidth;
19341     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
19342   }
19343   return Value.getSignificantBits() <= BitWidth;
19344 }
19345 
19346 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
19347 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
19348 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
19349   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
19350   // enum checking below.
19351   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
19352          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
19353   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
19354   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
19355     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
19356   };
19357   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
19358     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
19359     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
19360   };
19361 
19362   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
19363   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
19364                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
19365   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
19366     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
19367       return Types[I];
19368 
19369   return QualType();
19370 }
19371 
19372 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
19373                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
19374                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
19375                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
19376                                           Expr *Val) {
19377   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
19378   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
19379   QualType EltTy;
19380 
19381   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
19382     Val = nullptr;
19383 
19384   if (Val)
19385     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
19386 
19387   if (Val) {
19388     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent() ||
19389         Val->containsErrors())
19390       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
19391     else {
19392       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
19393       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
19394       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
19395         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
19396         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
19397         // constant expression of the underlying type.
19398         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
19399         ExprResult Converted =
19400           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
19401                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
19402         if (Converted.isInvalid())
19403           Val = nullptr;
19404         else
19405           Val = Converted.get();
19406       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
19407                  !(Val =
19408                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
19409                            .get())) {
19410         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
19411       } else {
19412         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
19413           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
19414 
19415           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
19416           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
19417           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
19418           // expression checking.
19419           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
19420             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
19421                     .getTriple()
19422                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
19423               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
19424             } else {
19425               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
19426             }
19427           }
19428 
19429           // Cast to the underlying type.
19430           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
19431                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
19432                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
19433                     .get();
19434         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
19435           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
19436           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
19437           //   is the type of its initializing value:
19438           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
19439           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
19440           EltTy = Val->getType();
19441         } else {
19442           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
19443           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
19444           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
19445           //   representable as an int.
19446 
19447           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
19448           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
19449             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
19450               << toString(EnumVal, 10) << Val->getSourceRange()
19451               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
19452           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
19453             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
19454             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
19455           }
19456           EltTy = Val->getType();
19457         }
19458       }
19459     }
19460   }
19461 
19462   if (!Val) {
19463     if (Enum->isDependentType())
19464       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
19465     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
19466       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
19467       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
19468       //   is the type of its initializing value:
19469       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
19470       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
19471       //
19472       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
19473       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
19474       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
19475         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
19476       }
19477       else {
19478         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
19479       }
19480     } else {
19481       // Assign the last value + 1.
19482       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
19483       ++EnumVal;
19484       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
19485 
19486       // Check for overflow on increment.
19487       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
19488         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
19489         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
19490         //   is the type of its initializing value:
19491         //
19492         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
19493         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
19494         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
19495         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
19496         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
19497         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
19498         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
19499         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
19500           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
19501           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
19502           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
19503           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
19504           ++EnumVal;
19505           if (Enum->isFixed())
19506             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
19507             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
19508               << toString(EnumVal, 10)
19509               << EltTy;
19510           else
19511             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
19512               << toString(EnumVal, 10);
19513         } else {
19514           EltTy = T;
19515         }
19516 
19517         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
19518         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
19519         // value, then increment.
19520         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
19521         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
19522         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
19523         ++EnumVal;
19524 
19525         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
19526         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
19527         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
19528         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
19529         // integral type.
19530         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
19531           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
19532       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
19533                  !EltTy->isDependentType() &&
19534                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
19535         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
19536         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
19537           << toString(EnumVal, 10) << 1;
19538       }
19539     }
19540   }
19541 
19542   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
19543     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
19544     // enumerator's type.
19545     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
19546     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
19547   }
19548 
19549   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
19550                                   Val, EnumVal);
19551 }
19552 
19553 SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
19554                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
19555   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
19556       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19557     return SkipBodyInfo();
19558 
19559   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
19560   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
19561   // skip the body.
19562   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
19563                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
19564   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
19565   if (!PrevECD)
19566     return SkipBodyInfo();
19567 
19568   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
19569   NamedDecl *Hidden;
19570   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
19571     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
19572     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
19573     return Skip;
19574   }
19575 
19576   return SkipBodyInfo();
19577 }
19578 
19579 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
19580                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
19581                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
19582                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
19583   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
19584   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
19585     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
19586 
19587   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
19588   // we find one that is.
19589   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
19590 
19591   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
19592   // scope.
19593   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
19594                  RedeclarationKind::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
19595   LookupName(R, S);
19596   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
19597 
19598   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
19599     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
19600     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
19601     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
19602     PrevDecl = nullptr;
19603   }
19604 
19605   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
19606   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
19607   // different from T:
19608   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
19609   // enumerated type
19610   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
19611     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
19612                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
19613 
19614   EnumConstantDecl *New =
19615     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
19616   if (!New)
19617     return nullptr;
19618 
19619   if (PrevDecl) {
19620     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
19621       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
19622       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
19623     }
19624 
19625     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
19626     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
19627     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
19628            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
19629     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
19630       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
19631         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
19632       else
19633         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
19634       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
19635       return nullptr;
19636     }
19637   }
19638 
19639   // Process attributes.
19640   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
19641   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
19642   ProcessAPINotes(New);
19643 
19644   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
19645   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
19646   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
19647 
19648   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
19649 
19650   return New;
19651 }
19652 
19653 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
19654 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
19655 // Element2 = Element1
19656 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
19657 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
19658 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
19659 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
19660   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
19661   if (!InitExpr)
19662     return true;
19663   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
19664 
19665   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
19666     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
19667       return true;
19668     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
19669     if (!IL)
19670       return true;
19671     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
19672       return true;
19673 
19674     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
19675   }
19676 
19677   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
19678   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
19679   if (!DRE)
19680     return true;
19681 
19682   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
19683   if (!EnumConstant)
19684     return true;
19685 
19686   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
19687       Enum)
19688     return true;
19689 
19690   return false;
19691 }
19692 
19693 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
19694 // a previous element has already been set to.
19695 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
19696                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
19697   // Avoid anonymous enums
19698   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
19699     return;
19700 
19701   // Only check for small enums.
19702   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
19703     return;
19704 
19705   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
19706     return;
19707 
19708   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
19709   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
19710 
19711   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
19712 
19713   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
19714   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
19715 
19716   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
19717   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
19718     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
19719     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
19720   };
19721 
19722   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
19723   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
19724 
19725   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
19726   // an initializer.
19727   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
19728     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
19729 
19730     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
19731     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
19732     if (!ECD) {
19733       return;
19734     }
19735 
19736     // Constants with initializers are handled in the next loop.
19737     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
19738       continue;
19739 
19740     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
19741     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
19742   }
19743 
19744   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
19745     return;
19746 
19747   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
19748   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
19749     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
19750     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
19751     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
19752       continue;
19753 
19754     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
19755     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
19756       continue;
19757 
19758     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
19759     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
19760       // Ensure constants are different.
19761       if (D == ECD)
19762         continue;
19763 
19764       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
19765       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
19766       Vec->push_back(D);
19767       Vec->push_back(ECD);
19768 
19769       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
19770       Entry = Vec.get();
19771 
19772       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
19773       // diagnostics.
19774       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
19775       continue;
19776     }
19777 
19778     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
19779     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
19780     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
19781       continue;
19782 
19783     Vec->push_back(ECD);
19784   }
19785 
19786   // Emit diagnostics.
19787   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
19788     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
19789 
19790     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
19791     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
19792     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
19793       << FirstECD << toString(FirstECD->getInitVal(), 10)
19794       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
19795 
19796     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
19797     // the same value.
19798     for (auto *ECD : llvm::drop_begin(*Vec))
19799       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
19800         << ECD << toString(ECD->getInitVal(), 10)
19801         << ECD->getSourceRange();
19802   }
19803 }
19804 
19805 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
19806                              bool AllowMask) const {
19807   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
19808   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
19809 
19810   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
19811   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
19812 
19813   if (R.second) {
19814     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
19815       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
19816       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
19817       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
19818         FlagBits = FlagBits.zext(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
19819     }
19820   }
19821 
19822   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
19823   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
19824   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
19825   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
19826   //
19827   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
19828   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
19829   // likely a logic error.
19830   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
19831   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
19832 }
19833 
19834 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
19835                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
19836                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
19837   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
19838   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
19839 
19840   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
19841   ProcessAPINotes(Enum);
19842 
19843   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
19844     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
19845       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
19846         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
19847       if (!ECD) continue;
19848 
19849       ECD->setType(EnumType);
19850     }
19851 
19852     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
19853     return;
19854   }
19855 
19856   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
19857   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
19858   // emit a warning.
19859   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
19860   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
19861   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
19862 
19863   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
19864   // reverse the list.
19865   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
19866   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
19867 
19868   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
19869     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
19870       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
19871     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
19872 
19873     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
19874 
19875     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
19876     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) {
19877       // If the enumerator is zero that should still be counted as a positive
19878       // bit since we need a bit to store the value zero.
19879       unsigned ActiveBits = InitVal.getActiveBits();
19880       NumPositiveBits = std::max({NumPositiveBits, ActiveBits, 1u});
19881     } else {
19882       NumNegativeBits =
19883           std::max(NumNegativeBits, (unsigned)InitVal.getSignificantBits());
19884     }
19885   }
19886 
19887   // If we have an empty set of enumerators we still need one bit.
19888   // From [dcl.enum]p8
19889   // If the enumerator-list is empty, the values of the enumeration are as if
19890   // the enumeration had a single enumerator with value 0
19891   if (!NumPositiveBits && !NumNegativeBits)
19892     NumPositiveBits = 1;
19893 
19894   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
19895   QualType BestType;
19896   unsigned BestWidth;
19897 
19898   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
19899   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
19900   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
19901   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
19902   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
19903   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
19904   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
19905   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
19906   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
19907   QualType BestPromotionType;
19908 
19909   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
19910   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
19911   // enum definitions.
19912   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
19913     Packed = true;
19914 
19915   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
19916   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
19917   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
19918     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
19919     if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(BestType))
19920       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
19921     else
19922       BestPromotionType = BestType;
19923 
19924     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
19925   }
19926   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
19927     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
19928     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
19929     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
19930     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
19931       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
19932       BestWidth = CharWidth;
19933     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
19934                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
19935       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
19936       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
19937     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
19938       BestType = Context.IntTy;
19939       BestWidth = IntWidth;
19940     } else {
19941       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
19942 
19943       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
19944         BestType = Context.LongTy;
19945       } else {
19946         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
19947 
19948         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
19949           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
19950         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
19951       }
19952     }
19953     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
19954   } else {
19955     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
19956     // all of the enumerator values.
19957     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
19958     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
19959       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
19960       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
19961       BestWidth = CharWidth;
19962     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
19963       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
19964       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
19965       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
19966     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
19967       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
19968       BestWidth = IntWidth;
19969       BestPromotionType
19970         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19971                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
19972     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
19973                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
19974       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
19975       BestPromotionType
19976         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19977                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
19978     } else {
19979       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
19980       if (NumPositiveBits > BestWidth) {
19981         // This can happen with bit-precise integer types, but those are not
19982         // allowed as the type for an enumerator per C23 6.7.2.2p4 and p12.
19983         // FIXME: GCC uses __int128_t and __uint128_t for cases that fit within
19984         // a 128-bit integer, we should consider doing the same.
19985         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
19986       }
19987       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
19988       BestPromotionType
19989         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19990                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
19991     }
19992   }
19993 
19994   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
19995   // the type of the enum if needed.
19996   for (auto *D : Elements) {
19997     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
19998     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
19999 
20000     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
20001     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
20002     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
20003     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
20004     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
20005 
20006     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
20007     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
20008 
20009     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
20010     // the enum decl type.
20011     QualType NewTy;
20012     unsigned NewWidth;
20013     bool NewSign;
20014     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
20015         !Enum->isFixed() &&
20016         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
20017       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
20018       NewWidth = IntWidth;
20019       NewSign = true;
20020     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
20021       // Already the right type!
20022       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
20023         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
20024         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
20025         // enumeration.
20026         ECD->setType(EnumType);
20027       continue;
20028     } else {
20029       NewTy = BestType;
20030       NewWidth = BestWidth;
20031       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
20032     }
20033 
20034     // Adjust the APSInt value.
20035     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
20036     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
20037     ECD->setInitVal(Context, InitVal);
20038 
20039     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
20040     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
20041         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
20042       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
20043           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
20044           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
20045     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
20046       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
20047       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
20048       // enumeration.
20049       ECD->setType(EnumType);
20050     else
20051       ECD->setType(NewTy);
20052   }
20053 
20054   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
20055                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
20056 
20057   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
20058 
20059   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
20060     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
20061       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
20062       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
20063 
20064       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
20065       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
20066           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
20067         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
20068           << ECD << Enum;
20069     }
20070   }
20071 
20072   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
20073   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
20074     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
20075 }
20076 
20077 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
20078                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
20079                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
20080   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
20081 
20082   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
20083                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
20084                                                    EndLoc);
20085   CurContext->addDecl(New);
20086   return New;
20087 }
20088 
20089 TopLevelStmtDecl *Sema::ActOnStartTopLevelStmtDecl(Scope *S) {
20090   auto *New = TopLevelStmtDecl::Create(Context, /*Statement=*/nullptr);
20091   CurContext->addDecl(New);
20092   PushDeclContext(S, New);
20093   PushFunctionScope();
20094   PushCompoundScope(false);
20095   return New;
20096 }
20097 
20098 void Sema::ActOnFinishTopLevelStmtDecl(TopLevelStmtDecl *D, Stmt *Statement) {
20099   D->setStmt(Statement);
20100   PopCompoundScope();
20101   PopFunctionScopeInfo();
20102   PopDeclContext();
20103 }
20104 
20105 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
20106                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
20107                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
20108                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
20109                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
20110   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
20111                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
20112   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
20113                            AttributeCommonInfo::Form::Pragma());
20114   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
20115       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
20116 
20117   // If a declaration that:
20118   // 1) declares a function or a variable
20119   // 2) has external linkage
20120   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
20121   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
20122     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
20123       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
20124     else
20125       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
20126           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
20127     // Otherwise, add a label attribute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
20128   } else
20129     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
20130 }
20131 
20132 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
20133                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
20134                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
20135   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
20136 
20137   if (PrevDecl) {
20138     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
20139   } else {
20140     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers[Name].insert(WeakInfo(nullptr, NameLoc));
20141   }
20142 }
20143 
20144 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
20145                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
20146                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
20147                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
20148                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
20149   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
20150                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
20151   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
20152 
20153   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
20154     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
20155       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
20156         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
20157   } else {
20158     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers[AliasName].insert(W);
20159   }
20160 }
20161 
20162 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(const FunctionDecl *FD,
20163                                                      bool Final) {
20164   assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl");
20165 
20166   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
20167   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
20168   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
20169     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
20170 
20171   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
20172   if (FD->isDependentContext())
20173     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
20174 
20175   // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition.
20176   auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() {
20177     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
20178     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
20179     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
20180     const FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
20181 
20182     return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage(
20183                       getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def));
20184   };
20185 
20186   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice) {
20187     // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions
20188     // we don't need due to their linkage.
20189     std::optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
20190         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
20191     // DevTy may be changed later by
20192     //  #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*).
20193     // Therefore DevTy having no value does not imply host. The emission status
20194     // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true.
20195     if (DevTy)
20196       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
20197         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
20198     // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target
20199     // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols.
20200     if (OpenMP().isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy)
20201       if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
20202         return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
20203     // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed,
20204     // we'll omit it.
20205     if (Final)
20206       return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
20207   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) {
20208     // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host
20209     // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to
20210     // be omitted.
20211     std::optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
20212         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
20213     if (DevTy)
20214       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost)
20215         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
20216   }
20217 
20218   if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA)
20219     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
20220 
20221   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
20222     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
20223     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
20224     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
20225     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
20226     CUDAFunctionTarget T = CUDA().IdentifyTarget(FD);
20227     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == CUDAFunctionTarget::Host)
20228       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
20229     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
20230         (T == CUDAFunctionTarget::Device || T == CUDAFunctionTarget::Global))
20231       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
20232 
20233     if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
20234       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
20235   }
20236 
20237   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
20238   // known-emitted functions.
20239   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
20240 }
20241 
20242 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
20243   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
20244   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
20245   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
20246   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
20247   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
20248   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
20249   // known-emitted.
20250   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
20251          CUDA().IdentifyTarget(Callee) == CUDAFunctionTarget::Global;
20252 }
20253 
20254 void Sema::diagnoseFunctionEffectMergeConflicts(
20255     const FunctionEffectSet::Conflicts &Errs, SourceLocation NewLoc,
20256     SourceLocation OldLoc) {
20257   for (const FunctionEffectSet::Conflict &Conflict : Errs) {
20258     Diag(NewLoc, diag::warn_conflicting_func_effects)
20259         << Conflict.Kept.description() << Conflict.Rejected.description();
20260     Diag(OldLoc, diag::note_previous_declaration);
20261   }
20262 }
20263 
20264 bool Sema::diagnoseConflictingFunctionEffect(
20265     const FunctionEffectsRef &FX, const FunctionEffectWithCondition &NewEC,
20266     SourceLocation NewAttrLoc) {
20267   // If the new effect has a condition, we can't detect conflicts until the
20268   // condition is resolved.
20269   if (NewEC.Cond.getCondition() != nullptr)
20270     return false;
20271 
20272   // Diagnose the new attribute as incompatible with a previous one.
20273   auto Incompatible = [&](const FunctionEffectWithCondition &PrevEC) {
20274     Diag(NewAttrLoc, diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible)
20275         << ("'" + NewEC.description() + "'")
20276         << ("'" + PrevEC.description() + "'") << false;
20277     // We don't necessarily have the location of the previous attribute,
20278     // so no note.
20279     return true;
20280   };
20281 
20282   // Compare against previous attributes.
20283   FunctionEffect::Kind NewKind = NewEC.Effect.kind();
20284 
20285   for (const FunctionEffectWithCondition &PrevEC : FX) {
20286     // Again, can't check yet when the effect is conditional.
20287     if (PrevEC.Cond.getCondition() != nullptr)
20288       continue;
20289 
20290     FunctionEffect::Kind PrevKind = PrevEC.Effect.kind();
20291     // Note that we allow PrevKind == NewKind; it's redundant and ignored.
20292 
20293     if (PrevEC.Effect.oppositeKind() == NewKind)
20294       return Incompatible(PrevEC);
20295 
20296     // A new allocating is incompatible with a previous nonblocking.
20297     if (PrevKind == FunctionEffect::Kind::NonBlocking &&
20298         NewKind == FunctionEffect::Kind::Allocating)
20299       return Incompatible(PrevEC);
20300 
20301     // A new nonblocking is incompatible with a previous allocating.
20302     if (PrevKind == FunctionEffect::Kind::Allocating &&
20303         NewKind == FunctionEffect::Kind::NonBlocking)
20304       return Incompatible(PrevEC);
20305   }
20306 
20307   return false;
20308 }
20309